70-480 programming in html5 with java script and css3

MICROSOFT

70-480 Programming in HTML5 with JavaScript and CSS3

986 questions

VCE Sources: 58

microsoft.actualanswers.70-480.v2014-06-27.by.harriet.100q.vce

microsoft.actualtest.70-480.v2012-12-04.by.fructuoso.69q.vce

microsoft.actualtest.70-480.v2012-12-04.by.miguelangelruiz.69q.vce

microsoft.actualtest.70-480.v70-480.by.prabhu.69q.vce

microsoft.actualtests.70-480.v2012-11-25.by.shibanus.69q.vce

microsoft.actualtests.70-480.v2012-12-17.by.adnan_mashwani.69q.vce

microsoft.actualtests.70-480.v2013-10-12.by.mary.169q.vce

microsoft.actualtests.70-480.v2013-10-23.by.sam.169q.vce

microsoft.actualtests.70-480.v2013-12-24.by.actualtests.38q.vce




microsoft.beitcertified.70-480.v2013-02-14.by.anonymous.69q.vce

microsoft.braindump.70-480.v2012-11-11.by.sachinsnimbalkar.197q.vce

microsoft.braindump.70-480.v2012-12-25.by.hicham.69q.vce

microsoft.braindump.70-480.v2012-12-26.by.chandra.69q.vce

microsoft.braindump.70-480.v2012-12-26.by.hkayne.69q.vce

microsoft.braindump.70-480.v2012-12-29.by.anonymous.77q.vce

microsoft.braindump.70-480.v2013-01-09.by.guy.71q.vce

microsoft.braindump.70-480.v2013-01-12.by.azad.71q.vce


microsoft.braindump.70-480.v2013-04-08.by.umarali.71q.vce


microsoft.braindump2go.70-480.v2013-08-15.by.hakimali.84q.vce

microsoft.braindumps.70-480.v2014-04-14.by.tamara.31q.vce

microsoft.braindumps.70-480.v2014-06-05.by.nicole.181q.vce

microsoft.certdumps.70-480.v2013-12-09.by.mashwani.69q.vce

microsoft.certkey.70-480.v2013-09-28.by.nancy.69q.vce

microsoft.certkiller.70-480.v2013-09-28.by.annie.70q.vce

microsoft.certkiller.70-480.v2014-03-13.by.debra.31q.vce

microsoft.exactquestions.70-480.v2013-09-21.by.amy.135q.vce



microsoft.exactquestions.70-480.v2014-03-04.by.maria.130q.vce

microsoft.examcertify.70-480.v2012-09-08.by.saif.18q.vce

microsoft.examcollection.70-480.v2013-02-04.by.test.70q.vce

microsoft.passguide.70-480.v2013-10-10.by.rita.51q.vce

microsoft.passguide.70-480.v2013-12-20.by.rita.38q.vce

microsoft.passguide.70-480.v2015-08-18.by.exampass.177q.vce

microsoft.practicetest.70-480.v2013-04-07.by.shariq.71q.vce

microsoft.realtests.70-480.v2014-03-03.by.jhonson.53q.vce

microsoft.selftestengine.70-480.v2013-09-26.by.alice.71q.vce

microsoft.selftestengine.70-480.v2013-12-06.by.mark.169q.vce

microsoft.selftestengine.70-480.v2014-04-28.by.brandon.40q.vce

microsoft.test-papers.70-480.v2013-12-12.by.sgt.pepper.146q.vce

microsoft.test-papers.70-480.v2014-03-07.by.amelia.45q.vce

microsoft.test-papers.70-480.v2014-06-13.by.valerie.205q.vce

microsoft.test4prep.70-480.v2012-11-10.by.jragvzla.69q.vce

microsoft.test4prep.70-480.v2012-11-12.by.silence20.69q.vce

microsoft.test4prep.70-480.v2012-11-14.by.carnx.69q.vce

microsoft.test4prep.70-480.v2012-11-24.by.examterminator.69q.vce

microsoft.testinexam.70-480.v2013-01-03.by.fe.69q.vce

microsoft.testinside.70-480.v2013-09-26.by.testinside.71q.vce

microsoft.testinside.70-480.v2014-03-18.by.hobert.9q.vce

microsoft.visualexams.70-480.v2013-09-28.by.kathy.69q.vce

microsoft.visualexams.70-480.v2014-05-17.by.cindy.35q.vce

microsoft.visualexams.70-480.v2014-06-07.by.harvey.115q.vce

microsoft.yesuse.70-480.v2013-05-20.by.oho.71q.vce

Questions found: 4620

Duplicate questions: 3634

Unique questions: 986

This document is a free study guide, it likely contains errors.

-ColgateKid

QUESTION 1

?

A. 1980

B. 1992

C. 2000

D. 2002

Correct Answer: B

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 2

A. <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 5 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/

loose.dtd>

B. <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/

loose.dtd>

C. <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">

D. <!DOCTYPE html>

Correct Answer: D


<!DOCTYPE html> is Doctype declaration for HTML5

QUESTION 3

Which Tag elements represent a top-level heading in your document, which browsers tend to render as text in

a large, bold font

A. h6

B. h7

C. h5

D. h1

Correct Answer: D


h1 Tag elements represent a top-level heading in your document, which browsers tend to render as text in a

large, bold font

QUESTION 4

Correct Code for Unordered lists group sets of items in no particular order

A.

B.

C.

D. <ul>

<il>Notepad</il>

<il>Textmate</il>

<il>Visual Studio</il>

</ul>

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 5

how to add comments in your style sheet

A. //

B. /* */

C. ///

D. No of the above

Correct Answer: B


You can also add comments to your style sheets by using /* */ delimiters

QUESTION 6

CSS is an acronym for

A. Cascade Style Sheets

B. Cascadinng Sheet Style

C. Cascading Style Sheets

D. Cascading Style Sheets

Correct Answer: C


CSS is an acronym for Cascading Style Sheets

QUESTION 7

Which of the following list in basic selectors

A. element selector

B. class selector

C. id selector

D. All the Above

Correct Answer: D


The element selector identifies the group of all elements in the page with that name. For example, h2 {}

returns the set of all level two headings in the page.

. The class selector, identified by a period, returns the set of all elements in the page where the class

attribute is set to the specified value. For example, .myClass {} returns the set of elements where the class

attribute is set to "myClass".

. The id selector, identified by a hash, returns the set of all elements in the page where the id attribute is

set to the specified value. For example, #thisId {} returns the set of any elements where the id attribute is set to

"thisId"

QUESTION 8

Visual Studio Express 2012 for Web used as web application IDE

A. Paid Version

B. Trial Version

C. Free to download and install

D. All the above

Correct Answer: C


Visual Studio Express 2012 for Web Free to download and install

QUESTION 9

What are the four elements that define the basic structure of an HTML page?

A. DOCTYPE

B. <body>

C. <head>

D. <html>

Correct Answer: ABCD

QUESTION 10

Which of following statement is correct about <article> element & <section> element

A. An <article> element can contain a <section> element and vice versa not true

B. An <article> element can contain a <section> element

C. An <article> element can contain a <section> element and vice versa

D. An <section> element can contain a <article> element

Correct Answer: D


An <article> element can contain a <section> element and vice versa and this should be emphasized. There's

no single correct way to organize the content for a page.

QUESTION 11

CSS also provides the background shortcut property which enables you to set some or all of the elements just

described. You must set the values for these properties in the following order:

Build List and Reorder:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 12

Which of the following items is NOT a property of the CSS box model?

A. Margin

B. Content

C. Border

D. Style

Correct Answer: D


Except Style

( ) Margin

( ) Content

( ) Border

() Style

( ) Padding

QUESTION 13

The combination of JavaScript and the XMLHttpRequest API Known as

A. Asynchrous java script API

B. AsyncJavaScript API

C. AJAX

D. XMLHttpRequest API

Correct Answer: C


The combination of JavaScript and the XMLHttpRequest API (commonly referred to as AJAX) enables a web

page to make asynchronous requests back to the web server. The JavaScript code for a page can use this

feature to query a server for more information, without requiring that the entire page be reloaded in the browser

QUESTION 14

JavaScript is a scripting engine with the same basic features as any other programming language.

Select One or More Feature from following List:

A. The ability to create objects with properties, methods, and events.

B. Functions for grouping statements into reusable chunks.

C. Conditional statements and loop constructs to control program flow.

D. Variables for storing information. Operators for performing calculations and comparisons.



All the Above supported by javascript

QUESTION 15

Microsoft's implementation of ECMA-262 is called as

A. JSScript

B. JScript

C. JavaScript

D. Non of the above

Correct Answer: B


Microsoft's implementation of ECMA-262 is called as JScript

QUESTION 16

All statements in JavaScript should be written on a single line and be terminated with a semicolon. The

exception to this rule is that you can split a large string over several lines (for readability)

A. document.write("An incredibly really \

very long greeting to the world");

B. document.write("An incredibly really" &_

"very long greeting to the world");

C. document.write("An incredibly really" +


D. document.write("An incredibly really" &


Correct Answer: A


by using a backslash. For example: document.write("An incredibly really \

very long greeting to the world");

QUESTION 17

Find the output of following

<script type="text/javascript">

x=10 + 10;

y="10"+10;

z="Ten"+10;

document.write("x= " + x + " y= " + y + "z= " +z);

</script>

A. x=20 y=1010 z= Ten10

B. x= 20 y= 1010z= Ten10

C. x= 20 , y= 0101, z= Ten10

D. x= 20 y= 1010z= 10Ten

Correct Answer: B


x= 20 y= 1010z= Ten10 in IE 10 in notepad mydemo.html open same in browser

QUESTION 18

What are true statement about function declaration

A. A set of JavaScript statements enclosed in a pair of curly braces. These statements run when the function

is invoked.

B. The function name. You use this name to run the function. It is case-sensitive

C. The function keyword indicates this is the start of a function definition.

D. A comma-separated list of values, called arguments, which you can pass to the function. This list is

enclosed in parentheses. If the function has no arguments, it should still have the pair of parentheses after

its name



All the above need to used while function declaration

QUESTION 19

if you wanted to calculate the total hotel bill for a guest, you might write the following function and call it like so.

A. function CalculateBill(numberOfNightsStay, nightlyRate) {

return (numberOfNightsStay * nightlyrate) + extras;

}

...

// elsewhere in the script

var TotalAmountOwed = CalculateBill(10, 100, 50);

B. function CalculateBill(numberOfNightsStay, nightlyRate, extras) {

numberOfNightsStay * nightlyrate) + extras;

}

...



C. function CalculateBill(numberOfNightsStay, nightlyRate, extras) {


}

...



D. function CalculateBill(numberOfNightsStay, nightlyRate, extras) {


}

...


var TotalAmountOwed = CalculateBill(10, 50);

Correct Answer: C


This is syntax of creating function so answer three correct equal parameter and calling function parameter no

should match.

function aName( argument1, argument2, ..., argumentN ) {

statement1;

statement2;

...

statementN;

}

QUESTION 20

Find the output of following code


function Display( fname, mname, lname)

{

if(arguments.length==3)

document.write("My Name : " + arguments[0] + " " +arguments[1] + " " +arguments[4] );

else

document.write("Invalid name parameters");

}

//calling function Display

Display("Sachin","S", "Nimbalkar");

//calling function Display with two parameters

document.write("</br>");

Display("Sachin", "Nimbalkar");

</script>

A. Error

B. My Name : Sachin S undefined

Invalid name parameters

C. My Name : Sachin S Nimbalkar

Invalid name parameters

D. None of above

Correct Answer: B


arguments[4] is not defined so undefined will print

QUESTION 21

Find the output of following javascript


var typeOfRoom="king";

switch (typeOfRoom)

{

case "Suite":

RoomRate = 500;

break; //Use break to prevent code in next case statement bein

case "King":

RoomRate = 400;

break;

default: // code to be executed if typeOfRoom does not match above cases.

RoomRate = 300;

}

document.write( "For " + typeOfRoom +" RoomRate = " +RoomRate);

</script>

A. For king RoomRate = 300

B. Error

C. For king RoomRate = 400;

D. For king RoomRate = 500

Correct Answer: A


Best Practice: Note that in the above switch example, if the value of typeOfRoom is suite or king, RoomRate

will be set to 300

because JavaScript is case sensitive. To solve this, make the text all lowercase using switch

(typeOfRoom.toLowerCase()) and

write all the case values in lower case.

QUESTION 22

Which of the following sentense is correct

A. JavaScript is an not language in which to write object-oriented web applications

B. JavaScript is an excellent language in which to write object-oriented web applications

C. JavaScript is an excellent language in which we can not write object-oriented web applications

D. None the above

Correct Answer: B


JavaScript is an excellent language in which to write object-oriented web applications

QUESTION 23

JavaScript provides APIs for JSON (JavaScript Object Notation)

A. for parsing JSON data (JSON.parsefy)

B. for converting data into JSON format (JSON.stringify)

C. for parsing JSON data (JSON.parse)

D. Non of the above

Correct Answer: BC


JSON has become increasingly important as it is currently the de facto format for passing data in an AJAX

request between a web page and a web server. JavaScript provides APIs for converting data into JSON format

(JSON.stringify), and for parsing JSON data (JSON.parse).

QUESTION 24

JavaScript provide several built-in object types String, Date , Array, RegExp etc

Find output of following javascript code


var eventWelcome = new String('Welcome to your conference');

var len = eventWelcome.length;

var today = new Date(2012, 8, 1);

var seasonsArray = new Array("Spring", "Summer", "Autumn", "Winter");

var thirdSeason = seasonsArray[3];

var re = new RegExp("\\[dh\\]og");

if (re.test("dog"))

{ var ans= "og Found in text";}

else

{ var ans= "og Not Found in text";}

document.write("len = " + len + " today : " + today + " thirdSeason " + thirdSeason + " Ans of RegExp " +

ans);

</script>

A. len = 26 today : Sat Sep 01 2012 00:00:00 GMT+0530 (India Standard Time) thirdSeason Winter Ans of

RegExp og Found in text

B. len = 26 today : Sat Sep 01 2012 00:00:00 GMT+0530 (India Standard Time) thirdSeason Winter Ans of

RegExp og Not Found in text

C. len = 25 today : Sat Sep 01 2012 00:00:00 GMT+0530 (India Standard Time) thirdSeason Winter Ans of


D. len = 26 today : Sat Sep 01 2012 00:00:00 GMT+0530 (India Standard Time) thirdSeason Autumn Ans of


Correct Answer: B


len = 26 today : Sat Sep 01 2012 00:00:00 GMT+0530 (India Standard Time) thirdSeason Winter Ans of


QUESTION 25

What are mostly used method to get control contents ?

A. document.forms.contactForm.elements[0]

B. document.forms.contactForm.elements["nameBox"]

C. document.getElementById()

D. document.getElementsByName( )

Correct Answer: CD


Mention that the getElementById and getElementByName methods are the most commonly used ways of

obtaining a reference to an element

QUESTION 26

DOM Core API defines several methods to create new objects for a document Select One Or More From list

A. document.createElement(tagname)

B. document.createTextNode(string)

C. document.createAttribute(name, value)

D. document.createDocumentFragment



All the above

QUESTION 27

Find the correct statement

A. jQuery is an properatory JavaScript library that deals with cross-browser incompatibilities for you

B. jQuery is an open source JavaScript library that deals with IE browser incompatibilities for you

C. jQuery is an open source JavaScript library that deals with cross-browser incompatibilities for you

D. jQuery is an open source JavaScript library that deals with Mozila FireFox-browser incompatibilities for you

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 28

how to add reference in your web page of jQuery (JavaScript file =jquery-1.8.0.min.js)

A. <link src="Scripts/jquery-1.8.0.min.js" type="text/javascript"></link>

B. <script src="Scripts/jquery-1.8.0.min.js" type="text/javascript"></script>

C. <script src="//ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jQuery/jquery-1.8.0.min.js" type="text/javascript"></script>

D. All the above

Correct Answer: BC


jQuery is a JavaScript file that you reference in your page with a script tag. You can download it and reference a

local copy in your page.

<script src="Scripts/jquery-1.8.0.min.js" type="text/javascript"></script>

Alternatively, you can reference its location on one of several Content Delivery Networks (CDNs), which

ensures faster downloads and caching in the browser.

<script src="//ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jQuery/jquery-1.8.0.min.js" type="text/javascript"></script>

QUESTION 29

All variables in JavaScript are strongly typed, and you must specify the type of a variable when you create it.

True or False?

A. False

B. True

C.

D.

Correct Answer: A


False is correct answer

QUESTION 30

Which jQuery function indicates that the contents for a page have been loaded into the browser?

A. loaded

B. $

C. ready

D. bind

Correct Answer: C



$(document).ready(function () {

$("#submit").click(

function () {

var userName = $("#NameBox").val();

$("#thankYouArea").replaceWith("<p>Thank you " + userName + "</p>");

})

});

ready() verifies that all content for page are loaded successfully. then proceed.

QUESTION 31

The [] attribute indicates that a field is mandatory and that the form should not be submitted if it is left blank. a)

compusary b) required c) * d) i dont know

Correct Answer: The required attribute indicates that a field is mandatory and that the form should not be

submitted if it is left blank.


The required attribute indicates that a field is mandatory and that the form

should not be submitted if it is left blank.

QUESTION 32

With HTML5, How you can control the upper and lower limits of numeric input

A. <input id="percentage" type="number" upperbound="100" lowerboumd="0" />

B. <input id="percentage" type="number" maximum="100" minimum="0" />

C. <input id="percentage" type="number" maxvalue="100" minvalue="0" />

D. <input id="percentage" type="number" max="100" min="0" />

Correct Answer: D


With HTML5, you can control the upper and lower limits of numeric input. The following code shows an

example:

<input id="percentage" type="number" max="100" min="0" />

QUESTION 33

What are best pratice in validation logic implementation on client side

A. On submit show all validation errors

B. show messagebox (alert) while entering data.

C. To dynamically use validation to change the color of the border

D. No of the above

Correct Answer: C


This technique works by detecting the validation state of the input control by using the valid and invalid pseudo-

classes, and providing a rule for the border color for each state.

input{

border: solid 1px;

}

input:invalid {

border-color: #f00;

}

input:valid {

border-color: #0f0;

}

QUESTION 34

Which is correct way to send forms data to the server by using the $.ajax() function,

use the POST method and add a JSON-formatted data property containing the data to be sent to the parameter

list

A. $.ajax({

url: '/luckydip/enterWithName',

type: 'POST',

timeout: 12000,

dataType: 'text',

data: {

firstName: myForm.fname.value,

lastName: myForm.lname.value

}).done(...

).fail(...

);

B. $.ajax({


type: 'POST',

timeout: 12000,

dataType: 'text',

data: {

('#myForm').serializeArray();

}

}).done(...

).fail(...

);

C. $.ajax({


type: 'POST',

timeout: 12000,

dataType: 'text',

data: {

('#myForm').serialize();

}

}).done(...

).fail(...

D. Non of the above

Correct Answer: A


The serializeArray() function generates a JSON-formatted array of field names and values

The serialize() function generates a list of fields and values formatted as a query string

Hint :

these methods will take the fields on a form and serialize the entire form in one statement. When using these

methods, you do not get to rename the fields, so they will be named just as they are on the form

while using data each field on a form in this way gives you precise control over which fields are sent and what

the properties of the object

Note

Care should be taken when using these methods because they will not include fields that are hidden or that

have a CSS display

attribute set to none. Note that there is no submit button value in the array. This is because, from a technically

accurate

viewpoint, the form was not submitted by using the usual form submission mechanism.

QUESTION 35

In the onreadystatechanged event handler for the XMLHttpRequest object, which property should you examine

to ensure that data has been returned, and what value should this property contain?

A. The readyState property should be set to 0.

B. The responseText property should be set to a non-null value.

C. The readyState property should be set to 4.

D. The status property should be set to 200 (HTTP OK).

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 36

Which CSS rule can you use to download a font required by a web page?

A. @font-family

B. @font-style

C. @font-face

D. @font

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 37

How do you select the first item in a list so that you can apply styling to it?

A. Use the li:first-child selector in CSS3.

B. Use the li:first-childeelement selector in CSS3.

C. Use the li:first-childtagcontent selector in CSS3.

D. Use the li:first-childvalue selector in CSS3.

Correct Answer: A


Use the li:first-child selector in CSS3.

QUESTION 38

Which of following example shows how to use the @font-face rule to download the TrueType® version of the

Roboto Regular font,

and use it to style some paragraphs. Using the @font-face Rule

A. @font-face {

font-family: 'RobotoRegular';

src: url('Roboto-Regular-webfont.rtf') format('truetype');

font-stretch: normal; // Default

font-weight: normal; // Default

font-style: normal; // Default

unicode: U+0-10FFFF; // Default

}

p {

font-family : RobotoRegular, "Segoe UI", Arial;

font-size: 14px;

}

B. @font-face {


src: url('Roboto-Regular-webfont.ttf') format('truetype');





}

p {


font-size: 14px;

}

C. @font-face {






}

p {


font-size: 14px;

}

D. non of the above

Correct Answer: B


The @font-face rule enables you to specify a font file to download, give it a name, and then use it in your CSS

rules just like

any other web-safe font such as Times, Arial, and Helvetica.

QUESTION 39

When you set the font-size property, the most common units used for that property are [] for print style sheets

and [] for screen style sheets. a) points b) picas c) millimeters d) pixels

Correct Answer: When you set the font-size property, the most common units used for that property are

[points] for print style sheets and [pixels] for screen style sheets.


When you set the font-size property, the most common units used for that property

are [points] for print style sheets and [pixels] for screen style sheets

QUESTION 40

Best Practise to adjust image height and width for setting to a maximum of the browser window height and

width minus Xpx This ensures you can always see the full image in your browser.

A. 05px

B. 10px

C. 15px

D. 20px

Correct Answer: A


You can also use the calc() function to calculate a measurement at runtime.

For example:

img {

max-height: calc(100vh - 5px);

max-width: calc(100vw - 5px);

}

QUESTION 41

The core CSS typographic properties enable you to style text by setting following properties

A. letter-spacing, line-height,

B. text-align, text-decoration,

C. text-transform properties

D. All the above

Correct Answer: D


all the above are Core properties

However, the CSS3 Text module defines several more properties that provide even greater control over the

layout of your text content. These properties include:

. The text-indent property, which indicates how far the first line of each new text block should be

indented.

text-indent: 3rem;

. The hyphens property, which indicates how the browser should hyphenate words when line-wrapping.

Possible values are none (no hyphenating), manual (use the sequence in your text to indicate where

hyphens can be placed), and auto.

hyphens: manual;

-ms-hyphens : manual; // IE10

. The word-wrap property, which indicates whether the browser may break lines within words when line-

wrapping. Possible values are normal (the default is no), and break-word (the browser may break words at an

arbitrary point). It has been renamed overflow-wrap in CSS3, but at this time browsers only recognize the old

name.

word-wrap : normal;

. The word-spacing property, which enables you to set the spacing between words in a block of text.

You can use both relative and absolute measurements.

word-spacing : 5px;

word-spacing : 2rem;

. The text-shadow property, which enables you to apply shadowing to the selected text. A shadow is

defined by four properties:

. x-offset: How far to the right the shadow starts. Use a negative value to move it to the left.

. y-offset: How far below the shadow starts. Use a negative value to move it up.

. blur (optional): How wide the blur of the shadow is. The default is 0.

. color: Can be any color value. The default is black.

text-shadow: 0 1px 0 #000; // not supported in Internet Explorer 9 and earlier versions.

QUESTION 42

CSS enables you to define the layouts and the types of boxes that you can display on a web page select one or

more

A. block: Block boxes are formatted down the page one after another and respect padding, border, and margin

values.

display:block;

B. inline: Inline layout blocks are formatted one after another based on the baseline of their text content until

they break down onto another line, and so on. Inline blocks ignore height and width values.

display:inline;

C. inline-block: Inline-block layout blocks are formatted one after another based on the baseline of their text

content, but they keep their height and width values.

display:inline-block;

D. table: Table layout enables you to identify blocks on the page as tables, rows, columns, and cells. Blocks

are aligned by their edges rather than their content, and sized to fit the computed table.

display:table;



Select All the above and

flexbox: Flexbox layout is new in CSS3 and designed to be far more fluid than the others. You choose in which

direction boxes are laid out and how boxes are sized, depending on how any excess whitespace around blocks

should be handled.

display: flexbox; // for a block-level flexbox container

display: -ms-flexbox;

display: inline-flexbox; // for an inline flexbox container

display: -ms-inline-flexbox;

Note: Note that the display values for enabling flexbox layout were correct when written; the values may change

before the CSS3 Flexbox Module is finalized.

All of these layout models (possibly with the exception of flexbox, depending on the final implementation)

assume that blocks are arranged according to the normal flow of elements.

QUESTION 43

Which is correct statement about

A. In CSS1 and CSS2, pseudo-elements start with double colon (::). In CSS3, pseudo-elements start with a

colon (:) to differentiate them from pseudo-classes

B. In CSS1 and CSS2, pseudo-elements start with a colon (:). In CSS3, pseudo-elements start with a double

colon (::) to differentiate them from pseudo-classes

C. In CSS1 and CSS3, pseudo-elements start with a colon (:). In CSS2, pseudo-elements start with a double

colon (::) to differentiate them from pseudo-classes

D. Non of the above

Correct Answer: B


Officially However most browsers still use single colons.

QUESTION 44

There are five pseudo-classes for hyperlinks please connect to respective match

Drop and Connect:

Correct Answer:


There are several mnemonics for remembering the correct order (LVFHA) for link pseudo-classes. One is Las

Vegas fights Hell's Angels. Another is Let Victoria Free Her Armies.

QUESTION 45

There are three pseudo-classes that you frequently use for forms elements: (select only three)

A. input:unchecked selects all user interface elements that are unchecked.

B. input:enabled selects all enabled input controls.

C. input:checked selects all user interface elements that are checked.

D. input:disabled selects all user interface elements that are disabled.

Correct Answer: BCD


input:unchecked is wrong answer

QUESTION 46

You use the CSS color property to modify the color of text content. CSS3 extends this functionality by enabling

to apply color backgrounds, borders, outlines, column rules, and more

How many color defined in color module

A. 255

B. 127

C. 147

D. 512

Correct Answer: B


color: yellow;.

QUESTION 47

A red-green-blue (RGB) model value specified in

A. color: #ff0; /* three-digit hexadecimal notation*/

B. color: #ffff00; /* #rrggbb six-digit hexadecimal notation*/

C. color: rgb(255, 255, 0); /* a triplet of integers */

D. color: rgb(100%, 100%, 0%); /* triplet of percentage values */



Each of the three values represents the amount of red, green, and blue is included in the color,

with values for each between 0 and 255 (0 to 100%)

QUESTION 48

A red-green-blue-alpha (RGBA) model value of Color CSS value of as rgba(0,0,0,0) same as

A. color: transparent;

B. color: opacity;

C. color: white;

D. Non of the above

Correct Answer: A


The keyword transparent, which is the same value as rgba(0,0,0,0)

QUESTION 49

What is mean by (HSL) model in Color CSS value specified as a triplet of numbers

A. A hue-saturation-lightness The first is an integer indicating the percentage value for saturation. The

second is a angle of the color circle (0 = red, 120 = green, 240 = blue) . The third is also a

percentage value for lightness

B. A hue-saturation-lightness The first is an integer indicating the angle of the color circle (0 = red, 120

= green, 240 = blue). The second is a percentage value for saturation . The third is also a percentage

value for lightness

C. A hue-saturation-lightness The first is an integer indicating the angle of the color circle (0 = red, 120

= green, 240 = blue). The second is a percentage value for lightness. The third is also a percentage

value for saturation

D. Non of the above

Correct Answer: B


A hue-saturation-lightness (HSL) model value specified as a triplet of numbers. The first is an integer value

between 0 and 360 indicating the angle of the color circle (0 = red, 120 = green, 240 = blue). The second is a

percentage value for saturation where 0% is a shade of grey and 100% is full color. The third is also a

percentage value for lightness, where 0% is black, 100% is white and 50% is normal.

color: hsl(60, 100%, 50%);

QUESTION 50

What is use of Inherit keyword in CSS3

A. This indicates that the element should inherit the same color value as its child element

B. This indicates that the element should inherit the base color value as its parent element

C. This indicates that the element should inherit the same color value as its parent element

D. Non of the above

Correct Answer: C


The keyword currentColor. This indicates the same value should be used as that of the element's color

property. Writing color:currentColor is the same as writing color:inherit.

QUESTION 51

What is css for bluearrow.png will be repeated left to right along the top edge of the article element and

greenarrow.png will be repeated top to bottom along the left edge of the article element. The image declared

first in the list appears on top of the others, so bluearrow.png appears above greenarrow.png in the top left

corner of the article element

A. article {

background-image: url('bluearrow.png'), url('greenarrow.png');

background-repeat: repeat-y, repeat-x;

}

B. article {

background-image: url('greenarrow.png'),url('bluearrow.png') ;

background-repeat: repeat-x, repeat-y;

}

C. article {

background-image: url('bluearrow.png'), url('greenarrow.png');

background-repeat: repeat-x, repeat-y;

}

D. Non of the above

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 52

What are two type of Gradients?

A. linear gradient

B. circular gradient,

C. square gradient,

D. radial gradient,

Correct Answer: AD


A linear gradient, which is a gradual change in color from the start color to the stop color. By default, the

start color is displayed at the top of the background and the end color at the bottom, although the direction of

the gradient may be changed.

background: linear-gradient(direction, start-color, [mid-color-list,] end-color);

e.g background: linear-gradient(30deg, blue, green, yellow);

. A radial gradient, which is a gradual change in color from a central point in the start-color outwards in

either a circle or an elliptical shape to the end color at the edge of the shape. Any number of intermediate colors

can be set in the list.

background: radial-gradient(position, shape, start-color, [mid-color-list,] end-color);

e.g background: radial-gradient(top right, ellipse, red, blue);

QUESTION 53

What are example of drawing shapes Using CSS3

A. You can draw Rectangle like this:

#rectangle-topleft {

width: 0;

height: 0;

border-top: 200px solid blue;

border-right: 200px solid transparent;

}

B. You can draw triangles like this:

#triangle-topleft {

width: 0;

height: 0;

border-top: 200px solid blue;

border-right: 200px solid transparent;

}

C. You can draw shapes such as circles and ovals by using the border-radius property to add curves to a

square.

#circle {

width: 200px;

height: 200px;

background: blue;

border-radius: 50%;

}

D. For example, to draw a square or rectangle, just use the height and width properties with a background

color:

#square {

width: 200px;

height: 200px;

background: blue;

}

Correct Answer:


All the Above are example of Drawing shap using css3

QUESTION 54

What is use of translate3d(x,y,z) in Transforming Elements in CSS3

A. Moves the one side element by the distance x along the x-axis, y along the y-axis, and z along the z-axis.

B. Moves the half side element by the distance x along the x-axis, y along the y-axis, and z along the z-axis.

C. Moves the partial element by the distance x along the x-axis, y along the y-axis, and z along the z-

axis.

D. Moves the whole element by the distance x along the x-axis, y along the y-axis, and z along the z-axis.

Correct Answer: D


Moves the whole element by the distance x along the x-axis, y along the y-axis, and z along the z-axis.

QUESTION 55

Find the output of following javascript code

<script>

var num=7;

function demonstrateScopingAndHosting(){

if(true){

var num=42;

}

alert("The value of num is"+num);

}

//calling function

demonstrateScopingAndHosting();

</script>

A. The value of num is7

B. The value of num is42

C. Error

D. Non of the above

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 56

Inside which HTML element do we put the JavaScript?

A. <javascript>

B. <script>

C. <js>

D. <scripting>

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 57

Where is the correct place to insert a JavaScript?

A. The <body> section

B. Both the <head> section and the <body> section are correct

C. The <head> section

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 58

The external JavaScript file must contain the <script> tag

A. False

B. True

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 59

How do you write "Hello World" in an alert box?

A. msgBox("Hello World")

B. alertBox="Hello World"

C. alert("Hello World")

D. alertBox("Hello World")

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 60

How do you create a function?

A. function:myFunction()

B. function=myFunction()

C. function myFunction()

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 61

How do you write a conditional statement for executing some code if "i" is equal to 5?

A. if (i==5)

B. if i=5

C. if i=5 then

D. if i==5 then

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 62

How does a "while" loop start?

A. while (i<=10;i++)

B. while i=1 to 10

C. while (i<=10)

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 63

How does a "for" loop start?

A. for (i <= 5; i++)

B. for (i = 0; i <= 5)

C. for (i = 0; i <= 5; i++)

D. for i = 1 to 5

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 64

What is the correct JavaScript syntax to insert a comment that has more than one line?

A. //This comment has more than one line//

B. /*This comment has more than one line*/

C. 

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 65

What is the correct way to write a JavaScript array?

A. var txt = new Array(1:"tim",2:"kim",3:"jim")

B. var txt = new Array:1=("tim")2=("kim")3=("jim")

C. var txt = new Array="tim","kim","jim"

D. var txt = new Array("tim","kim","jim")

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 66

How do you round the number 7.25, to the nearest integer?

A. Math.round(7.25)

B. rnd(7.25)

C. round(7.25)

D. Math.rnd(7.25)

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 67

What is the correct JavaScript syntax for opening a new window called "w2" ?

A. w2=window.open("http://www.w3schools.com");

B. w2=window.new("http://www.w3schools.com");

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 68

How can you find a client's browser name?

A. navigator.appName

B. browser.name

C. client.navName

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 69

Which of the following is correct?

A. jQuery is a JSON Library

B. jQuery is a JavaScript Library

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 70

Which sign does jQuery use as a shortcut for jQuery?

A. the $ sign

B. the ? Sign

C. the % sign

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 71

Is jQuery a library for client scripting or server scripting?

A. Server scripting

B. Client scripting

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 72

Is it possible to use jQuery together with AJAX?

A. No

B. Yes

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 73

A PowerBook G4 that only requires a 45-Watt AC adapter will charge its main battery faster if a 65-Watt

AC adapter is connected.

A. True

B. False

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 74

With jQuery, look at the following selector: $("div.intro"). What does it select?

A. The first div element with id="intro"

B. All div elements with class="intro"

C. The first div element with class="intro"

D. All div elements with id="intro"

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 75

Which jQuery method is used to set one or more style properties for selected elements?

A. css()

B. style()

C. html()

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 76

What is the correct jQuery code for making all div elements 100 pixels high?

A. $("div").height="100"

B. $("div").height(100)

C. $("div").yPos(100)

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 77

What scripting language is jQuery written in?

A. VBScript

B. JavaScript

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 78

Which jQuery function is used to prevent code from running, before the document is finished loading?

A. $(document).ready()

B. $(document).load()

C. $(body).onload()

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 79

Which jQuery method is used to switch between adding/removing one or more classes (for CSS) from selected

elements?

A. switchClass()

B. switch()

C. altClass()

D. toggleClass()

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 80

Is jQuery a W3C standard?

A. Yes

B. No

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 81

Rearrange step for DragDrop in HTML5

Build List and Reorder:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 82

Some browsers support *.mp4, *.webm , *.ogy video formats so what should strategy while implementing video

tag ?

A. you can provide only versions of your video in different formats

B. you can provide two versions of your video in different formats

C. you can provide several versions of your video in different formats

D. None of the above

Correct Answer: C

To support multiple video formats, include one or more <source> tags within the <video> tag.

<video poster="MyPoster.jpg" autoplay controls>

<source src="MyVideos/MyVideo.mp4" type='video/mp4' />

<source src="MyVideos/MyVideo.webm" type='video/webm' />

<source src="MyVideos/MyVideo.ogv" type='video/ogg' />





Cannot play video. Download video <a href="MyVideos/MyVideo.webm">here</a>

</video>

QUESTION 83

Can we create <video> elements programmatically by using Document Object Model (DOM) functions in

JavaScript code ?

A. Yes

B. No

C.

D.

Correct Answer: A


Creating a Video Player by Using JavaScript Code

function createVideoElement(nameOfVideoFile, nameOfHostElement)

{

// Create a video object and set its properties.

var newVideo = document.createElement("video");

newVideo.src = nameOfVideo;

newVideo.loop = true;

newVideo.autoplay = true;

newVideo.controls = true;

newVideo.poster = "ImageLoading.png";

// Add the video object to an existing element on the web page.

var hostElem = document.getElementById("videoDir");

hostElem.appendChild(newVideo);

}

QUESTION 84

Which is Correct statement about <video> and <audio> tags

A. The JavaScript API for audio is not similar to the API for video

B. The JavaScript API for audio is similiar to the API for video

C. The JavaScript API for audio is totally different from the API for video

D. Non of the above

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 85

Location awareness is a key feature in many web applications which Runs on?

A. Desktop Applications

B. Web Application

C. Mobile devices and smartphones.

D. Non of the above

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 86

To determine whether the browser is online or offline ?

A. The navigator.onLineStatus property, which indicates whether the browser is online or offline.

B. The navigator.Browsable property, which indicates whether the browser is online or offline.

C. The navigator.onLine property, which indicates whether the browser is online or offline.

D. Non of the above

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 87

What methods are provided by the FileReader interface for reading files on the local file system?

A. readAsText(), readAsDataURL(), and readAsArrayBuffer().

B. readAsText(), readAsURL(), and readAsArrayBuffer().

C. readAsString(), readAsDataURL(), and readAsArrayBuffer().

D. readAsText(), readAsDataURL(), and readAsJSONArray().

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 88

The F12 Developer Tools require that you have Visual Studio installed on your computer before you can use

them to debug JavaScript code. True or False?

A. True

B. False

C.

D.

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 89

Which is correct statement about web application ?

A. web applications are statefull,

B. web applications are statehold,

C. web applications are stateless,

D. Non of the above

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 90

How many way the Session Storage API provides to store and retrieve data

A. Only Two ways

B. Only Three ways

C. Only Four ways

D. Only One way

Correct Answer: B


Three ways to store and retrieve data:

a) getItem and setItem functions. The setItem function expects you to provide the key and the data to store.

The getItem function uses the key to return the data. If there is no data with the specified key, the value

returned is null.

sessionStorage.setItem("key","some text value");

var textFromSession = sessionStorage.getItem("key");

b) name-key pair. You can use array notation, and specify the key value as the array index.

sessionStorage["key"] = "some text value";

var textFromSession2 = sessionStorage["key"];

c) pseudo-properties. You can add a property for each key to the sessionStorage object.

sessionStorage.key = "some text value";

var textFromSession3 = sessionStorage.key;

QUESTION 91

The storage API to which both session and local storage conform includes a single event called storage

Which of following example shows how to subscribe to this event storage:

A. function myStorageCallback( e ) {

alert("Key:" + e.key + " changed to " + e.newValue);

}

window.addEventListener("storage", myStorageCallback, true);

B. function myStorageCallback( e ) {

alert("Key:" + e.key + " changed to " + e.Value);

}


C. function myStorageCallback( e ) {

alert("Key:" + e.key + " changed to " + e.newkey);

}


D. function myStorageCallback( e ) {

alert("Key:" + e.key + " changed to " + e.newValue);

}

window.addEventListener("storage", myStorageCallback, false);

Correct Answer: A


The event object passed to the event handler includes the following properties:

. key: The name of the value which has changed.

. oldValue: The original value before the change.

. newValue: The new value.

. url: The document whose script is the origin of the event.

. storageArea: A reference to the store that has changed (session or local).

QUESTION 92

Application Cache are mainly informational. They can be used to determine the status of the cache and are

useful if the cache is behaving in an unexpected manner.

Which of following example shows how to catch the error event of the application cache:

A. applicationCache.addEventListener( "error", function() {

alert( "Error while downloading resources to the application cache");

}, false );

B. applicationCache.addEventListener( "errors", function() {


}, true );

C. applicationCache.addEventListener( "error", function() {


}, true );

D. Non of above

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 93

Developers have had some ability to tailor styles to types of devices

<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="core.css" media="XXXXXX" />

Which of following can be used as media type ?

A. all or print or screen or speech

B. all or print or screen

C. all or print

D. all or screen

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 94

What mean by SVG ?

A. screen and vector-based

B. scale and vector-based

C. scalable and vector-based

D. Non of the above

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 95

Which model used by Canvas API

A. The Canvas API uses a "fill-and-forget" model.

B. The Canvas API uses a "fuild-and-forget" model.

C. The Canvas API uses a "file-and-forget" model.

D. The Canvas API uses a "fire-and-forget" model.

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 96

Which of following is correct statement about web socket ?

A. Web socket-enabled web applications are only supported on all Internet Information Services versions

B. Web socket-enabled web applications are only supported on Internet Information Services 7

C. Web socket-enabled web applications are only supported on Internet Information Services 8

D. Non of the above

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 97

You are validating user input by using JavaScript and regular expressions. A group of predefined regular

expressions will validate two input fields:

. An email address in a function named validateEmail . A nine-digit number that allows optional hyphens after

the second and fifth character in a function named validateSSN

You need to use the correct expression to validate the input. Which expression should you insert into each

function? (To answer, drag the appropriate regular expression statement to the correct location. Each regular

expression statement may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar

between panes or scroll to view content.)

A.

B.

C.

D.

Correct Answer:


QUESTION 98

You develop a webpage by using HTML5. You create the following markup and code: (Line numbers are

included for reference only.)

You need to ensure that the values that users enter are only numbers, letters, and underscores, regardless

of the order.

Which code segment should you insert at line 04?

A. Option A

B. Option B

C. Option C

D. Option D

Correct Answer: A


Example:

Sometimes situations arise when user should fill a single or more than one fields with alphabet characters

(A-Z or a-z) in a HTML form. You can write a JavaScript form validation script to check whether the required

field(s) in the HTML form contains only letters. - See more at:

http://www.w3resource.com/javascript/form/all-letters-field.php#sthash.5Db50Bdm.dpuf

Javascript function to check for all letters in a field view plainprint?

function allLetter(inputtxt)

{

var letters = /^[A-Za-z]+$/;

if(inputtxt.value.match(letters))

{

return true;

}

else

{

alert("message");

return false;

}

}

To get a string contains only letters (both uppercase or lowercase) we use a regular expression (/^[A-Za-z]

+$/) which allows only letters. Next the match() method of string object is used to match the said regular

expression against the input value. Here is the complete web document.

- See more at: http://www.w3resource.com/javascript/form/all-letters- field.php#sthash.5Db50Bdm.dpuf

QUESTION 99

You are developing a customer contact form that will be displayed on a page of a company's website.

The page collects information about the customer.

If a customer enters a value before submitting the form, it must be a valid email address.

You need to ensure that the data validation requirement is met.

What should you use?

A. <input name="email" type="url"/>

B. <input name="email" type="text" required="required"/>

C. <input name="email" type="text"/>

D. <input name="email" type="email"/>

Correct Answer: D


Email

The HTML5 specification says that the email input type is designed to hold either a single email address or an

email address list.

<label for="email">Email contact</label>

<input type="email" name="email" id="email">

Mobile devices get the most benefit from this type of form field, because the virtual keyboard layouts change to

make entering email addresses easier.

QUESTION 100

DRAG DROP

You are developing a form that captures a user's email address by using HTML5 and jQuery.

The form must capture the email address and return it as a query string parameter.

The query string parameter must display the @ symbol that is used in the email address.

You need to implement this functionality.

How should you develop the form?

(To answer, drag the appropriate code segment to the correct target or targets in the answer area.

Each code segment may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar


E.

Correct Answer: AB


http://www.w3schools.com/jquery/ajax_serialize.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/jsref/jsref_encodeuri.asp

QUESTION 101

You are developing an application that consumes a Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) service.

The application interacts with the service by using the following code. (Line numbers are included for reference

only.)

You need to authenticate to the WCF service.

What should you do?

A. At line 11, add the following lines of code.

,username: yourusername

,password: yourpassword

B. At line 11, add the following line of code.

,credentials: prompt

C. At line 06, replace the code with the following line of code.

url: "http://contoso.com/Service.svc/GetCountry?

Username=username&password=psssword",

D. At line 11, add the following line of code. The username and password will be stored in an XML file.

,credentials: credentials.xml

Correct Answer: A


See Jquery ajax

password

Type: String

A password to be used in response to an HTTP access authentication request.

username

Type: String

A username to be used in response to an HTTP access authentication request.

QUESTION 102

You are developing a web page that enables customers to upload documents to a web server.

The page includes an HTML5 PROGRESS element named progressBar that displays information about the

status of the upload.

The page includes the following code. (Line numbers are included for reference only.)

An event handler must be attached to the request object to update the PROGRESS element on the page.

You need to ensure that the status of the upload is displayed in the progress bar.

Which line of code should you insert at line 03?

A. xhr.upload.onloadeddata =

B. xhr.upload.onplaying =

C. xhr.upload.onseeking =

D. xhr.upload.onprogress =

Correct Answer: D


http://www.html5rocks.com/en/tutorials/file/xhr2/

https://dvcs.w3.org/hg/xhr/raw-file/tip/Overview.html

Mary-Q105/6. Annie-Q4

QUESTION 103

You are developing a customer web form that includes the following HTML.

<label id="txtValue"></label>

Information from the web form is submitted to a web service.

The web service returns the following JSON object.

{

"Confirmation": "1234",

"FirstName": "John"

}

You need to display the Confirmation number from the JSON response in the txtValue label field.

Which JavaScript code segment should you use?

A. $("#txtValue").val = (JSONObject.Confirmation);

B. $("#txtValue").val(JSONObject.Confirmation);

C. $("#txtValue").text = (JSONObject.Confirmation);

D. $("#txtValue").text(JSONObject.Confirmation);

Correct Answer: D


.val()

Get or set the current value of the first element in the set of matched elements or set the value of every

matched element.

The .val() method is primarily used to get the values of form elements such as input, select and textarea. In the

case of <select multiple="multiple"> elements, the .val() method returns an array containing each selected

option; if no option is selected, it returns null.

.text()

Get or set the combined text contents of each element in the set of matched elements, including their

descendants, or set the text contents of the matched elements.

.val() works on input elements (or any element with a value attribute?) and .text() will not work on input

elements. .val() gets the value of the input element -- regardless of type. .text() gets the innerText (not HTML)

of all the matched elements:

Unlike the .html() method, .text() can be used in both XML and HTML documents. The result of the .text()

method is a string containing the combined text of all matched elements. (Due to variations in the HTML

parsers in different browsers, the text returned may vary in newlines and other white space.) Consider the

following HTML:

http://api.jquery.com/val/

http://api.jquery.com/text/


QUESTION 104

HOTSPOT

You are developing a web application that retrieves data from a web service. The data being retrieved is a

custom binary datatype named bint. The data can also be represented in XML. Two existing methods named

parseXml() and parseBint() are defined on the page. The application must:

. Retrieve and parse data from the web service using binary format if possible . Retrieve and parse the data

from the web service using XML when binary format is not possible

You need to develop the application to meet the requirements. What should you do? (To answer, select the

appropriate options from the drop-down lists in the answer area.)

A.

B.

C.

D.

Correct Answer:


QUESTION 105


<input id="txtValue" />

A customer must enter a value in the text box prior to submitting the form.

You need to add validation to the text box control.

Which HTML should you use?

A. <input id="txtValue" type="text" required="required"/>

B. <input id="txtValue" type="text" pattern="[A-Za-z]{3}" />

C. <input id="txtValue" type="required" />

D. <input id="txtValue" type="required" autocomplete="on" />

Correct Answer: A


We can ensure that a user has required a form field by adding the required attribute like this:

<label for="name">Name</label>

<input type="text" name="name" autofocus required id="name">

<input type="text" name="name" autofocus required="required" id="name">


QUESTION 106

DRAG DROP

You are developing a web page for runners who register for a race. The page includes a slider control that

allows users to enter their age.

You have the following requirements:

. All runners must enter their age.

. Applications must not be accepted from runners less than 18 years of age or greater than 90 years.

. The slider control must be set to the average age (37) of all registered runners when the page is first

displayed.

You need to ensure that the slider control meets the requirements. What should you do? (To answer, drag the

appropriate word or number to the correct location in the answer area. Each word or number may be used

once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.)

A.

B.

C.

D.

Correct Answer:


QUESTION 107

You are creating a class named Consultant that must inherit from the Employee class.

The Consultant class must modify the inherited PayEmployee method.

The Employee class is defined as follows.

function Employee() {}

Employee.prototype.PayEmployee = function ( ){

alert('Hi there!');

}

Future instances of Consultant must be created with the overridden method.

You need to write the code to implement the Consultant class.

Which code segments should you use? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose two.)

A. Consultant.PayEmployee = function ()

{

alert('Pay Consulant');

}

B. Consultant.prototype.PayEmployee = function ()

{

alert('Pay Consultant');

}

C. function Consultant ()

{

Employee.call(this);

}

Consultant.prototype = new Employee();

Consultant.prototype.constructor = Consultant;

D. function Consultant() {

Employee.call(this);

}

Consultant.prototype.constructor = Consultant.create;

Correct Answer: BC


You can assign a different this object when calling an existing function. this refers to the current object, the

calling object.

With call, you can write a method once and then inherit it in another object, without having to rewrite the

method for the new object.


QUESTION 108

You are modifying an existing web page. The page is being optimized for accessibility. The current page

contains the following HTML.

Standards-compliant screen readers must be able to identify the links contained within the navigation structure

automatically.

You need to create the navigation link structure in the page.

With which container tags should you wrap the existing markup?

A. <navmap> </navmap>

B. <div id="nav"> </div>

C. <nav> </nav>

D. <map> </map>

Correct Answer: C


new elements

<header> Defines a header region of a page or section.

<footer> Defines a footer region of a page or section.

<nav> Defines a navigation region of a page or section.

<section> Defines a logical region of a page or a grouping of content.

<article> Defines an article or complete piece of content.

<aside> Defines secondary or related content.


QUESTION 109

HOTSPOT

You are developing an airline reservation website by using HTML5 and JavaScript. A page on the site allows

users to enter departure and destination airport information and search for tickets. You have the following

requirements:

. Users must be able to save information in the application about their favorite destination airport.

. The airport information must be displayed in the destination text box whenever the user returns to the page.

You need to develop the site to meet the requirements. Which lines of code should you use? (To answer, select

the appropriate options from the drop-down lists in the answer area.)

A.

B.

C.

D.

Correct Answer:


QUESTION 110

HOTSPOT

You are developing an HTML5 web application for displaying encyclopedia entries.

Each encyclopedia entry has an associated image that is referred to in the entry.

You need to display the image by using the correct semantic markup.

What should you do? (To answer, select the appropriate options from the drop-down list in the answer area.)

A. figure, label, label, figure

B. figure, title, title, figure

C. figure, figcaption, figcaption, figure

D. cit, figcaption, figcaption, cit

Correct Answer: C


http://www.w3schools.com/tags/tag_figcaption.asp

QUESTION 111

HOTSPOT

An HTML page has a canvas element. You need to draw a red rectangle on the canvas element dynamically.

The rectangle should resemble the following graphic.

How should you build the code segment? (To answer, select the appropriate options from the drop- down lists

in the answer area.)

Correct Answer:


QUESTION 112

You are developing an HTML5 page that has an element with an ID of logo. The page includes the following

HTML.

<div>

Logo:<br>

<div id="logo">

</div>

</div>

You need to move the logo element lower on the page by five pixels.

Which lines of code should you use? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose two.)

A. document.getElementById("logo") .style.position = "relative";

B. document.getElementByld("logo").Style.top = "5px";

C. document.getElementById("logo").style.top = "-5px";

D. document.getElementById("logo").style.position = "absolute";

Correct Answer: AB


http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_class_position.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_pos_top.asp

QUESTION 113

You are developing a web page by using HTML5 and C5S3. The page includes a <div> tag with the ID set to

validate.

When the page is rendered, the contents of the <div> tag appear on a line separate from the content above and

below it.

The rendered page resembles the following graphic.

The page must be rendered so that the <div> tag is not forced to be separate from the other content.

The following graphic shows the correctly rendered output.

You need to ensure that the page is rendered to meet the requirement.

Which line of code should you use?

A. document.getElementById("validate").style.display = "inline";

B. document.getElementById("validate").style.margin = "0";

C. document.getElementById("validate").style.padding = "0";

D. document.getElementSyId("validate").style.display = "block";

Correct Answer: A


The display property specifies the type of box used for an HTML element.

inline Default. Displays an element as an inline element (like <span>)

block Displays an element as a block element (like <p>)

http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_class_display.asp


QUESTION 114

HOTSPOT

You are creating a web worker for an HTML5 application.

The following tasks must be performed from within the web worker:

. Register an event listener for the web worker

. Start and stop the web worker

You need to define a function that performs the required tasks. Which code segment should you use? (To

answer, select the appropriate option from the drop-down list in the answer area.)

A.

B.

C.

D.

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 115

You are creating a JavaScript function that displays the name of a web application. You declare the following

button element.

<input type="button" id= "About" value="About" />

When a user clicks the button, a JavaScript function named About must be called.

You need to create an event handler that calls the About function when the button is clicked.

Which two code segments can you use? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose two.)

A. var button = document.getElementById("About");

ScriptEngine.call(button, About());

B. var button = document.getElementById("About");

ScriptEngine.bind(button, About());

C. var button = document.getElementById("About");

button.addEventListener("click", About);

D. var button = document.getElementById("About");

button.attachEvent("onclick", About);

Correct Answer: CD


@guy

I have tested this myself.

IE10 supports addEventListener, but also attachEvent.

ScriptEngine will cause the About function to run on page load, not on button click.

attachEvent won't work on other browsers.

QUESTION 116

HOTSPOT

You are creating a function by using JavaScript. The function accepts an object as the parameter and returns a

string that identifies the data type of the object.


. The function must return "Number" if the object is a number.

. The function must return "String" if the object is a string.

. The function must return "Unknown" if the object is neither a number nor a string.

You need to implement the function to meet the requirements.

How should you build the code segment? (To answer, select the appropriate options from the drop-down lists in

the answer area.)

A.

B.

C.

D.

Correct Answer:


QUESTION 117

You need to test the value of the following variable in JavaScript. var length = "75";

A block of code must execute if the length equals 75 regardless of the data type.

You need to use the statement that meets this requirement.

Which lines of code should you use? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose two.)

A. if (length = = = 75)

B. if (length = = 75)

C. if (length ! = 75)

D. if (length = = "75")

Correct Answer: BD


Altri dicono AB

QUESTION 118

You are developing an application that uses a third-party JavaScript library named doWork().

The library occasionally throws an "object is null or undefined" error with an error code of -2146823281.

The application must:

. Extract and handle the exceptions thrown by doWork()

. Continue normal program execution if other exceptions occur

You need to implement the requirements.

Which code segment should you use?

A. if( doWork() == -2146823281) {

...

}

B. if( doWork() == "object is null or undefined") {

...

}

C. try {

doWork();

} catch(e) {

if(e.number == -2146823281)

. ..

}

D. try {

doWork();

} catch(e) {

if(e.message == -2146823281)

. ..

}

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 119

You are troubleshooting a web page that includes the following code. (Line numbers are included for reference

only.)

What is displayed in the alert from line 11?

A. Div

B. Function

C. Button

D. Document

Correct Answer: C



QUESTION 120

You are developing a web application that consumes services from a third-party application. A web worker

processes the third-party application requests in the background. A page in the application instantiates the web

worker process.

You need to establish two-way communications between the web worker process and the page.

Which two actions will achieve this goal? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose two.)

A. From the web worker, use the onconnect event handler of the main page to capture events.

B. From the main page, use the onmessage event handler of the web worker to capture events.

C. From the web worker, use the onmessage event handler of the main page to capture events.

D. From the main page, use the onconnect event handler of the web worker to capture events.

Correct Answer: AC


@guy

there is a lot of buzz in this question.

some say answers are A and C, others, B and C.

After some though, and given we have a third party application making actual requests to the web worker, I

decided to set the web worker with the onconnect event handler.

HTML5 Developer's Cookbook,

http://books.google.pt/books?id=No4hLcrmvw8C&pg=PT419&lpg=PT419&dq=html5+onconnect+event

+handler&source=bl&ots=JI8socnoCz&sig=8qUyW608gu2NJvZLpPj75AIPIKw&hl=pt-

PT&sa=X&ei=SGbtUN6eAo6BhQfZkYH4BQ&ved=0CFMQ6AEwBA

http://www.w3schools.com/html/html5_webworkers.asp

http://www.w3.org/TR/workers/

http://tutorials.jenkov.com/html5/web-workers.html

QUESTION 121

You are developing an HTML5 web application that displays customer mailing address information.

The application loads addresses from a web service by using AJAX.

The following code defines a Customer object and loads address data.

You need to implement the loadAddress function.


A. $.get('data.xml', function (data) {

(function (scope) {

scope.parseAddress(data);

})(data);

});

B. $.get('data.xml', function (data, innerScope) {

innerScope.parseAddress(data);

});

C. var that = this;

$. get('data.xml', function (data) {

that.parseAddress(data);

}

D. $.get('data.xml', function (data) {

this.parseAddress(data);

}

Correct Answer: C


Note: The variable name that may change to Customer or any other name.

QUESTION 122

You are developing an HTML5 web page. The appearance of the text box must change when a user moves the

focus to another element on the page. You need to develop the page to respond to user action. Which line of

code should you use?

A. <input type="text" onblur="resetStyle(this);" />

B. <input type="text" onfocus="resetStyle(this);" />

C. <input type="text" onreset="resetStyle(this);" />

D. <input type="text" onselect="resetStyle(this);" />

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 123

DRAG DROP

You are developing an online shopping application that accepts credit cards for payment. If the credit card

number is invalid, the application must:

. Generate an error

. Assign "200" to the error number

. Assign "Invalid" to the error description

You need to write the code that meets the requirements.

How should you write the code? (To answer, drag the appropriate code segment or segments to the correct

location in the answer area. Each code segment may be used once, more than once, or not at all.

You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.)

A.

B.

C.

D.

Correct Answer:


QUESTION 124

You are developing an HTML5 page that includes several paragraph elements.


. Add a drop shadow that is one inch below the text in the paragraph

. Set the radius of the drop shadow to five pixels

You need to style the paragraphs to meet the requirements.

Which CSS style should you use?

A. text-shadow: 72pt 0pt 5pt

B. text-shadow: 5px lin 0px;

C. text-shadow: 72pt 5em 0px

D. text-shadow:72pt 0em 5px;

Correct Answer: B


See http://www.w3.org/TR/css3-text/#text-shadow

QUESTION 125

You are creating a web form that users will use to enter their personal information. The form includes the

following HTML.


When a user enters an input box, the cell on the right must turn green.

When a user leaves an input box, the ceil on the right must turn white.

You need to create the web form to meet these requirements.


Correct Answer: A


<!DOCTYPE html>

<html>

<head>

<script type="text/javascript" src="http://code.jquery.com/jquery-

latest.min.js"></script>


$(document).ready(function() {

$('table td:nth-child(2) input').focus(function() {

$(this).parent().next().css("background-color", "#00FF00");

});

$('table td:nth-child(2) input').blur(function() {

$(this).parent().next().css("background-color", "#FFFFFF");

});

});

</script>

</head>

<body>

<table>

<tr><td>Item</td><td>Input</td><td>Target</td></tr>

<tr><td>First Name</td><td><input type="text"/></td><td></td></tr>

<tr><td>Last Name</td><td><input type="text"/></td><td></td></tr>

</table>

</body>

</html>


QUESTION 126

You are developing a web page. You create a grid layout by using the following CSS segment.


. You must place content in the first column of the second row.

. The content must span two columns.

You need to ensure that the style of the grid meets the requirements. Which CSS segment should you use?

A. Option A

B. Option B

C. Option C

D. Option D

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 127

DRAG DROP

You are creating an application by using HTML5 and CSS3. The styles for the pages are derived from five style

sheets.

The styles are not being applied correctly to the pages in the application.

You need to apply the styles from highest priority to lowest priority.

In which order should you use the five style sheets?

(To answer, move the style sheet types from the list of style sheet types to the answer area and arrange them

in the correct order.)

A. user important style sheets

author important style sheets

author normal style sheets

user normal style sheets

user agent style sheets

B. user agent style sheets




user important sheets

C. user agent style sheets





D. user agent style sheets





Correct Answer: A


http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/cascade.html

from highest priority to lowest priority.

user important style sheets




user agent style sheets

It is pretty clear in this article: http://www.quora.com/In-what-order-do-CSS-definitions-take-priority

CSS declarations are applied in this order (from lowest to highest priority):

. user agent declarations (the default styles your browser applies to elements)

. user normal declarations (a user's own stylesheet if they're using one)

. author normal declarations (this is your normal stylesheet)

. author important declarations (anything your mark important)

. user important declarations (any important styles from the user's stylesheet)

QUESTION 128

You are developing a web page by using HTML5.


. An H1 element must be placed at the top left corner of the page.

. The size and location of the H1 element must not change if additional elements are added to the page.

You need to position the H1 element on the page.

Which CS53 style should you use?

A. Option A

B. Option B

C. Option C

D. Option D

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 129

HOTSPOT

You are developing a web page that will be accessed from various types of devices. You have the following

requirements:

. The appropriate display resolution must be selected dynamically based on the device connecting to the page.

. Mobile devices with a maximum width of 480 pixels must be able to use the page. You need to ensure that the

page displays correctly on any device. How should you build the code? (To answer, select the appropriate

options from the drop-down lists in the answer area.)

B.

C.

D.

Correct Answer:


QUESTION 130

You are developing an HTML5 web application and are styling text.

You need to use the text-transform CSS property.

Which values are valid for the text-transform property?

A. hidden

B. blink

C. capitalize

D. line-through

Correct Answer: C


Reference:

http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-transform.asp none,capitalize,uppercase,lowercase and inherit

Example

Transform text in different elements:

h1 {text-transform:uppercase;}

h2 {text-transform:capitalize;}

p {text-transform:lowercase;}

QUESTION 131

DRAG DROP

You are developing a website that has many web pages with hyperlinks to other sites.

You need to ensure that if a hyperlink contains an image, the linked web page opens in a new window.

Which jQuery code segment or segments should you use? (To answer, drag the appropriate line of code to the

correct location. Each line of code may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the

split bar between panes or scroll to view content.)

Correct Answer:


QUESTION 132

You are developing a page that includes text and an illustration. The web page resembles the following image.


. The illustration must be in the center of the page.

. The text must flow around the left, right, top, and bottom of the illustration.

You need to ensure that the layout of the web page meets the requirements.


A. -ms-wrap-side: both;

B. -ms-wrap-side: clear;

C. -ms-wrap-side: maximum;

D. -ms-wrap-side: auto;

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 133

You are developing a web page that has a group of H1 and H2 elements. The page also includes a CSS class

named underlineMe.

You have the following requirements.

. The font color of all H1 and H2 elements must be changed to red.

. The CSS class underlineMe must be applied to all H1 and H2 elements.

You need to update the web page to meet the requirements.


A. Option A

B. Option B

C. Option C

D. Option D

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 134

HOTSPOT

You are developing an HTML5 application for a company. You apply the following style to a DIV element on a

page.

You need to submit a draft illustration of the results of this code. Which illustration should you submit? (To

answer, select the appropriate illustration in the answer area.)

Correct Answer:


QUESTION 135

DRAG DROP

You are developing a web page that will be accessed from various types of devices.


. The appropriate display resolution must be selected dynamically based on the device that is connecting to the

page.


page displays correctly on any device. How should you build the code? (To answer, drag the appropriate media

statement to the correct location. Each media statement may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You

may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.)

A.

B.

C.

D.

Correct Answer:


QUESTION 136

DRAG DROP

You are developing a web page by using HTML5 and CSS3. Styles must be defined for all hyperlinks on the

page so that the applied style reflects the last user action.

You need to style the four anchor elements in the document.

In what order should you specify the four anchor selectors? (To answer, move the appropriate anchor selectors

from the list of CSS codes to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.)

Correct Answer:


<<<Already in Correct order (link > Visited > Hover > Active)

You can learn about the anchor pseudo-classes here: http://www.w3schools.com/css/css_pseudo_classes.asp

As it states:

Note: a:hover MUST come after a:link and a:visited in the CSS definition in order to be effective!!

Note: a:active MUST come after a:hover in the CSS definition in order to be effective!!

QUESTION 137

You are developing a web page that will be divided into three vertical sections. The main content of the site will

be placed in the center section.

The two outer sections will contain advertisements.


. The main content section must be set to two times the width of the advertising sections.

. The layout must be specified by using the CSS3 flexible box model.

You need to ensure that the visual layout of the page meets the requirements.

Which CSS3 property should you use?

A. box-orient

B. box-flex-group

C. box-flex

D. box-direction

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 138

You are developing an HTML5 page. The page includes the following code.

The inner paragraph must be exactly 15 pixels from the top left corner of the outer paragraph. You set the left

style for the inner paragraph to the appropriate value.

You need to set the position property of the inner paragraph.

Which value should you use?

A. absolute

B. static

C. fixed

D. relative

Correct Answer: A


the answer seems to be absolute.

this question has been updated on the exam.

nested paragraphs is now html 5 valid.

look for question 70

QUESTION 139

You are developing a customer web form that includes the following HTML input field.

<input id="txtValue"/>

If a customer enters a value in the input field, then it must be a numeric value.

You need to add validation to the input field. Which HTML should you use?

A. <input id="txtValue" type-"text" pattern="/#" />

B. <input id="txtValue" type="number" />

C. <input id="txtValue" type="integer" />

D. <input id="txtValue" type="text" required="required"/>

Correct Answer: B


http://www.w3schools.com/tags/att_input_type.asp


QUESTION 140



You need to change the HTML markup so that customers can enter only a valid three-letter country code.


A. <input id="txtValue" type="code" />

B. <input id="txtValue" type="text" pattern=" [A-Za-z] {3}" />

C. <input id="txtValue" type="text" required="required"/>

D. <input id="txtValue" type="country" />

Correct Answer: B


Reference:

http://www.w3schools.com/html5/att_input_pattern.asp

QUESTION 141

HOTSPOT


The form must capture the email address and return it as a query string parameter. The query string parameter

must display the @ symbol used in the email address.


How should you develop the form? (To answer, select the appropriate options from the drop-down lists in the

answer area.)

Correct Answer:


QUESTION 142

You are developing a web page that consumes a Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) service. The

page includes the following code segment.

var xhr = new XMLHttpRequest() ;

The page uses the xhrHandler() method to listen for changes to the request status of the WCF service

calls. It uses the xmlToJavaScript() method to convert the response from the WCF service to a JavaScript

object.

The xhrHandler() method must be called automatically each time the request status changes.

You need to add the event handler to the request object.


A. xhr.onCallback = xhrHandler;

B. xhr.onreadystatechange = xhrHandler;

C. xhr.readyState = xhrHandler;

D. xhr.status = xhrHandler;

Correct Answer: B


Reference:

http://mrfwebdesign.blogspot.ca/2008/11/xmlhttprequest-xhr.html

QUESTION 143

DRAG DROP




. Retrieve and parse data from the web service by using binary format if possible . Retrieve and parse the data

from the web service by using XML when binary format is not possible

You need to develop the application to meet the requirements. What should you do? (To answer, drag the

appropriate code segment to the correct location. Each code segment may be used once, more than once, or

not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.)

A.

B.

C.

D.

Correct Answer:


QUESTION 144

You are developing an application that consumes an external web service that returns the latest stock rate.

The application has two methods:

The getResults() method makes an AJAX web service request

The ShowRate() method displays the stock rate from the web service response

You need to ensure that the ShowRate() method always displays the latest stock rate.


Correct Answer: D



QUESTION 145

DRAG DROP

You are developing an application that reads information from a file.


. Execute a block of code if there is an error accessing the file

. Execute a second block of code whether or not there is an error accessing the file

You need to ensure that the error handling requirements are met.

Which three statements should you implement in sequence? (To answer, move the appropriate statements

from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.)

A.

B.

C.

D.

Correct Answer:


try

catch(e)

finnaly

The fileopen statement is put within the try clause.

The catch(e) will catch a fileopen error.

The finally clause will be executed regardless of whether an error occurs in the try clause proceeding it

QUESTION 146

HOTSPOT

You are developing an online shopping application that accepts credit cards for payment.

If the credit card number is invalid, the application must:

. Generate an error




How should you write the code? (To answer, select the appropriate option from the drop-down list in the answer

area.)

A.

B.

C.

D.

Correct Answer:


QUESTION 147

DRAG DROP


string that identifies the data type of the object. You have the following requirements:

. The function must return "Number" if the object is a number . The function must return "String" if the object is

a string . The function must return "Unknown" if the object is neither a number nor a string You need to

implement the function to meet the requirements. How should you build the code segment? (To answer, drag

the appropriate word to the correct location in the code segment. Each word may be used once, more than

once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.)

A.

B.

C.

D.

Correct Answer:


QUESTION 148

You are testing the value of the following variable in JavaScript.

var height = "300";

A block of code must execute if the following conditions are true:

- The height variable is set to 300

- The height variable is of type string

You need to implement the code to run the test.


A. if (height == 300)

B. if (height === "300")

C. if (height ! "300")

D. if (height != 300)

Correct Answer: B


It should be if (height == "300") but s it is appearing as if (height ===

"300")

QUESTION 149

DRAG DROP

You are developing an application for an online retailer. The company ships only to certain

countries.


Store a list of country codes in an array

Validate the country code of the shipping address against the countries array

Include a Boolean value in the array that indicates whether or not you can ship to the country

Display a list of countries that can be shipped to if the user inputs a code for a country that the

retailer cannot ship to

You need to develop the application to meet the requirements.

Which code segment or segments should you use? (To answer, drag the appropriate code

segment or segments from the list of code segments to the correct location or locations in the work

area. Each code segment may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag

the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.)

Correct Answer:


QUESTION 150

DRAG DROP


The following tasks must be performed from within the web worker;



You need to define a function that performs the required tasks.

Which line of code should you use? (To answer, drag the appropriate line or lines of code to the correct location

or locations. Each line of code may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split

bar between panes or scroll to view content.)

A.

B.

C.

D.

Correct Answer:


QUESTION 151

You are developing a web application that uses web workers to process images extracted from an HTML5

CANVAS object on a web page.

You need to pass messages between the web workers and the web page.

Which three types of objects should you use? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose

three.)

A. JSON

B. Window

C. Parent

D. String

E. JavaScript

F. DOM

Correct Answer: ADE


You can load external script files or libraries into a worker with the importScripts() function

Workers do NOT have access to:

The DOM (it's not thread-safe)

The window object

The document object

The parent object

QUESTION 152

DRAG DROP


users to enter departure and destination airport information and to search for tickets. You have the following

requirements:



You need to develop the site to meet the requirements.

Which line or lines of code should you use? (To answer, drag the appropriate command or commands from the

list of commands to the correct location or locations in the work area. Each line of code may be used once,

more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.)

A.

B.

C.

D.

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 153

You are modifying a blog site to improve search engine readability.

You need to group relevant page content together to maximize search engine readability.

Which tag should you use?

A. <nav>

B. <article>

C. <span>

D. <div>

Correct Answer: B


http://www.w3schools.com/tags/tag_article.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/html/html5_new_elements.asp

You may get option as <section> also

article or section

QUESTION 154

You are developing an HTML5 web application for a surveyor company that displays topographic images. The

application must:

. Display the topographic images at different zoom levels without loss of detail . Print the topographic images

without loss of detail . Work from only one source file for each topographic image

You need to ensure that the topographic images display according to the requirements.

Which HTML5 element should you use?

A. SVG

B. CANVAS

C. SAMP

D. AREA

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 155

DRAG DROP

An HTML page has a CANVAS element. You need to draw a red rectangle on the CANVAS element

dynamically. The rectangle should resemble the following graphic.

How should you build the code segment? (To answer, drag the appropriate line of code to the correct location.

Each line of code may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between

panes or scroll to view content.)

Correct Answer:


QUESTION 156

You are modifying a website. The body of the page will be divided into two sections:

. A content section will contain blog posts and comments. . An area on the right-hand side will contain

advertisements.

The page is defined by the following HTML.

The site must conform to HTML5 standards and must use HTML5 semantic tags. You need to ensure that the

advertisements are on the rightmost section of the page. Which tag should you use?

A. <aside>

B. <div>

C. <article>

D. <footer>

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 157

DRAG DROP



. Generate an error







A. Throw new Error(200,"Invalid")

B.

C.

D.

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 158

HOTSPOT



. Generate an error





area.)

A. throw new Error(200,"Invalid")

B.

C.

D.

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 159



. An email address in a function named validateEmail

. A nine-digit number that allows optional hyphens after the second and fifth character in a function named

validateSSN





A.

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 160

You are developing a form that captures a user's email address by using HTML5 and jQuery. The form must

capture the email address and return it as a query string parameter. The query string parameter must display

the @ symbol that is used in the email address. You need to implement this functionality.

How should you develop the form? (To answer, drag the appropriate code segment to the correct target or

targets in the answer area. Each code segment may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may

need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.)

A.

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 161




. Retrieve and parse data from the web service using binary format if possible

. Retrieve and parse the data from the web service using XML when binary format is not possible



A.

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 162




All runners must enter their age.

Applications must not be accepted from runners less than 18 years of age or greater than 90 years.

The slider control must be set to the average age (37) of all registered runners when the page is first

displayed.

You need to ensure that the slider control meets the requirements.

What should you do? (To answer, drag the appropriate word or number to the correct location in the answer

area. Each word or number may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


step="any" or any positive floating-point number.

Mary-Q2/72,Q109/10. Annie-Q48

QUESTION 163



requirements:





A.

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 164

You are developing an HTML5 web application for displaying encyclopedia entries. Each encyclopedia entry

has an associated image that is referred to in the entry. You need to display the image by using the correct

semantic markup. What should you do? (To answer, select the appropriate options from the drop-down list in

the answer area.)

A.

Correct Answer:


QUESTION 165

An HTML page has a canvas element. You need to draw a red rectangle on the canvas element dynamically.


How should you build the code segment? (To answer, select the appropriate options from the drop- down lists


A.

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 166

You are creating a web worker for an HTML5 application. The following tasks must be performed from within

the web worker:





A.

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 167






You need to implement the function to meet the requirements. How should you build the code segment? (To

answer, select the appropriate options from the drop-down lists in the answer area.)

A.

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 168

You are developing an application that uses a third-party JavaScript library named doWork(). The library

occasionally throws an "object is null or undefined" error with an error code of -2146823281.


. Extract and handle the exceptions thrown by doWork()

. Continue normal program execution if other exceptions occur

You need to implement the requirements. Which code segment should you use?

A. Option A

B. Option B

C. Option C

D. Option D

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 169



. Generate an error



You need to write the code that meets the requirements. How should you write the code? (To answer, drag the

appropriate code segment or segments to the correct location in the answer area. Each code segment may be

used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view

content.)

A.

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 170





You need to style the paragraphs to meet the requirements. Which CSS style should you use?


B. text-shadow: 5px 1in 0px;



Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 171


sheets. The styles are not being applied correctly to the pages in the application. You need to apply the styles

from highest priority to lowest priority. In which order should you use the five style sheets? (To answer, move

the style sheet types from the list of style sheet types to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.)

A.

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 172

You are developing a web page by using HTML5. You have the following requirements:


. The size and location of the H1 element must not change if additional elements are added to the page.

You need to position the H1 element on the page. Which CSS3 style should you use?

A. Option A

B. Option B

C. Option C

D. Option D

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 173


requirements:





Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 174

You are developing an HTML5 web application and are styling text. You need to use the text- transform CSS

property. Which values are valid for the text-transform property?

A. hidden

B. blink

C. lowercase

D. line-through

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 175

You are developing a website that has many web pages with hyperlinks to other sites. You need to ensure that

if a hyperlink contains an image, the linked web page opens in a new window. Which jQuery code segment or

segments should you use? (To answer, drag the appropriate line of code to the correct location. Each line of

code may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or

scroll to view content.)

A.

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 176

You are developing a web page that has a group of HI and H2 elements. The page also includes a CSS class

named underlineMe. You have the following requirements.

. The font color of all HI and H2 elements must be changed to red.

. The CSS class underlineMe must be applied to all HI and H2 elements.

You need to update the web page to meet the requirements. Which code segment should you use?

A. Option A

B. Option B

C. Option C

D. Option D

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 177

You are developing an HTML5 application for a company. You apply the following style to a DIV element on a

page.

You need to submit a draft illustration of the results of this code. Which illustration should you submit? (To

answer, select the appropriate illustration in the answer area.)

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:


QUESTION 178




page.


page displays correctly on any device.

How should you build the code? (To answer, drag the appropriate media statement to the correct location. Each

media statement may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between


A.

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 179

You are developing a web page by using HTML5 and CSS3. Styles must be defined for all hyperlinks on the

page so that the applied style reflects the last user action. You need to style the four anchor elements in the

document. In what order should you specify the four anchor selectors? (To answer, move the appropriate

anchor selectors from the list of CSS codes to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.)

A.

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 180




You need to add validation to the input field.


A. <input id="txtValue" type-"text" pattern="/#" />


C. <input id="txtVa!ue" type="integer" />


Correct Answer: B


Reference:

http://www.w3schools.com/html/html5_form_input_types.asp

QUESTION 181




. Retrieve and parse data from the web service by using binary format if possible

. Retrieve and parse the data from the web service by using XML when binary format is not possible




A.

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 182



Execute a block of code if there is an error accessing the file

Execute a second block of code whether or not there is an error accessing

the file


Which three statements should you implement in sequence? (To answer, move the appropriate

statements from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:




The finally clause will be executed regardless of whether an error occurs in the try clause

proceeding it

QUESTION 183



Generate an error

Assign "200" to the error number

Assign "Invalid" to the error description


How should you write the code? (To answer, drag the appropriate code segment or segments to

the correct location in the answer area. Each code segment may be used once, more than once, or


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


Reference:


QUESTION 184



. The function must return "Number" if the object is a number

. The function must return "String" if the object is a string

. The function must return "Unknown" if the object is neither a number nor a string


answer, drag the appropriate word to the correct location in the code segment. Each word may be used once,


A.

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 185

You are testing the value of the following variable in JavaScript.

var height = "300";

A block of code must execute if the following conditions are true:

The height variable is set to 300

The height variable is of type string

You need to implement the code to run the test.


A. if (height = = 300)

B. if (height = = "300")

C. if (height ! "300")

D. if (height ! = 300)

Correct Answer: B


Use = = to test for equality.

Use "300" to test for the string.

QUESTION 186

You are developing an application for an online retailer. The company ships only to certain countries. The

application must:

. Store a list of country codes in an array

. Validate the country code of the shipping address against the countries array

. Include a Boolean value in the array that indicates whether or not you can ship to the country

. Display a list of countries that can be shipped to if the user inputs a code for a country that the retailer cannot

ship to

You need to develop the application to meet the requirements. Which code segment or segments should you

use? (To answer, drag the appropriate code segment or segments from the list of code segments to the correct

location or locations in the work area. Each code segment may be used once, more than once, or not at all.


A.

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 187


the web worker;



You need to define a function that performs the required tasks. Which line of code should you use? (To answer,

drag the appropriate line or lines of code to the correct location or locations. Each line of code may be used


A.

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 188



requirements:



You need to develop the site to meet the requirements. Which line or lines of code should you use? (To

answer, drag the appropriate command or commands from the list of commands to the correct location or

locations in the work area. Each line of code may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to

drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.)

show

A.

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 189

An HTML page has a CANVAS element. You need to draw a red rectangle on the CANVAS element

dynamically. The rectangle should resemble the following graphic.

A.

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 190


You need to use the text- transform CSS property.

Which values are valid for the text-transform property?

A. hidden

B. blink

C. lowercase & UpperCase

D. line-through

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 191


You need to use the CSS property.

Which value is valid for the text-transform property?

A. Lowercase

B. Blink

C. Line-through

D. 20px

Correct Answer: A


Property Value: none, capitalize, uppercase, lowercase, initial, inherit

QUESTION 192

72-DRAG DROP You are developing a web page for runners who register for a race. The page includes a

slider control that allows users to enter their age.


* All runners must enter their age.

* Applications must not be accepted from runners less than 18 years of age or greater than 90 years.

* The slider control must be set to the average age (37) of all registered runners when the page is first

displayed.



area.

Each word or number may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 193

73-You are creating a JavaScript object that represents an employee. You need to extend the Employee object

by adding the GetPayroll() method. You need to ensure that all future instances of the Employee object

implement the GetPayroll() method. Which code segment should you use?

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 194



Add a drop shadow that is one inch below the text in the paragraph

Set the radius of the drop shadow to five pixels



A. Text-shadow: 72pt 0pt 5pt

B. Text-shadow: 5px lin 0px;

C. Text-shadow: 72pt 0em 5px;

D. Text-shadow: 100px 0px 5px;

Correct Answer: B


We set the second argument (vertical) to one inch (1in).

Note

Syntax

text-shadow: h-shadow v-shadow blur color;

Note: The text-shadow property attaches one or more shadows to text. The property is a comma-

separated list of shadows, each specified by 2 or 3 length values and an optional color. Omitted lengths are

0.

* h-shadow

Required. The position of the horizontal shadow. Negative values are allowed

* v-shadow

Required. The position of the vertical shadow. Negative values are allowed

* blur

Optional. The blur distance

* color

Optional. The color of the shadow.

QUESTION 195




A. Capitalize

B. Red

C. 20px

D. Italic

Correct Answer: A


Reference:

http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-transform.asp none,capitalize,uppercase,lowercase and

inherit

Example





QUESTION 196




A. <article>

B. <table>

C. <div>

D. <span>

Correct Answer: A


The <article> tag specifies independent, self-contained content.

An article should make sense on its own and it should be possible to distribute it independently from the

rest of the site.

Potential sources for the <article> element:

Forum post

Blog post

News story

Comment

QUESTION 197

You are developing an HTML5 page that has an element with an ID of picture. The page includes the

following HTML.

You need to move the picture element lower on the page by five pixels.

Which two lines of code should you use? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution.

Choose two.)

A. document.getEIementById("picture").style.position = "relative";

B. document.getElementById("picture").style.top = "5px";

C. document.getEiementById("picture").style.top = "-5px";

D. document.getEIementById("picture").style.position = "absolute";

Correct Answer: AB


We use relative position to move the position 5 pixels lower on page.

Using a negative value would move the picture higher on the page.

Note:

* The top property sets or returns the top position of a positioned element.

This property specifies the top position of the element including padding, scrollbar, border and margin.

Syntax

Set the top property:

Object.style.top="auto|length|%|inherit"

Where:

Length defines the top position in length units. Negative values are allowed

QUESTION 198




A. <section>

B. <tbody>

C. <div>

D. <table>

Correct Answer: A


The <section> tag defines sections in a document. Such as chapters, headers, footers, or any other

sections of the document.

QUESTION 199

79-You are developing a customer web form that includes the following HTML. <input id="txtValue"/>



A. <input id="txtValue" type="country"/>

B. <input id="txtValue" type="text" required="xxx"/>

C. <input id="txtVa!ue" type="text" pattern-" [A-Za-z] {3} "/>

D. <input id="txtValuen type="code" pattern"="country"/>

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 200




A. Capitalize

B. Hidden

C. Italic

D. Line-through

Correct Answer: A


Reference:


inherit

Example





QUESTION 201




A. Italic

B. Line-through

C. Capitalize

D. 20px

Correct Answer: C


Reference:


inherit

Example





QUESTION 202

You are modifying a blog site to improve search engine readability. You need to group relevant page

content together to maximize search engine readability.


A. <tbody>

B. <article>

C. <div>

D. <span>

Correct Answer: B


The <article> tag specifies independent, self-contained content.

An article should make sense on its own and it should be possible to distribute it independently from the

rest of the site.


Forum post

Blog post

News story

Comment

QUESTION 203




A. <span>

B. <nav>

C. <cable>

D. <section>

Correct Answer: D


The <section> tag defines sections in a document. Such as chapters, headers, footers, or any other

sections of the document.

QUESTION 204


You need to use the CSS property.


A. red

B. hidden

C. lowercase

D. italic

Correct Answer: C



QUESTION 205




A. lowercase

B. 20px

C. line-through

D. italic

Correct Answer: A



QUESTION 206

86-DRAG DROP You are creating an application by using HTML5 and CSS3. The styles for the pages are

derived from five style sheets.


You need to determine the order in which the style sheets will be applied by the browser.

In which order will the five style sheets be applied? (To answer, move the style sheet types from the list of style

sheet types to the answer area and arrange them in the order that they will be applied.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


The order of declarations from least important to most important:

QUESTION 207




A. Italic

B. Red

C. Capitalize

D. Line-through

Correct Answer: C


Reference:


inherit

Example





QUESTION 208

You develop an HTML5 webpage. You have the following HTML markup: (Line numbers are for reference

only.)

The webpage also contains the following CSS markup:

You need to determine how the webpage will appear when the CSS styles are applied.

Select two.

A. The first row of the table will have a red background.

B. The second row of the table will have a red background.

C. The second cell in the first row of the table will have a blue background.

D. The second cell in the third row of the table will have a blue background.

E. The second cell in the third row of the table will have not have blue background.

Correct Answer: AE


QUESTION 209

89-HOTSPOT You are reviewing the CSS markup for an HTML5 page that displays a news article. The CSS

markup for the page is as follows:

The HTML markup for the page is as follows:

For each statement in the table, select Yes if the code segments above causes the page to behave as

described. Select No if it does not. Make only one selection in each column.

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 210

90-HOTSPOT You review code that uses WebSockets for a browser-based multiplayer game. Each player

sends a move to the server, which then sends the move to all connected game instances. The following code

runs in the browser and handles the sending and receiving of moves:

For each statement in the table, select Yes if the code segment above causes the page to behave as


Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 211

91-You develop a webpage. The webpage must display a grid that contains one row and five columns.

Columns one, three, and five are the same width. Columns two and four are the same width, but much wider

than columns one, three, and five. The grid resembles the following image:

The grid must meet the following requirements: Each row must be tall enough to ensure that images are not cut

off. Each row must contain five columns. The width of the columns must not change when the screen is resized

or rotated. You need to define the style for the grid. Which CSS3 style should you use?

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 212

92-You implement an application by using HTML5 and JavaScript. You create a webpage that contains the

following HTML:

The application must place a border on only the first UL element that is contained in the DIV element. You need

to update the webpage. What should you do?

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 213

93-You troubleshoot a webpage that contains the following HTML element: <canvas id= "clickCanvas"

width-"300"> height= "300">

Your browser does not support the HTML5 canvas.</canvas>

The following JavaScript code is included in a script tag in the HEAD section of the webpage: (Line numbers

are included for reference only.)

You need to invoke the clickReporter() JavaScript function when a user clicks the mouse on the canvas HTML

element. What should you do?

A. Add the following attribute to the canvas HTML element: clicked= "clickReporter()"

B. Replace the code segment at line 06 with the following code segment: drawBox.Click += clickReporter;

C. Insert the following code segment at line 07: canvas.onclick = clickReporter;

D. Insert the following code segment at line 07: canvas, click = clickReporter;

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 214

94-You are implementing an application by using HTML5 and JavaScript. A web page contains the following

HTML table.


* Identify all rows in the table body that have a class attribute of selected

* Exclude the last selected row in the table

You need to implement the web page according to the requirements.

Which CSS selector should you use?

A. tr:not(tr:last-child).selected < #dataTable

B. #dataTable > tr.selected:not(tr:last-child)

C. #dataTable tbody tr.selected:not(tr:last-child)

D. #dataTable tr.selected:not(tr:last-child)

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 215

You create an application that sends information to a web service by using the following code: (Line numbers


When the web service returns a non-zero result code, you must raise an exception that contains the result

code.

You need to implement the code that generates the exception.


A. CustomError.prototype = Error.prototype;

B. CustomError["ErrorType"] = Error;

C. CustomError.customError = true;

D. Error-constructor = CustomError;

Correct Answer: A


The prototype property allows you to add properties and methods to an object.

http://www.w3schools.com/jsref/jsref_prototype_math.asp

http://sporto.github.io/blog/2013/02/22/a-plain-english-guide-to-javascript-prototypes/

Mary-Q25/95

QUESTION 216

96-You are developing a customer web form that includes following HTML. <input id= "textAccountType"/>

You need to develop the form so that customers can enter only a valid account type consisting of two English

alphabet characters.


Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 217

97-You are developing an application that uses a JavaScript library. The library contains the following

functions.

The application uses the following code. (Line numbers are included for reference only.)

The library may throw many types of exceptions. The exceptions are grouped by category.

You need to catch and identify the exceptions by group.


Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 218

98-DRAG DROP You develop an HTML5 webpage. You have the following HTML markup:

You also have the following JavaScript variable defined: var languages = [];

You need to add statements to an existing JavaScript function to sort the list items. Which four actions should

you perform in sequence? (Develop the solution by selecting the required code segments and arranging them


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 219

99-DRAG DROP You create an HTML5 webpage. You have the following HTML markup:

You also have the following JavaScript code segment: var jsonFruit = { "apples" : "12", "bananas" : "8",

"watermelon" : "3" }

You need to add additional rows to the fruitTable element by processing the jsonFruit values in the order listed.

Which three actions should you perform in sequence?

(Develop the solution by selecting the required code segments and arranging them in the correct order.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 220

100-DRAG DROP You have the following code:

The web service returns a JSON object that contains two properties named Description and FileName.

The PersonImage object must meet the following requirements:

* Create an object that represents an image that will be displayed.

* Set the image properties from the values that are returned by the web service.

* Expose the image as a property of the PersonImage object.

You need to insert code at line 13 to complete the implementation of the PersonImage object.

Which three actions should you perform in sequence to complete the implementation?


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 221

101-HOTSPOT You develop an HTML messaging application that allows users to send messages. The

messages can have an optional file attachment that is identified by a filename. You use the following function to

send a message:

You need to send a message with a file attachment. How should you complete the relevant code? (To answer,

select the appropriate option from each drop-down list in the answer area.)

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 222

102-DRAG DROP You develop an HTML application that calls a web service to retrieve JSON data. The web

service contains one method named GetFullName that returns an Object named data. The data object contains

two properties named GivenName and Surname. You need to load data from the web service to the webpage.

How should you complete the relevant code? (To answer, drag the appropriate code segment or code

segments to the correct location or locations in the answer area. Use only code segments that apply.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 223

103-DRAG DROP A company asks you to create a function that displays loan amounts to their customers.

You must create the function by using JavaScript to meet the following requirements:

* Display three different loan amounts to each customer.

* Display loan amounts in order starting with the greatest amount and ending with the least amount.

You need to implement the function. How should you complete the relevant code? (To answer, drag the

appropriate command or commands to the correct location or locations in the answer area. Use only

commands that apply.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 224

104-HOTSPOT You develop an HTML5 application that allows images to be dragged and dropped within a

webpage. The webpage contains a DIV element and four IMG elements as defined in the code segment below:

You need to enable drag and drop for the application. How should you complete the relevant code? (To answer,


Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 225

105-DRAG DROP You are creating a function named getText().

The function must retrieve information from text files that are stored on a web server. You need to develop the

function to meet the requirement. Which code segment or segments should you use? (To answer, drag the

appropriate command from the list of commands to the correct location or locations in the work area. Each

code segment may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 226

106-DRAG DROP

You are developing an application for a retail store. The application will be used on mobile devices to provide

real-time directions to the store.


* The application must find out a user's location.

* As the user moves, the application must update the screen with the new location.

* As the user moves, the application must display the user's speed. You need to develop the application to meet

the requirements. Which code segment or segments should you use? (To answer, drag the appropriate code

segment or segments to the correct location in the work area. Each code segment may be used once, more

than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 227

107-HOTSPOT You develop a webpage. You create the following HTML markup:

The layout of the webpage must contain three rows.

The first row spans the entire width of the page and is labeled #Top.

The second row contains three columns.

The first column is labeled #Left; the second column is labeled #Main; and the right column is labeled #Right.

The #Left and #Right columns are a fixed width.

The #Main column occupies the remaining available space.

The third and final row spans the entire width of the page and is labeled #Bottom.

The layout of the webpage must resemble the following image:

You need to create the CSS styles to implement the layout. How should you complete the relevant styles? (To

answer, select the appropriate option from each drop-down list in the answer area.)

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 228

108-DRAG DROP You develop an HTML application that calls a Simple Object Access Protocol (SOAP) web

service to retrieve data. You need to load data from the web service. What should you do? (To answer, drag

the appropriate code segment or code segments to the correct location or locations in the answer area. Use

only code segments that apply.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 229

109-HOTSPOT You are creating a custom style by using CSS3.

You have the following requirements to complete the style:

* If the text in a line must wrap to another line, the last word must be able to break across lines.

* All text must be black and have a blue shadow, such that the text appears to glow blue.

The text must look like the following:

You need to complete the CSS3 style. How should you complete the relevant code? (To answer, select the

appropriate option from each drop-down list in the answer area.)

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 230

110-HOTSPOT You are developing a web page. The webpage must display a container. The container must

display three colored rectangles near the top of the container. The colored rectangles are, in order, green, red,

and yellow. The rectangles are aligned horizontally and evenly spaced across the width of the container. The

layout of the page must resemble the following image:

You need to ensure that the page renders properly. How should you complete the relevant styles? (To answer,


Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 231

111-DRAG DROP You create the following JavaScript code:

You must complete the ShowCanWeAfford() function:

* Display the message Denied! If the PaymentAmount variable is greater than 500.

* Display the message Approved! If the PaymentAmount variable is less than 300.

* Display the message Approved with caution! If the PaymentAmount variable is less than 500 and greater than

300.

You need to add statements to the ShowCanWeAfford() JavaScript function to meet the requirements.

Which three actions should you perform in sequence? (Develop the solution by selecting the required code

segments and arranging them in the correct order.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 232

112-DRAG DROP You have a webpage that includes the following markup:

An XML file named message.xml resides on a web server. The structure of the file is as follows:

You are developing a code-based solution to parse the contents of the XML file and display the information on

the page. The solution must work on both modern and older browsers.

You need to display the information from the XML file onto the page. How should you create the JavaScript

code? (Develop the solution by selecting the required code segments and arranging them in the correct order.

You may not need all of the code segments.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 233

113-HOTSPOT You review a web form that contains the following markup and code:

You need to ascertain how the webpage responds when it loads and how it reacts to user actions.



Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 234

114-HOTSPOT You test a webpage that contains the following JavaScript code:

The webpage also contains the following markup:

You need to ascertain how the webpage responds when the user enters characters and then clicks the add and

divide buttons.

For each statement in the table, select Yes if the action causes the webpage to behave as described. Select No

if it does not. Make only one selection in each column.

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 235

An HTML page contains no embedded JavaScript or CSS code. The body of the page contains only the

following line of code.

<p id="test">test</p>

A CSS style sheet must be applied dynamically. The style must visibly change the appearance of the paragraph

on the page.

You need to apply a style the paragraph. Which line of code should you use?

A. document.getElementById("test").style.border = "0";

B. document.getElementById("test").style.position = "static";

C. document.getElementById("test").style.padding = "15px";

D. document.getElementById("test").style.top = "5px";

Correct Answer: C


only (C) moves the text, other options have no effect.

<!DOCTYPE html>

<html>

<head>


function changeVisibly() {

document.getElementById("test").style.padding = "15px";

}

</script>

</head>

<body>

<p id="test">test</p>

<input type="button" value="Change visibly" onclick="changeVisibly();" />

</body>

</html>

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Mary: Answer A (border)

cch from New Zealand - Oct 15, 2013:

The answer given in the dump is ~.style.border = '0', as the question's already mentioned no other js & css

embedded, i don't think set border = '0' can change the <p> visibly. so the answer C: set style.padding = '15px'

will at least have some change visibly, I think

Mary-Q45/115

QUESTION 236

116-You develop an HTML5 web application. The web application contains a form that allows users to enter

only their month of birth.

The value that the users enter must be numbers between 1 and 12, inclusive.

You need to implement the form element for the month of birth. Which element should you use?

A. <input type="time" options="month" />

B. <input types="submit" value="month" />

C. <input type="range" min="l" max="12" />

D. <input type="month" itemscope="numeric" />

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 237

You are developing an HTML5 web application for an architectural company that displays architectural

blueprints.


Display the blueprints at different zoom levels without loss of detail

Print the blueprints without loss of detail

Work from only one source file per blueprint

You need to ensure that blueprints display according to the requirements.


A. CANVAS

B. SAMP

C. SVG

D. AREA

Correct Answer: C


SVG is a language for describing two-dimensional vector graphics in XML.

SVG stands for Scalable Vector Graphics

SVG is used to define vector-based graphics for the Web

SVG defines the graphics in XML format

SVG graphics do NOT lose any quality if they are zoomed or resized

Every element and every attribute in SVG files can be animated

SVG is a W3C recommendation

SVG integrates with other W3C standards such as the DOM and XSL

Advantages of using SVG over other image formats (like JPEG and GIF) are:

SVG images can be created and edited with any text editor

SVG images can be searched, indexed, scripted, and compressed

SVG images are scalable

SVG images can be printed with high quality at any resolution

SVG images are zoomable (and the image can be zoomed without degradation)

SVG is an open standard

SVG files are pure XML

The main competitor to SVG is Flash.

The biggest advantage SVG has over Flash is the compliance with other standards (e.g. XSL and the DOM).

Flash relies on proprietary technology that is not open source.

<?xml version="1.0" standalone="no"?>

<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/

SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">

<svg xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" version="1.1">

<circle cx="100" cy="50" r="40" stroke="black" stroke-width="2" fill="red" />

</svg>

The <samp> tag is a phrase tag. It defines sample output from a computer program.

Tip: This tag is not deprecated, but it is possible to achieve richer effect with CSS.

<canvas> element is used to draw graphics, on the fly, via scripting (usually JavaScript).

The <canvas> element is only a container for graphics. You must use a script to actually draw the graphics.

Canvas has several methods for drawing paths, boxes, circles, text, and adding images.

The <area> tag defines an area inside an image-map (an image-map is an image with clickable areas).

The <area> element is always nested inside a <map> tag.

http://www.w3schools.com/svg/svg_intro.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/html/html5_canvas.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/tags/tag_samp.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/tags/tag_area.asp

Mary-Q47/117

QUESTION 238

You develop an HTML5 application that allows users to upload files from their local computers.

The user interface must remain responsive during the upload.

You need to implement the file upload functionality for the application.

Which two actions should you perform? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose two.)

A. Use an HTML form with a file type INPUT element that targets a hidden IFRAME element.

B. Use a file type INPUT element, and then use the Web Storage API to upload the file.

C. Use a FormData object and upload the file by using XMLHttpRequest.

D. Register the file protocol by using protocol handler registration API and then upload the file by using

XMLHttpRequest.

E. Use the FileSystem API to load the file, and then use the jQuery post method to upload the file to the

server.

Correct Answer: CE


Input type="file"

The FileUpload object represents a single-line text input control and a browse button, in an HTML form.

This object allow file uploading to a server. Clicking on the browse button opens the file dialog box that allows a

user to select a file to upload.

For each <input type="file"> tag in an HTML form, a FileUpload object is created.

Web Storage

With HTML5, web pages can store data locally within the user's browser.

Earlier, this was done with cookies. However, Web Storage is more secure and faster. The data is not included

with every server request, but used ONLY when asked for. It is also possible to store large amounts of data,

without affecting the website's performance.

The data is stored in key/value pairs, and a web page can only access data stored by itself.

There are two new objects for storing data on the client:

localStorage - stores data with no expiration date

sessionStorage - stores data for one session

FormData

The FormData object lets you compile a set of key/value pairs to send using XMLHttpRequest. Its primarily

intended for use in sending form data, but can be used independently from forms in order to transmit keyed

data. The transmitted data is in the same format that the form's submit() method would use to send the data if

the form's encoding type were set to "multipart/form-data"

XMLHttpRequest

The XMLHttpRequest object is used to exchange data with a server behind the scenes.

The following code fragment parses an XML document into an XML DOM object. To send a request to a

server, we use the open() and send() methods of the XMLHttpRequest object:

xmlhttp = new XMLHttpRequest();

xmlhttp.open("GET", "books.xml", false);

xmlhttp.send();

xmlDoc = xmlhttp.responseXML;

open(method, url, async) - Specifies the type of request, the URL, and if the request should be handled

asynchronously or not.

method: the type of request: GET or POST

url: the location of the file on the server

async: true (asynchronous) or false (synchronous)

send(string) - Sends the request off to the server.

string: Only used for POST requests

Protocol handler registration API

It's fairly common to find web pages link to resources using non-http protocols. An example is the mailto:

protocol:

<a href="mailto:[email protected]">Web Master</a>

Web authors can use a mailto: link when they want to provide a convenient way for users to send an email,

directly from the webpage. When the link is activated, the browser should launch the default desktop application

for handling email. You can think of this as a desktop-based protocol handler.

Web-based protocol handlers allow web-based applications to participate in the process too. This is becoming

more important as more types of applications migrate to the web. In fact, there are many web-based email

handling applications that could process a mailto link.

navigator.registerProtocolHandler("mailto", "https://www.example.com/?uri=%s",

"Example Mail");

FileSystem API

There are two versions of the FileSystem API. One for synchronous calls and another for asynchronous

calls.Whilst it is sometimes useful to have the ability to execute operations synchronously, you will usually want

to use the asynchronous API so that you don't hold up any other code that needs to be executed.

jQuery Post

The $.post() method loads data from the server using a HTTP POST request.

http://www.w3schools.com/jsref/dom_obj_fileupload.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/html/html5_webstorage.asp

https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/Guide/Using_FormData_Objects

http://www.w3schools.com/xml/xml_http.asp

https://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Web-based_protocol_handlers

http://blog.teamtreehouse.com/building-an-html5-text-editor-with-the-filesystem-apis

http://www.html5rocks.com/en/tutorials/file/filesystem/

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Mary&Sam: Answer B&D


I have no idea which two should be chosen, but at least the B seems not right to me, because web storage API,

localStorage/sessionStorage has nothing to do with the responsive requirement.

Mary-Q48/118

QUESTION 239

119-You are developing a web application that can function when users are not connected to the Internet.

You need to check the Internet connectivity status of a user's browser.

Which method should you use?

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 240

You are creating a page that contains detailed employee information for a company portal. The page uses a

jQuery library.

The page contains a hidden button named btnEdit that is defined by the following code.

<button id="btnEdit" style="display: none;">Edit</button>

The button is not displayed by default. The button must be displayed only if the user is logged on. You need to

add code to the document.ready() function to meet the requirements for the button. Which line of code should

you use?

A. $ ('#btnEdit').appear();

B. $ ('#btnEdit').visible = true;

C. $ ('#btnEdit').show();

D. $ ('#btnEdit').visible();

Correct Answer: C


The show() method shows the hidden, selected elements.

Note: show() works on elements hidden with jQuery methods and display:none in CSS (but not visibility:hidden).

The :visible selector selects every element that is currently visible.

Visible elements are elements that are not:

Set to display:none

Form elements with type="hidden"

Width and height set to 0

A hidden parent element (this also hides child elements)

http://www.w3schools.com/jquery/eff_show.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/jquery/sel_visible.asp

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Mary: Answer A (appear)

Ali from Ireland - Oct 23, 2013:

Just tried it out in jsbin. Answer is: C $('#btnEdit').show() and not answer a) .appear() as stated in answer.

volland from Bulgaria - Nov 09, 2013:

Correct answer is C: $('#btnEdit').show();

check it here: http://jsfiddle.net/volland/NwcAU/

try the $('#btnEdit').visible = true; - not working

Mary-Q50/160

QUESTION 241

121-HOTSPOT You troubleshoot a webpage that includes the following code segment:

You need to evaluate the value of the variable named customer.name. For each statement in the table, select

Yes if the code segment above causes the variable to evaluate as described. Select No if it does not. Make only

one selection in each column.

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 242

122-HOTSPOT You develop an HTML5 webpage that contains the following markup and code:


* Display a message if users select the first OPTION element, and then submit the form.

* Do not display an alert message if users select any other OPTION element, and then submit the form.

You need to implement the madeSelection() function.

How should you complete the relevant code? (To answer, select the appropriate code segment from each drop-

down list in the answer area.)

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 243

123-HOTSPOT

You develop a webpage that consumes a web service. The web service provides currency exchange rates.

Visitors enter the currency type on the webpage and press the Submit button. The web service returns the

current exchange rate. You need to ensure that the webpage always displays the most current information.

How should you complete the relevant code? (To answer, select the appropriate option from each drop-down

list in the answer area.)

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 244

124-HOTSPOT You develop a webpage. The layout of the webpage must resemble the following image:

You need to ensure that the page renders properly. How should you complete the relevant CSS styles? (To


Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 245

125-HOTSPOT

A company has an XML file named products.xml on a web server. The file contains a list of the products that

the company sells. You need to display the contents of the products.xml file in a DIV element named Output.



Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 246

126-You are developing an application that analyzes population data for major cities in the United States.

The application retrieves population statistics for a city by using a web service.

You need to request data from the web service by using jQuery.


Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 247

You are developing a blog web page that is being optimized for accessibility. The page includes the following

HTML.

The heading tags represent a blog post title, a blog post subtitle, and the author's name. You need to ensure

that the three headings are treated as a unit but retain their individual formatting.

Which tags should you use to wrap the H1, H2, and H3 elements?

A. <group> </group>

B. <header> </header>

C. <hgroup> </hgroup>

D. <headings> </headings>

Correct Answer: C


The <hgroup> tag is used to group heading elements. REMOVED FROM HTML5.

The <hgroup> element is used to group a set of <h1> to <h6> elements, when a heading has multiple levels

(subheadings).

The <header> tag specifies a header for a document or section.

The <header> element should be used as a container for introductory content or set of navigational links.

You can have several <header> elements in one document.

http://www.w3schools.com/tags/tag_hgroup.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/tags/tag_header.asp

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Mary & Sam: Answer C (hgroup)

http://html5doctor.com/the-hgroup-element/

http://html5doctor.com/the-hgroup-hokey-cokey/

Marty from Portugal - Oct 29, 2013:

Shouldn't answer be B. instead of C. hgroup was removed from HTML5.

http://www.w3.org/html/wg/wiki/ChangeProposals/dropHgroup

http://html5doctor.com/the-hgroup-hokey-cokey/

Mary-Q57/127

QUESTION 248

128-You develop a web application by using jQuery. You develop the following jQuery code: (Line numbers are


The web application exposes a RESTful web API that has an endpoint of/product/create.

You need to create a new product by using AJAX.


Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 249

You develop a webpage that allows a user to download a JPEG image and convert it to a PNG file.

You need to implement the code to download the contents of the JPEG image with no additional decoding.

Which JavaScript function should you use?

A. readAsBinaryString()

B. readAsArrayBuffer()

C. readAsDataURL()

D. readAsText()

Correct Answer: B


FileReader includes four options for reading a file, asynchronously:

FileReader.readAsBinaryString(Blob|File) - The result property will contain the file/blob's data as a binary

string. Every byte is represented by an integer in the range [0..255]. Is deprecated.

FileReader.readAsText(Blob|File, opt_encoding) - The result property will contain the file/blob's data as a

text string. By default the string is decoded as 'UTF-8'. Use the optional encoding parameter can specify a

different format.

FileReader.readAsDataURL(Blob|File) - The result property will contain the file/blob's data encoded as a

data URL. (encodes it to base64)

FileReader.readAsArrayBuffer(Blob|File) - The result property will contain the file/blob's data as an

ArrayBuffer object.

http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ie/hh772312%28v=vs.85%29.aspx

http://www.html5rocks.com/en/tutorials/file/dndfiles/

Mary-Q59/129

QUESTION 250




A. <article>

B. <span>

C. <tbody>

D. <cd>

Correct Answer: A


How the Changes in HTML 5 Will Affect SEO (Search Engine Optimization)?

As a SEO expert, you are most likely interested mainly in those changes in the HTML 5 specification, which

will affect your work. Here is one of them:

A new <article> tag. The new <article> tag is probably the best addition from a SEO point of view. The

<article> tag allows to mark separate entries in an online publication, such as a blog or a magazine. It is

expected that when articles are marked with the <article> tag, this will make the HTML code cleaner

because it will reduce the need to use <div> tags. Also, probably search engines will put more weight on the

text inside the <article> tag as compared to the contents on the other parts of the page.

QUESTION 251

131-DRAG DROP You are developing a shared library to format information.

The library contains a method named _private. The _private method must never be called directly from outside

of the shared library.

You need to implement an API for the shared library.

How should you complete the relevant code? (Develop the solution by selecting the required code segments

and arranging them in the correct order.


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 252

You develop an HTML application that contains a table that displays a list of products. The table is defined with

the following HTML markup:

You must style the table to look like the following image:

You need to implement the CSS selectors to select the rows that must have a blue background. Which CSS

selector should you use?

A. thead:only-child, tbody:after, table:before

B. tr [line |-0, 1, 3]

C. tr:first-of-type, tr:last-of-type

D. tr:first-line, tr:last-child

Correct Answer: C


The :first-of-type selector matches every element that is the first child, of a particular type, of its parent.

Tip: This is the same as :nth-of-type(1).

The :last-of-type selector matches every element that is the last child, of a particular type, of its parent.

Tip: This is the same as :nth-last-of-type(1).

The :before selector inserts content before the content of the selected element(s).

Use the content property to specify the content to insert.

p:before { content:"Read this: "; }

The :after selector inserts content after the selected element(s).

Use the content property to specify the content to insert.

p:after { content:"- Remember this"; }

The :first-line selector is used to add a style to the first line of the specified selector.

Note: The "first-line" selector can only be used with block-level elements.

p:first-line { background-color:yellow; }

http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/sel_first-of-type.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/sel_last-of-type.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/sel_before.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/sel_after.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/sel_firstline.asp

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------

Mary: Answer B (tr line)


Another one : Q62 is also wrong. I used JSBin to test all answers and answer c) tr:first-of-type,tr:last-of-type is

correct (and not B as test indicates)

Mary-Q62/132

QUESTION 253

You develop a webpage by using HTML5. You create the following markup:

<input type "url" name= "website" required="required" />

You need to ensure that the value that the user enters contains a secure URL.

What should you do?

A. Add the following attribute to the input tag: value="https://v

B. Add the following attribute to the input tag: pattern="https://.+"

C. Add the following attribute to the input tag: value="ssl"

D. Add the following attribute to the input tag: itemtype="https"

Correct Answer: B


Note:

* The pattern attribute is supported in Internet Explorer 10, Firefox, Opera, and Chrome.

* The pattern attribute specifies a regular expression that the <input> element's value is checked against.

* The pattern attribute works with the following input types: text, search, url, tel, email, and password

QUESTION 254

134-You develop a webpage by using HTML5. You create the following markup and code: (Line numbers are


You need to ensure that the values that users enter are only numbers, letters, and underscores, regardless of

the order. Which code segment should you insert at line 04?

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 255

135-HOTSPOT You develop an interactive scalable vector graphics (SVG) application. You write the following

HTML markup that makes a rectangle rotate:

You need to control the speed of the rotating rectangle.



Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 256

136-DRAG DROP You create a webpage that includes the following HTML markup: (Line numbers are included

for reference only.)

You need to ensure that a form cannot be submitted unless the INPUT element contains the word OK. Which

five actions should you perform in sequence? (To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions

to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 257

137-DRAG DROP You are implementing a web worker by using JavaScript and HTML5. The web worker

processes a long-running loop and returns the result to a webpage. The web worker is defined on the webpage

as follows:


* Evaluate the message value in the web worker.

* Process the loop based on the iterations value that is passed from the webpage.

* Return a value back to the webpage from the web worker.

You need to implement the web worker. How should you complete the relevant code?

(To answer, drag the appropriate code segment to the correct location or locations in the answer area. Use only

code segments that apply.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 258

138-HOTSPOT

How does the page render? For each statement in the table, select Yes if the behavior is described. Select No

if it is not. Make only one selection in each column.

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 259

139-You are creating an HTML5 application that allows users to play video on a page by using the VIDEO

element.

You need to enable the user to start, stop, and pause the video.

Which line of code should you add to the page?

A. <video id= "myVideo" height="320" width="400" src="myVideo.vtt" contextmenu="pauseplay"> </video>

B. <video id="myVideon heigh"="320" width="400" src="myVideo.vtt" controls> </video>

C. <video _d="myVideon height="320" width="400" src="myVideo.vtt" autoplay> </video>

D. <video id="myVideo" height="320" width="400" src="myVideo.vtt" contextinenu="Startstopn> </video>

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 260

You are creating a web page that contains a canvas with text.

The page contains the following JavaScript code. (Line numbers are included for reference only.)

The text on the canvas must rotate 90 degrees when a user clicks a button on the page.

You need to ensure that the text rotates when the user clicks the button.

Which line of code should you add at line 03?

A. context.transform(90);

B. context.content.getRotation(90);

C. context.rotate(90);

D. context.content.rotate (90);

Correct Answer: C


The rotate() method rotates the current drawing.

The transform property applies a 2D or 3D transformation to an element. This property allows you to rotate,

scale, move, skew, etc., elements.

div { transform:rotate(7deg); }

The rotation property rotates a block-level element counterclockwise around a given point defined by the

rotation-point property.

Tip: The border, padding, content, and backgrounds (that are not fixed) are also rotated!

http://www.w3schools.com/tags/canvas_rotate.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/css3_pr_transform.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/css3_pr_rotation.asp

Mary-Q70/140

QUESTION 261

141-You develop an HTML5 webpage that contains the following HTML markup:


* Retrieve the content for any OPTION elements when the value of the selected attribute equals selected.

* Add the content to a comma separated string.

You need to retrieve the required data.

Which two code segments should you add to the webpage? (Each correct answer presents a complete

solution. Choose two.)

E.

Correct Answer: BD

QUESTION 262

142-DRAG DROP You are creating a function by using JavaScript. You have the following requirements:

The function must display loan amounts to the user within the following HTML element: <div id="display"></

div>

The loan amount of 2100 must display in the HTML element. All declared variables and functions must be

scoped to the myApp variable.

You need to implement the function. How should you complete the relevant code?

(To answer, drag the appropriate code segments to the correct location or locations in the answer area. Use


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 263

143-HOTSPOT You create a custom style by using CSS3. A box with rounded corners must appear around

text.

The box must match the following illustration:

You need to add the CSS3 markup to your style. How should you complete the relevant CSS styles? (To


Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 264

144-HOTSPOT

You implement a callback function by using JavaScript. You need to process the returned XML data. How

should you complete the relevant code? (To answer, select the appropriate option from each drop-down list in

the answer area.)

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 265

145-You develop an HTML5 application. You give users a numeric access code that can be used only one

time.

Users must enter the numeric access code in the login form of the application.

The numeric characters must be hidden by a masking character.

You need to implement the form element for users to enter the code.

Which HTML element should you use?

A. <input type="password" required autocomplete="off">

B. <input type="input" autocomplete="off" required />

C. <input type="password" stytem" visiblity:hidden;" required />

D. <input type="button" value="password" required />

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 266

146-You are developing an HTML5 web application that displays stock information.

The application loads information from a web service by using AJAX.

The following code defines a Stock object and loads stock data.

You need to implement the loadStock function. Which code segment should you use?

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 267

147-HOTSPOT You review a webpage that contains the following markup:



Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 268

148-DRAG DROP You create an HTML5 application that includes JavaScript. The application performs several

AJAX requests.One AJAX request retrieves order information from a web service and then sends the

information back to a webpage within the application. You must create a custom event.


* The webpage must contain an HTML element named ordersListing that will receive the custom event

notification.

* The event name must be ordersReceived.

* The event must pass a custom value named orderCount.

* The event must run a JavaScript method named showOrdersReceivedCount after the orders Listing HTML

element receives the event.

* Do not allow other DOM elements to receive the event.

* Allow the event to be cancelled.

* Send the event into the event system.

You need to implement the custom event to notify specific DOM elements of the AJAX response.



Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 269

149-DRAG DROP You are developing an application by using JavaScript.

You must write a function that returns the sum of the variables named v1, v2, v3, v4.

You need to complete the sum function. How should you complete the relevant code? (To answer, drag the

appropriate code segment or segments to the correct location or locations in the answer area. Use only code

segments that apply.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 270

150-You are developing a web page that includes the following HTML. <span id = "myTextSpan" class =

"redText"> Hello There! </span>

The font color of text inside the span must be red. You need to develop the web page to meet the requirement.

Which two CSS segments will achieve the goal?

(Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose two.)

Correct Answer: AC

QUESTION 271

You are troubleshooting an application. Users report that the UI is slow to respond.

You need to improve UI responsiveness by moving application tasks to web workers.

Which two tasks can you move to achieve this goal? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution.

Choose two.)

A. A function that loops through the Document Object Model to update the style of page elements

B. A long-running calculation that requires looping through an array

C. A function that performs graphic-intensive animation

D. A function that stores large amounts of data to local storage

Correct Answer: BD


A web worker is a JavaScript running in the background, without affecting the performance of the page.

When executing scripts in an HTML page, the page becomes unresponsive until the script is finished.

A web worker is a JavaScript that runs in the background, independently of other scripts, without affecting the

performance of the page. You can continue to do whatever you want: clicking, selecting things, etc., while the

web worker runs in the background.

Web Workers run in an isolated thread. As a result, the code that they execute needs to be contained in a

separate file. But before we do that, the first thing to do is create a new Worker object in your main page.


http://www.html5rocks.com/en/tutorials/workers/basics/

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Mary: Answer BC. I would say, slow I/O operations are more competitive.

Mary-Q81/151

QUESTION 272

152-You develop an interactive scalable vector graphic (SVG) application.

You write the following code (Line numbers are included for reference only.):

You need to increase the size of the circle by 50 percent. Which code segment should you insert at line 02?

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 273

153-You develop an HTML5 webpage. You have the following HTML markup:

You need to change the background color for all of the elements whose name attribute ends with the word

name.

Which code segment should you add to the webpage?

A. $ ('#name').css ({ 'background-color' : '#E0ECF8' });

B. $ ('input [name |="name"; ] ' ) .css (( 'background-color' : '#E0ECF8'});

C. $('input[name$="name"]'). css{{'background-color' : '#E0ECF8'});

D. $ ('*name' ) .css ({ 'background-color' : ' #E0ECF8'}) ;

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 274

You develop an HTML application that is located at www.adventure-works.com.

The application must load JSON data from www.fabrikam.com.

You need to choose an approach for loading the data. What should you do?

A. Design a REST URI scheme with multiple domains.

B. Configure Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) on the servers.

C. Load the data by using WebSockets.

D. Use the jQuery getJSON method.

Correct Answer: B


Cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) is a mechanism that allows JavaScript on a web page to make

XMLHttpRequests to another domain, not the domain the JavaScript originated from. Such "cross-domain"

requests would otherwise be forbidden by web browsers, per the same origin security policy. CORS defines a

way in which the browser and the server can interact to determine whether or not to allow the cross-origin

request. It is more useful than only allowing same-origin requests, but it is more secure than simply allowing all

such cross-origin requests.

The CORS standard works by adding new HTTP headers that allow servers to serve resources to permitted

origin domains. Browsers support these headers and enforce the restrictions they establish. Additionally, for

HTTP request methods that can cause side-effects on user data (in particular, for HTTP methods other than

GET, or for POST usage with certain MIME types), the specification mandates that browsers "preflight" the

request, soliciting supported methods from the server with an HTTP OPTIONS request header, and then, upon

"approval" from the server, sending the actual request with the actual HTTP request method. Servers can also

notify clients whether "credentials" (including Cookies and HTTP Authentication data) should be sent with

requests.

JSONP or "JSON with padding" is a communication technique used in JavaScript programs running in web

browsers to request data from a server in a different domain, something prohibited by typical web browsers

because of the same origin policy.

Under the same origin policy, a web page served from server1.example.com cannot normally connect to or

communicate with a server other than server1.example.com. A few exceptions include the HTML <script>

element. Exploiting the open policy for <script> elements, some pages use them to retrieve JavaScript code

that operates on dynamically generated JSON-formatted data from other origins. This usage pattern is known

as JSONP. Requests for JSONP retrieve not JSON, but arbitrary JavaScript code. They are evaluated by the

JavaScript interpreter, not parsed by a JSON parser.

There have been some criticisms raised about JSONP. Cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) is a more recent

method of getting data from a server in a different domain, which addresses some of those criticisms. All

modern browsers now support CORS making it a viable cross-browser alternative.

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cross-origin_resource_sharing

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/JSONP

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Daniel from Macedonia - Oct 31, 2013:

One new question was just as Q84, but the option b was changed with new option JSONP.

Mary-Q84/154

QUESTION 275

You are building a web page for a newspaper publisher. You have the following requirements:

The web page should split the content into columns that are at least 100 pixels wide.

The number of columns displayed must be set by the browser.

You need to implement the correct CSS properties.


A. <div id="outer" style="width: 100px; column-fill: balance;">...</div>

B. <div id="outer" style="width: 100px; column-gap: 10px;">...</div>

C. <div id="outer" style="column-width: 100px; ">. . .</div>

D. <div id="outer" style="width: 100px; columns: 100px 3">...</div>

Correct Answer: C


The column-width property specifies the width of the columns.

div

{

column-width:100px;

-moz-column-width:100px; /* Firefox */

-webkit-column-width:100px; /* Safari and Chrome */

}

The column-gap property specifies the gap between the columns.

div

{

column-gap:40px;

-moz-column-gap:40px; /* Firefox */

-webkit-column-gap:40px; /* Safari and Chrome */

}

The column-fill property specifies how to fill columns, balanced or not. Is not supported in any of the major

browsers.

column-fill: balance | auto;

balance Columns are balanced. Browsers should minimize the variation in column length

auto Columns are filled sequentially, and they will have different lengths

http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/css3_pr_column-width.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/css3_pr_column-gap.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/css3_pr_column-fill.asp

Mary-Q85/155

QUESTION 276

You develop a webpage with a standard input control by using HTML5. The input control must display the text

Enter your given name, as shown below:

When a user selects the input control, the text must disappear.

You need to create the input control.

Which input control should you use?

A. <input name="GivenName" value="Enter your given name" />

B. <input name="GivenName" default="Enter your given name" />

C. <input name="GivenName" text="Enter your given name" />

D. <input name="GivenName" placeholder="Enter your given name" />

Correct Answer: D


The placeholder attribute specifies a short hint that describes the expected value of an input field (e.g. a sample

value or a short description of the expected format).

The short hint is displayed in the input field before the user enters a value.

http://www.w3schools.com/tags/att_input_placeholder.asp

Mary-Q86/156

QUESTION 277


You need to add a background color to the first article in each section.


A. $ ("section article:first-child").css("background-color", "#f2f2f2");

B. $ ("section:first-child").ess ( "background-color", "#f2f2f2");

C. $ ("article:first-of-type") .css("background-color", "#f2f2f2");

D. $ ("section:first-of-type").css("background-color", "#f2f2f2");

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 278

158-You are creating a custom object as described by the following code.

You need to implement the calcArea method. Which code should you use?

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 279

159-DRAG DROP You are developing a web page that includes the following HTML.

You need to ensure that the email element is enabled only if the user selects the IT Support check box.

Which CSS selectors should you use? (To answer, drag the appropriate selector to the correct location.

Each selector may be used once, more than once, or not at all.


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 280

160-You are developing an HTML5 web form to collect feedback information from site visitors.

The web form must display an INPUT element that meets the following requirements:

* Allow numeric values between 1 and 10.

* Default to the value of 5.

* Display as a slider control on the page.

You need to add the INPUT element to the form. Which HTML element should you add?

A. Rating (Between 1 and 10): <input type="number" name="rating" min ="1" max-"10">

B. Rating (Between 1 and 10): <input type="number" name="rating" min="1" max="10" defaulc="5">

C. Rating (Between 1 and 10): <input type="range" name="rating" min="0" max="10" default"="5">

D. Rating (Between 1 and 10): <input type="range" name="rating" min="10" max="10" value="5">

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 281

161-You develop an HTML5 application. The application uses an image that is returned from an HTTP POST

request.

You develop the following code: (Line numbers are included for reference only.)

You need to display the loaded image in the application. Which code segment should you insert at line 04?

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 282

162-You develop an HTML5 webpage that contains the following HTML markup: <input id="loanTermTextBox"

type="text" />

Users must enter a valid integer value into the text box. You need to validate the data type that is received from

the input element.

Which two code segments should you include on the webpage?


E.

Correct Answer: AB

QUESTION 283

163-You develop an HTML5 application for a company. Employees must enter a personal identification number

(PIN) in an INPUT element named SecurityCode to access their employee records.

The SecurityCode element must meet the following requirements:

* Allow up to 6 digits.

* Do not display numbers as they are entered.

* Display the text Enter PIN Code before the user enters any data.

You need to implement the SecurityCode element.

Which HTML markup should you add to the application?

E.

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 284


You need to update the content of the DIV element when the mouse hovers over an image and when the

mouse coordinates change.

How should you complete the relevant code? (To answer, drag the appropriate code segment to the correct

location or locations in the answer area.

Use only code segments that apply.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 285

165-HOTSPOT You are creating a custom CSS3 style.


* box1 has a red outline.

* box1 contains box2, and box2 must remain inside box1

* box2 must have a green to black gradient.

* box2 must be surrounded by white space.

The style resembles the following diagram:

You need to add the CSS3 code to the styles. How should you complete the relevant code? (To answer, select

the appropriate code segment in each drop-down list in the answer area.)

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 286

166-You develop an application to host user-generated HTML and JavaScript content.

A common error handler in your application must process all unhandled errors.

You need to implement global error handling for the application. Which code segment should you use?

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 287

You are creating a custom function. You pass an object named testObj to the function as a parameter.

You do not use inheritance through the functions. The function must establish whether testObj inherits from

another object named parentObj.

You need to ensure that the function performs as required.

Which method or operator should you add to the function?

A. parentObj.instanceof(testObj)

B. testObj.isPrototypeOf(parentObj)

C. testObj.instanceof(parentObj)

D. parentObj.isPrototypeOf(testObj)

Correct Answer: D


isPrototypeOf method determines whether an object exists in another object's prototype chain.

object1.isPrototypeOf(object2)

The isPrototypeOf method returns true if object2 has object1 in its prototype chain. The prototype chain is used

to share functionality between instances of the same object type. The isPrototypeOf method returns false when

object2 is not an object or when object1 does not appear in the prototype chain of the object2.

function Rectangle() { }

var rec = new Rectangle();

document.write(Rectangle.prototype.isPrototypeOf(rec));

// Output: true

instanceof operator returns a Boolean value that indicates whether or not an object is an instance of a

particular class.

The instanceof operator returns true if object is an instance of class. It returns false if object is not an instance

of class, or if object is null.

function objTest(obj){

var i, t, s = "";

t = new Array();

t["Date"] = Date;

t["Object"] = Object;

t["Array"] = Array;

for (i in t){

if (obj instanceof t[i]) {

s += "obj is an instance of " + i + "<br/>";

}

else {

s += "obj is not an instance of " + i + "<br/>";

}

}

return(s);

}

var obj = new Date();

document.write(objTest(obj));

// Output:

// obj is an instance of Date

// obj is an instance of Object

// obj is not an instance of Array

http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ie/bch72c9e%28v=vs.94%29.aspx

http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ie/zh0zb36z%28v=vs.94%29.aspx

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sam&Mary: Answer B testObj.isPrototypeOf(parentObj)


Should be D.

Mary-Q97/167

QUESTION 288


You need to call the click event for the addOneltem button a determined number of times when the user clicks

the addBoxOfltems button.


Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 289

169-HOTSPOT You are validating user input by using built-in JavaScript functions.


* Store the value that is entered in a variable named inputValue

* Use the built-in isNaN(tnputValue) function to evaluate the data type

You need to validate the return value of the isNaN(inputValue) function.

Which values will be returned? (To answer, configure the appropriate options in the dialog box in the answer

area.)

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 290

1- DRAG DROP You are validating user input by using JavaScript and regular expressions. A group of

predefined regular expressions will validate two input fields:

* An email address in a function named validateEmail (for example, [email protected])

* A nine-digit number that allows optional hyphens after the second and fifth character in a function named

validateSSN(for example, 555555555 or 555-55-5555)


function?

(To answer, drag the appropriate regular expression statement to the correct location. Each regular expression

statement may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes

or scroll to view content.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 291

2-You are developing a customer web form that includes the following HTML. <input id="txtValue" type="text" /

>

A customer must enter a valid age in the text box prior to submitting the form.

You need to add validation to the control. Which code segment should you use?

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 292

4-DRAG DROP You are developing a form that captures a user's email address by using HTML5 and jQuery.



You need to implement this functionality. How should you develop the form? (To answer, drag the appropriate

code segment to the correct target or targets in the answer area. Each code segment may be used once, more


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 293

8-HOTSPOT You are developing a web application that retrieves data from a web service. The data being

retrieved is a custom binary datatype named bint. The data can also be represented in XML.

Two existing methods named parseXml() and parseBint() are defined on the page.


Retrieve and parse data from the web service using binary format if possible.

Retrieve and parse the data from the web service using XML when binary format is not possible.



Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 294

10-DRAG DROP You are developing a web page for runners who register for a race. The page includes a

slider control that allows users to enter their age.





displayed.


appropriate word or number to the correct location in the answer area.

Each word or number may be used once, more than once, or not at all.


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 295

11-You are developing an HTML5 web application that displays the current temperature whenever a button is

clicked. The following code provides this functionality.

When the temperature is loaded, the status property on the loader instance does not change.

You need to ensure that the status property on the loader instance is updated when the temperature is loaded.

Which code segment should you use to replace the Loader function?

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 296

14-HOTSPOT You are developing an airline reservation website by using HTML5 and JavaScript.

A page on the site allows users to enter departure and destination airport information and search for tickets.


* Users must be able to save information in the application about their favorite destination airport.

* The airport information must be displayed in the destination text box whenever the user returns to the page.


Which lines of code should you use? (To answer, select the appropriate options from the drop-down lists in the

answer area.)

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 297

15-HOTSPOT





Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 298

16-You are creating a JavaScript object that represents a customer.

You need to extend the Customer object by adding the GetCommission() method.

You need to ensure that all future instances of the Customer object implement the GetCommission() method.


Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 299

17-You are developing a web form that includes the following code.

When a user selects the check box, an input text box must be added to the page dynamically.

You need to ensure that the text box is added.

Which function should you use?

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 300

18-HOTSPOT An HTML page has a canvas element.

You need to draw a red rectangle on the canvas element dynamically.



the answer area.)

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 301

21-HOTSPOT You are creating a web worker for an HTML5 application.


* Register an event listener for the web worker

* Start and stop the web worker You need to define a function that performs the required tasks.

Which code segment should you use? (To answer, select the appropriate option from the drop-down list in the

answer area.)

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 302

22-You are creating a JavaScript function that displays the name of a web application.

You declare the following button element. <input type="button" id= "About" value="About" /> When a user clicks

the button, a JavaScript function named About must be called.



Correct Answer: CD

QUESTION 303

23-HOTSPOT You are creating a function by using JavaScript. The function accepts an object as the

parameter and returns a string that identifies the data type of the object.


* The function must return "Number" if the object is a number.

* The function must return "String" if the object is a string.

* The function must return "Unknown" if the object is neither a number nor a string.



the answer area.)

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 304

25-You are developing an application that uses a third-party JavaScript library named doWork().



* Extract and handle the exceptions thrown by doWork()

* Continue normal program execution if other exceptions occur



Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 305

28-You are developing an HTML5 web application that displays customer mailing address information.



You need to implement the loadAddress function. Which code segment should you use?

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 306

30-DRAG DROP You are developing an online shopping application that accepts credit cards for payment.


* Generate an error * Assign "200" to the error number

* Assign "Invalid" to the error description You need to write the code that meets the requirements.


location in the answer area.



Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 307











Correct Answer: B



All options are incorrect

nearest correct answers are B or D???

#obj { text-shadow: <x-offset> <y-offset> <blur-radius> <color>; }

<x-offset> +n right -n left

<y-offset> +n bottom -n top

1 inch below means <y-ffset> is 1in or 72 pt

Hence actually answer must be

0px,1in,5px 0r 0px, 72pt, 5px

QUESTION 308

32-You are creating a web form that users will use to enter their personal information. The form includes the

following HTML.


* When a user enters an input box, the cell on the right must turn green.

* When a user leaves an input box, the cell on the right must turn white.

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 309

33-You are developing a web page. You create a grid layout by using the following CSS segment.


* You must place content in the first column of the second row.

* The content must span two columns.


Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 310

34-DRAG DROP You are creating an application by using HTML5 and CSS3. The styles for the pages are

derived from five style sheets.






Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 311

35-You are developing a web page by using HTML5.


* An H1 element must be placed at the top left corner of the page.

* The size and location of the H1 element must not change if additional elements are added to the page.



Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 312

36-You are styling a box object on a page by using CSS3.

You need to set the transparency of the object to 50%.

Which two C5S3 styles will achieve the goal? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose

two.)

Correct Answer: BC

QUESTION 313

37-HOTSPOT You are developing a web page that will be accessed from various types of devices.


* The appropriate display resolution must be selected dynamically based on the device connecting to the page.

* Mobile devices with a maximum width of 480 pixels must be able to use the page.

You need to ensure that the page displays correctly on any device.

How should you build the code? (To answer, select the appropriate options from the drop-down lists in the

answer area.)

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 314

39-DRAG DROP You are developing a website that has many web pages with hyperlinks to other sites.



correct location.

Each line of code may be used once, more than once, or not at all.


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 315

You are developing a page that includes text and an illustration. The web page resembles the following image.


. The illustration must be in the center of the page.

. The text must flow around the left, right, top, and bottom of the illustration.

You need to ensure that the layout of the web page meets the requirements.


A. -ms-wrap-side: both;

B. -ms-wrap-side: clear;

C. -ms-wrap-side: maximum;

D. -ms-wrap-side: auto;

Correct Answer: A


http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ie/hh673558(v=vs.85).aspx

http://dev.w3.org/csswg/css3-exclusions/

QUESTION 316

41-You are developing a web page that has a group of HI and H2 elements.

The page also includes a CSS class named underlineMe.


* The font color of all H1 and H2 elements must be changed to red.

* The CSS class underlineMe must be applied to all H1 and H2 elements.



Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 317

42-HOTSPOT You are developing an HTML5 application for a company.

You apply the following style to a DIV element on a page.

You need to submit a draft illustration of the results of this code.

Which illustration should you submit? (To answer, select the appropriate illustration in the answer area.)

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 318

43-DRAG DROP You are developing a web page that will be accessed from various types of devices.

* You have the following requirements:

* The appropriate display resolution must be selected dynamically based on the device that is connecting to the

page.

* Mobile devices with a maximum width of 480 pixels must be able to use the page.


How should you build the code? (To answer, drag the appropriate media statement to the correct location.

Each

media statement may be used once, more than once, or not at all.


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 319

44-DRAG DROP You are developing a web page by using HTML5 and CSS3.

Hyperlinks on the page must be rendered with a style that reflects the last user action performed.

You need to style the four anchor elements in the document. In what order should you specify the four anchor

selectors?

(To answer, move the appropriate anchor selectors from the list of CSS codes to the answer area and arrange

them in the correct order.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 320

You are developing a web page that will be divided into three vertical sections. The main content of the site

will be placed in the center section. The two outer sections will contain advertisements.


The main content section must be set to two times the width of the advertising sections.

The layout must be specified by using the CSS3 flexible box model.

You need to ensure that the visual layout of the page meets the requirements.

Which CSS3 property should you use?

A. box-orient

B. box-flex-group

C. box-flex

D. box-direction

Correct Answer: C


Reference:

http://www.html5rocks.com/en/tutorials/flexbox/quick/

QUESTION 321

49-You are developing a web form that includes the following HTML. <input id="txtValue" type="text" />

You need to ensure that a value is entered into txtValue before the form is submitted.


Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 322

50-HOTSPOT



The query string parameter must display the @ symbol used in the email address.

You need to implement this functionality. How should you develop the form? (To answer, select the appropriate


Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 323

52-DRAG DROP You are developing a web application that retrieves data from a web service. The data being

retrieved is a custom binary datatype named bint.

The data can also be represented in XML. Two existing methods named parseXml() and parseBint() are

defined on the page.


* Retrieve and parse data from the web service by using binary format if possible

* Retrieve and parse the data from the web service by using XML when binary format is not possible


What should you do? (To answer, drag the appropriate code segment to the correct location. Each code

segment may be used once, more than once, or not at all.


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 324

53-You are developing a customer web form that includes following HTML. <input id="txtValue"/>

You need to develop the form so that customers can enter only a valid country code consisting of three English



Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 325

54-You are developing an application that consumes an external web service that returns the latest stock rate.


* The getResults() method makes an AJAX web service request

* The ShowRate() method displays the stock rate from the web service response



Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 326

55-DRAG DROP You are developing an application that reads information from a file.


* Execute a block of code if there is an error accessing the file

* Execute a second block of code whether or not there is an error accessing the file




Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 327

56-HOTSPOT You are developing an online shopping application that accepts credit cards for payment.


* Generate an error

* Assign "200" to the error number

* Assign "Invalid" to the error description



area.)

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 328

57-You are creating a JavaScript function to display the current version of a web application

You declare a button as follows. <input type="button" id="About" value="About" />

You need to create an event handler for the button by using an anonymous function. Which code segment

should you use?

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 329

58-DRAG DROP You are creating a function by using JavaScript. The function accepts an object as the

parameter and returns a string that identifies the data type of the object. You have the following requirements:

* The function must return "Number" if the object is a number

* The function must return "String" if the object is a string

* The function must return "Unknown" if the object is neither a number nor a string



more than once, or not at all.


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 330

60-DRAG DROP You are developing an application for an online retailer. The company ships only to certain

countries.


* Store a list of country codes in an array

* Validate the country code of the shipping address against the countries array

* Include a Boolean value in the array that indicates whether or not you can ship to the country

* Display a list of countries that can be shipped to if the user inputs a code for a country that the retailer cannot

ship to You need to develop the application to meet the requirements. Which code segment or segments

should you use? (To answer, drag the appropriate code segment or segments from the list of code segments to

the correct location or locations in the work area.



Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 331

61-DRAG DROP


the web worker:


* Start and stop the web worker





Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 332

63-DRAG DROP You are developing an airline reservation website by using HTML5 and JavaScript. A page on

the site allows users to enter departure and destination airport information and to search for tickets.








Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 333

64-You are creating a class named Sedan that must inherit from the Car class.

The Sedan class must modify the inherited fourDoor () method.

The Car class is defined as follows.

Future instances of Sedan must be created with the overridden method. You need to write the code to

implement the Sedan class.

Which two code segments should you use? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose two.)

Correct Answer: BC

QUESTION 334

66-You are developing application web form by using HTML5 and JavaScript.

You need to prevent users from submitting form data more than once.


Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 335

You are developing an HTML5 web application for a surveyor company that displays topographic images.


Display the topographic images at different zoom levels without loss of detail

Print the topographic images without loss of detail

Work from only one source file for each topographic image

You need to ensure that the topographic images display according to the requirements.


A. SVG

B. CANVAS

C. SAMP

D. AREA

Correct Answer: A



QUESTION 336

68-DRAG DROP An HTML page has a CANVAS element.

You need to draw a red rectangle on the CANVAS element dynamically.





Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 337

You are modifying a website.

The body of the page will be divided into two sections:

A content section will contain blog posts and comments.

An area on the right-hand side will contain advertisements.

The page is defined by the following HTML.

The site must conform to HTML5 standards and must use HTML5 semantic tags.

You need to ensure that the advertisements are on the rightmost section of the page.


A. <aside>

B. <div>

C. <article>

D. <footer>

Correct Answer: A



QUESTION 338

You are developing a HTML5 page.

You need to add author and copyright information.


A. <aside>

B. <header>

C. <footer>

D. <section>

Correct Answer: C



New Questions

QUESTION 339






Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 340







Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 341










Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 342










Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 343






300.




Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 344








Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 345





Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 346




divide buttons.



Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 347





Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 348








Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 349


Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 350

138-HOTSPOT



Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 351








E.

Correct Answer: BD

QUESTION 352




Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 353



Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 354






Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 355







Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 356





Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 357





Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 358






Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 359

You are developing an application that consumes a Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) service. The

application interacts with the service by using the following code. (Line numbers are included for reference

only.)

You need to authenticate to the WCF service. What should you do?

A. At line 11, add the following lines of code.

,username: yourusername

,password: yourpassword

B. At line 11, add the following line of code.

,credentials: prompt

C. At line 06, replace the code with the following line of code.

D. At line 11, add the following line of code. The username and password will be stored in an XML file.

,credentials: credentials.xml

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 360

DRAG DROP



the @ symbol that is used in the email address. You need to implement this functionality.




Correct Answer:


QUESTION 361

HOTSPOT

You are developing an HTML5 web application for displaying encyclopedia entries. Each encyclopedia entry

has an associated image that is referred to in the entry. You need to display the image by using the correct

semantic markup. What should you do? (To answer, select the appropriate options from the drop-down list in

the answer area.)

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 362

HOTSPOT





. The function must return "Unknown" if the object is neither a number nor a string. You need to implement the

function to meet the requirements. How should you build the code segment? (To answer, select the appropriate


A.

B.

C.

D.

Correct Answer:


QUESTION 363


. An H1 element must be placed at the top left corner of the page. . The size and location of the HI element

must not change if additional elements are added to the page.

You need to position the Hi element on the page. Which CS53 style should you use?

A. Option A

B. Option B

C. Option C

D. Option D

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 364

DRAG DROP

You are developing a website that has many web pages with hyperlinks to other sites. You need to ensure that

if a hyperlink contains an image, the linked web page opens in a new window. Which jQuery code segment or

segments should you use? (To answer, drag the appropriate line of code to the correct location. Each line of

code may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or


Correct Answer:


QUESTION 365

HOTSPOT



the @ symbol used in the email address. You need to implement this functionality. How should you develop the

form? (To answer, select the appropriate options from the drop-down lists in the answer area.)

Correct Answer:


QUESTION 366

DRAG DROP

You are developing an application for an online retailer. The company ships only to certain countries.



. Validate the country code of the shipping address against the countries array . Include a Boolean value in the

array that indicates whether or not you can ship to the country


ship to


Which code segment or segments should you use? (To answer, drag the appropriate code segment or

segments from the list of code segments to the correct location or locations in the work area. Each code

segment may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or


A.

B.

C.

D.

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 367

A. Hyper Tranformation Markup Language

B. Hyper Text Markup Lookup

C. Hyper Text Markup Language

D. Higher Text Markup Language

Correct Answer: C


QUESTION 368

Use the <noscript> element

A. To alert users that your page uses JavaScript, and so the user should enable JavaScript in the browser in

order to display your page correctly.

B. Automatically enable JavaScript

C. Activate JavaScript

D. Non of the above

Correct Answer: A


To alert users that your page uses JavaScript, and so the user should enable JavaScript in the browser in order

to display your page correctly.

QUESTION 369

which is mandory

attribute in this line

A. alt

B. src

C. height

D. width

Correct Answer: B


Only the src attribute is mandatory in image tag

QUESTION 370

Correct way to add javascript file reference in website

A. <script type="text/javascript" src="alertme.js"></script>

B. <script type="text/jscript" src="alertme.js"></script>

C. <script type="javascript" src="alertme.js"></script>

D. <script type="text/javascript"></script>

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 371

The target attribute identifies where the browser will display the linked page; valid values are ( Select One or

More)

A. _blank

B. _parent

C. _self

D. _top


QUESTION 372

The [ ] attribute is the most important part of linking one online resource to another. i.e <a> tag

Correct Answer: The [href] attribute is the most important part of linking one online resource to another.

QUESTION 373

Which is secure method in HTTP ?

A. GET

B. POST

C. All of above

D. None of the Above

Correct Answer: B


POST for HTTP POST. This is the preferred value

GET for HTTP GET. This is the default value, but is not secure

QUESTION 374

Correct Answer: B


QUESTION 375

Correct HTML Code for Sending Mail

A. <a href="mailto:[email protected]">

[email protected]</a>

B. <a emailto="[email protected]">


C. <a mailto="[email protected]">


D. <a href="[email protected]">


Correct Answer: A


<a href="mailto:[email protected]">


is correct one

QUESTION 376

Every CSS rule has the same basic structure:

A. selector {

property1 value;

property2 value;

..

propertyN value;

}

B. selector {

property1:value ,

property2:value,

..

propertyN:value.

}

C. selector {

property1:value.

property2:value.

..

propertyN:value.

}

D. selector {

property1:value;

property2:value;

..

propertyN:value;

}

Correct Answer: D


QUESTION 377

What is the wildcard selector ?

A. returns the set of all the elements in a document

B. returns the wildcard set of all the elements in a document

C. returns the content type of tag in a document

D. All of above

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 378

What is mean by HTML Inheritance ?

A. HTML elements inherit some properties from their parent elements unless specified otherwise

B. HTML elements inherit any properties from their parent elements unless specified otherwise

C. HTML elements inherit all properties from their parent elements unless specified otherwise

D. Non of the above

Correct Answer: A


like body tag css inherited to the h1 h2 p etc tag inside body

QUESTION 379

Which is the most appropriate templates From Visual Studio 2010 or 2012 to create web applications using

HTML5, CSS3, and JavaScript.

A. ASP.NET Empty Web Site

B. ASP.NET Web Site

C. ASP.NET Web Site (Razer)

D. ASP.NET Empty Web Application

Correct Answer: AD


The most appropriate templates are the ASP.NET Empty Web Site and ASP.NET Empty Web Application

templates

QUESTION 380

What is the best way to apply CSS rules to HTML elements that occur in several different pages?

A. Include all rules for each element in the <style> attribute of the element.

B. Include the rules for each page in a <style> element in the <head> element

C. Write the rules for the whole site in one or more style sheets and reference them by using a <style> element

in the <head> element of each page.

D. Write the rules for the whole site in one or more style sheets and reference them by using a <link> element

in the <head> element of each page.

Correct Answer: D


Write the rules for the whole site in one or more style sheets and reference them by using a <link> element in

the <head> element of each page.

QUESTION 381

Visual Studio also includes a new development web server called

A. IIS Server

B. IIS Express

C. IIS Light Weight Server

D. IIS 8.0

Correct Answer: B


Visual Studio also includes a new development web server called IIS Express. This web server provides many

of the same features as IIS, except that it is optimized for the development environment.

Note :Previous editions of Visual Studio provided the ASP.NET Development Server. This server is still

available, but IIS Express has fewer limitations. For example, IIS Express includes the integrated pipeline mode

of the full IIS that was not available in the ASP.NET Development Server.

QUESTION 382

What features provided by Visual Studio 2012 for extensive debugging of JavaScript code.

A. You can set breakpoints

B. single step through code

C. examine and modify the contents of variables

D. view the call stack



Visual Studio 2012 provides extensive debugging features for JavaScript code

You can set breakpoints, single step through code, examine and modify the contents of variables, view the call

stack,

and perform many other common debugging tasks.

QUESTION 383

Microsoft has provided the F12 Developer Tools as a feature of Internet Explorer. These tools enable a

developer to quickly perform the which of following tasks while the application is running in Internet Explorer

A. Inspect and validate HTML markup and CSS style sheets.

B. Run and debug JavaScript code.

C. Profile page load times to optimize an application.

D. View a page as if it were being viewed in Internet Explorer versions 7, 8, 9, or 10



Microsoft has provided the F12 Developer Tools as a feature of Internet Explorer. These tools enable a

developer to quickly perform the following tasks while the application is running in Internet Explorer:

. Inspect and validate HTML markup and CSS style sheets.

. Run and debug JavaScript code.

. Profile page load times to optimize an application.

. View a page as if it were being viewed in Internet Explorer versions 7, 8, 9, or 10

QUESTION 384

WHATWG Stands for

A. What Hypertext Application Technology Working Group

B. Web Hypertext Application Technology Working Group

C. Web Hypertext Application Technology Work Group

D. Web Hypertext Transfer Application Technology Working Group

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 385

What are the aims HTML5 ?

A. Not to "break the web". HTML5 is backwards compatible with previous versions of HTML.

B. Add new features that reflect how the web is now used. For example, HTML5 supports form validation and

video.

C. Specify how every browser should behave when working with HTML. All HTML implementations can be

interoperable. This behavior includes defining how to handle errors.

D. Be universally accessible. Features should work across all devices, in any language, and for the disabled.



All the Above Features come under aim of HTML5

QUESTION 386

Margin and padding are both shorthand properties. you can just use padding or margin. example, padding is

set to 10px. How you could write this ?

A. padding-top: 10px;

padding-bottom : 10px;

padding-left : 10px;

padding-right : 10px;

B. padding-right : 10px;


padding-top: 10px;


C. padding-top: 10px;




D. padding-top: 10px;




Correct Answer: C


Here sequence is matter

You can easily recall the order of the sides by thinking of the word TRouBLe: Top, Right, Bottom, and Left.

QUESTION 387

What are the new elements that HTML5 provides for specifying the semantic meaning of content in a web

page?

A. The <html>, <head>, <title> and <body> element

B. The <section>, <header>, <footer>, <nav>, <article>, and <aside> elements

C. The <section> and <article> elements

D. The <section>, <p>, <b> elements

Correct Answer: B


The <section>, <header>, <footer>, <nav>, <article>, and <aside> elements

QUESTION 388

JavaScript supports two different styles of comment (Select Any Two)

A. /* */

B. ///

C. //

D. <--- -->

Correct Answer: AC


multi-line comments that begin with /* and end with */, and single-line comments that begin with // and finish at

the end of the line.

QUESTION 389

Find the out put of following javascript code


var zero = 0;

var emptyString = "";

var False = false;

document.write("</br> zero == False returns " + (zero == False));

document.write("</br> zero === False returns " + (zero === False));

document.write("</br> emptyString == False returns " + (emptyString == False));

document.write("</br> emptyString === False returns " + (emptyString === False));

</script>

A. zero == False returns true

zero === False returns true

emptyString == False returns true

emptyString === False returns true

B. zero == False returns true

zero === False returns false

emptyString == False returns true

emptyString === False returns false

C. zero == False returns false

zero === False returns true

emptyString == False returns false

emptyString === False returns true

D. zero == False returns true

zero === False returns false

emptyString == False returns false

emptyString === False returns false

Correct Answer: B


0, "" (the empty string), undefined, and null all evaluate to false in Boolean operations.

Always use === when comparing to any of these values.

var zero = 0;

var emptyString = "";

var False = false;

zero == False; // returns true;

zero === False; // returns false;

emptyString == False; // returns true;

emptyString === False; // returns false;

QUESTION 390

Which of following statement is correct

A. all functions have a name.

B. Not all functions have a name.

C. all functions must have a name.

D. Non of above.

Correct Answer: B


Not all functions have a name. You can even declare anonymous functions. You typically use anonymous

functions when writing code to handle events or implement callbacks. In these cases, the function is invoked by

the browser (or whatever environment your code happens to be running in) rather than by your code, and it is

referenced by a variable rather than its name

QUESTION 391

What is True about DOM (Document Object Model)

A. The DOM was designed to be dependent of any one programing language

B. The DOM was designed to be independent of any one programing language

C. The DOM was designed to be dependent of one programing language

D. Non of the above

Correct Answer: B


The DOM was designed to be independent of any one programing language The DOM specification was

completed in 2004 and assumes that a web page is written in HTML 4.01 or XHTML 1, which were the

standards available at that time. Work is currently under way to simplify the DOM specification and to update it

for HTML5 and CSS3. This work is currently known as DOM4.

QUESTION 392

What are correct statement ?

A. Note that Internet Explorer 6, Internet Explorer 7, and Internet Explorer 8 do not support addEventListener()

and removeEventListener(). Use the similar attachEvent() and detachEvent() functions instead.

B. Note that Internet Explorer 6, Internet Explorer 7, do not support addEventListener() and

removeEventListener(). Use the similar attachEvent() and detachEvent() functions instead.

C. Note that Internet Explorer 7, and Internet Explorer 8 do not support addEventListener() and

removeEventListener(). Use the similar attachEvent() and detachEvent() functions instead.

D. Note that Internet Explorer 8 do not support addEventListener() and removeEventListener(). Use the similar

attachEvent() and detachEvent() functions instead.

Correct Answer: A


Note that Internet Explorer 6, Internet Explorer 7, and Internet Explorer 8 do not support addEventListener()

and removeEventListener(). Use the similar attachEvent() and detachEvent() functions instead.

Keep the code in an event handler short and concise. Long-running event handlers may impact the

responsiveness of the browser.

Some events in the HTML DOM 'bubble', meaning that if the event occurs on an element (and it is or isn't

handled), the event will then also fire on the element's parent node and then on its grandparent node and so on

until the event reaches an element where it may not bubble any further or it reaches the root node. Both

addEventListener and removeEventListener have an optional third Boolean parameter indicating whether or not

this is the case.

QUESTION 393

What is the purpose of the DOM?

A. The DOM represents the structure of a web page. You use it to add dynamic functionality to the page.

B. The DOM represents the structure of a web page. You use it to add static functionality to the page.

C. The DOM represents the structure of a web page. You use it to add functions to the page.

D. The DOM represents the structure of a tags. You use it to add dynamic functionality to the page.

Correct Answer: A


The DOM represents the structure of a web page. You use it to add dynamic functionality to the page.

QUESTION 394

If you perform validation in the browser, is it necessary to perform the same validation checks in the server

code that processes the data, or is this additional processing redundant?

A. You should not validate data at the server regardless of whether it has already been validated by the

browser.

B. You should validate data at the server regardless of whether it has already been validated by the browser.

C. You should sometime validate data at the server regardless of whether it has already been validated by the

browser.

D. You should always validate data at the server regardless of whether it has already been validated by the

browser.

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 395

Which attribute need Emphasize in input controls of HTML 5

A. name

B. id

C. name and id

D. non of the above

Correct Answer: C


An id and name attribute. The id attribute is typically used by CSS to style the field and JavaScript code that

control the field in the browser; the name attribute is used by the server to reference fields on the form when it

is submitted.

QUESTION 396

Specify the type attribute of the <input> element

A. button, checkbox, color, date, datetime, datetime-local, email, file, hidden, image, month, number,

password, radio, range, reset, search, submit, tel, text, time, url, or week

B. checkbox, color, date, datetime, datetime-local, email, file, hidden, image, month, number, password, radio,

range, reset, search, submit, tel, text, time, url, or week

C. button, color, date, datetime, datetime-local, email, file, hidden, image, month, number, password, radio,

range, reset, search, submit, tel, text, time, url, or week

D. datetime, datetime-local, email, file, hidden, image, month, number, password, radio, range, reset, search,

submit, tel, text, time, url, or week

Correct Answer: A


Specify the type attribute of the <input> element, providing

one of the following values: button, checkbox, color, date, datetime, datetime-local, email, file, hidden, image,

month, number, password, radio, range, reset, search, submit, tel, text, time, url, or week.

Note that not all these types are not yet fully adopted or even implemented by most browsers. They are

designed to fail back to harmless text fields where they are not implemented.

QUESTION 397

Where we can use this validation

<input id="orderRef" name="orderReference" type="text" pattern="[0-9]{2}[A-Z]{3}" title="2 digits and 3

uppercase letters" />

A. if you require an order reference to comply with the pattern 99XXX, where 9 is any digit and X is any case

letter

B. if you require an order reference to comply with the pattern 99XXX, where 9 is only digit 9 and X is any case

letter

C. if you require an order reference to comply with the pattern 99XXX, where 9 is any digit and X is any

uppercase letter

D. non of the above

Correct Answer: C


if you require an order reference to comply with the pattern 99XXX, where 9 is any digit and X is any uppercase

letter,

use the HTML5 pattern attribute to specify a regular expression to validate the field. You can provide feedback

to the user about the expected format of the data by using the title attribute.

QUESTION 398

Correct code ajax() to get LuckyId number from webservice method at the URL /luckydip/enter and set result

element ID=answer

A. $.ajax({

url: '/luckydip/enter',

type: 'GET',

timeout: 12000,

dataType: 'text'

}).succes(function( responseText ){

$('#answer').text( responseText );

}).error(function() {

alert('An error has occurred - you may not have been entered');

});

B. $.ajax({

type: 'GET',

timeout: 12000,

dataType: 'text'

}).done(function( responseText ){


}).fail(function() {


});

C. $.ajax({

url: '/luckydip/enter',

type: 'GET',

timeout: 12000,

dataType: 'text'

}).done(function( responseText ){


}).fail(function() {


});

D. Non of the above

Correct Answer: C


The example on the slide uses the done and fail functions to handle the success and error cases.

Version 1.7 of jQuery defined the success and error callbacks as part of the object defined by the ajax()

function,

but these are deprecated in version 1.8.

The url property is the URL of the web service method or remote resource.

The type property can be set to GET or POST.

The timeout property causes the call to abort after a time specified in milliseconds.

The dataType property governs the response type you are expecting from the server, and can be set to a

variety of values, including text, xml, html, json, and script.

The done function is called when the call returns and the response data is parsed correctly.

The fail function is called if the request fails for any reason.

QUESTION 399

What are the main differences between the CSS box model, flex-box, and multi-column layout?

A. Flex-box is sets out the number of content columns within a box. Multi-column layout module for the box

model.

B. Flex-box is a layout module for the box model. Multi-column layout sets out the number of content rows

within a box.

C. Flex-box is a layout module for the box model.Multi-column layout sets out the number of content columns

within a box.

D. Non of above

Correct Answer: C


Flex-box is a layout module for the box model.Multi-column layout sets out the number of content columns

within a box.

QUESTION 400

How can you guard against name clashes in JavaScript?

A. You can use immediately invoked functions, define namespaces, and use strict mode.

B. You can use immediately invoked functions, define classes, and use strict mode.

C. You can use immediately invoked functions, define namespaces, and use explicit mode.

D. Non of the above

Correct Answer: A


You can use immediately invoked functions, define namespaces, and use strict mode.

QUESTION 401

Which of the following statements is true?

A. JavaScript uses the public, private, and protected keywords to implement encapsulation.

B. JavaScript does not support encapsulation.

C. JavaScript uses the Object.create() function to implement encapsulation.

D. JavaScript uses closures to achieve encapsulation.

Correct Answer: D


JavaScript uses closures to achieve encapsulation.

QUESTION 402

What are the example of singleton classess

A. database driver manager class :that is responsible for choosing which database driver to use to open a

connection to a database.

B. screen manager class that is responsible for organizing the layout of windows in a single screen.

C. mathematical class that provides algebraic and trigonometric functions such as sin, cos, and

D. Non of above

Correct Answer: ABC


One of the best known design patterns in object-oriented development is the singleton pattern. The singleton

pattern describes how to ensure that there is only ever a single instance of a class in existence. Typical uses of

the singleton pattern might include the following classes:

A database driver manager class that is responsible for choosing which database driver to use to open a

connection to a database.

A screen manager class that is responsible for organizing the layout of windows in a single screen.

A mathematical class that provides algebraic and trigonometric functions such as sin, cos, and tan

QUESTION 403

What is the correct JavaScript syntax to write "Hello World"?

A. response.write("Hello World")

B. document.write("Hello World")

C. "Hello World"

D. ("Hello World")

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 404

What is the correct syntax for referring to an external script called "xxx.js"?

A. <script type="text/javascript" href="xxx.js">

B. <script type="text/javascript" src="xxx.js">

C. <script type="text/javascript" name="xxx.js">

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 405

How do you call a function named "myFunction"?

A. myFunction()

B. call function myFunction

C. call myFunction()

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 406

How do you write a conditional statement for executing some code if "i" is NOT equal to 5?

A. if =! 5 then

B. if (i != 5)

C. if (i <> 5)

D. if <>5

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 407

How can you add a comment in a JavaScript?

A. 'This is a comment

B. //This is a comment

C. 

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 408

How do you find the number with the highest value of x and

A. top(x,y)

B. Math.ceil(x,y)

C. ceil(x,y)

D. Math.max(x,y)

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 409

How do you put a message in the browser's status bar?

A. status("put your message here")

B. window.status("put your message here")

C. statusbar = "put your message here"

D. window.status = "put your message here"

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 410

With jQuery, look at the following selector: $("div"). What does it select?

A. All div elements

B. The first div element

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 411

What is the correct jQuery code to set the background color of all p elements to red?

A. $("p").style("background-color","red");

B. $("p").manipulate("background-color","red")

C. $("p").css("background-color","red");

D. $("p").layout("background-color","red");

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 412

Which jQuery method is used to hide selected elements?

A. hidden()

B. hide()

C. display(none)

D. visible(false)

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 413

Which jQuery method is used to perform an asynchronous HTTP request?

A. jQuery.ajax()

B. jQuery.ajaxSetup()

C. jQuery.ajaxAsync()

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 414

Which statement is true?

A. To use jQuery, you must buy the jQuery library at www.jquery.com

B. To use jQuery, you do not have to do anything. Most browsers (Internet Explorer, Chrome, Firefox and

Opera) have the jQuery library built in the browser

C. To use jQuery, you can refer to a hosted jQuery library at Google

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 415

Which jQuery method should be used to deal with name conflicts?

A. noConflict()

B. noNameConflict()

C. nameConflict()

D. conflict()

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 416

Look at the following jQuery selector: $("div#intro .head"). What does it select?

A. All elements with class="head" inside the first div element with id="intro"

B. All div elements with id="intro" or class="head"

C. The first element with id="head" inside any div element with class="intro"

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 417

Slect Interfaces in HTMl5 File API

A. Blob : interface represents immutable raw data.

B. File : interface inherits from Blob, and represents an individual file.

C. FileList : interface is a collection of File objects.

D. FileReader : interface enables an application to read a file or blob into a JavaScript variable.



All the above are correct answers.

QUESTION 418

FileReader interface provides three methods for reading data ?

A. readAsString() reads a file or blob and makes the contents available as an string.

B. readAsText() reads a file or blob and makes the contents available as plain text.

C. readAsDataURL() reads a file or blob and makes the contents available as a data URL.

D. readAsArrayBuffer() reads a file or blob and makes the contents available as an ArrayBuffer.

Correct Answer: BCD

QUESTION 419

Find Correct Code in HTML5 for creates a video player that is 300 pixels wide and 200 pixels high. An image

named "MyPoster.jpg" will be displayed while the video is being downloaded. As soon as the video has been

downloaded, it will start playing immediately with the audio muted.

A. <video src="MyVideo.mp4"

width="300" height="200"

poster="MyPoster.jpg"

/>

B. <video src="MyVideo.mp4"



autoplay muted controls loop />

C. <video src="MyVideo.mp4"



autoplay muted controls loop />

D. <video src="MyVideo.mp4"



autoplay muted controls />

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 420

What is use of HTML5 Geolocation API ?

A. To get IP Address.

B. To get browser details.

C. To get geographical maps.

D. To determine the current location of the browser

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 421

Geolocation API enables a web application to detect the current location of the device, expressed in ?

A. longitude

B. sealevel

C. altitude.

D. latitude

Correct Answer: ACD


Typical uses of the Geolocation API include:

. Locating the current position of the user, and giving instructions on how to get to a new location.

. Tracking the movement of a user to see how far they have travelled in a certain time period.

QUESTION 422

HTML5 Geolocation API supports two types of position request select from following ?

A. navigator.geolocation.CurrentPosition()

B. navigator.geolocation.watchPosition()

C. navigator.geolocation.getPosition()

D. navigator.geolocation.getCurrentPosition()

Correct Answer: BD


One-shot position request. To perform a one-shot position request, invoke the

navigator.geolocation.getCurrentPosition() method.

Repeated position updates. To start receiving position updates, invoke the

navigator.geolocation.watchPosition() method. This method returns a watch ID value.

To stop receiving position updates, invoke navigator.geolocation.clearWatch(), and pass the watch ID as a

parameter.

QUESTION 423

The Page Visibility API consists of following properties and event:

A. The document.visibleState property indicates the detailed page visibility state, such as PAGE_VISIBLE or

PAGE_PREVIEW.

B. The visibilitychange event fires any time the visibility state of the page changes

C. The document.visibilityState property indicates the detailed page visibility state, such as PAGE_VISIBLE or

PAGE_PREVIEW.

D. The document.hidden property describes whether the page is visible or not.

Correct Answer: BCD

QUESTION 424

HTML5 enables a web application to determine the browser type, also commonly known as the user agent.?

A. The navigator.userAgentDetails property, which returns a string indicating the user agent string for the

browser

B. The navigator.userAgentInfo property, which returns a string indicating the user agent string for the browser

C. The navigator.userAgent property, which returns a string indicating the user agent string for the browser

D. Non of the abcve

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 425

HTML5 provides the Navigation Timing API that enables you ?

A. To determine the navigation system of your web application

B. To determine the no of pages in your web application

C. To determine the different timings in your web application

D. To determine the download speed of your web application

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 426

What methods are provided by the navigator.geolocation object for obtaining geolocation information?

A. getCurrentLocation() and watchPosition().

B. getCurrentPosition() and watchLocation().

C. getCurrentPosition() and watchPosition().

D. getCurrentGeoLocation() and watchPosition().

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 427

What are the primary differences between data retained on a user's device by using session storage and by

using local storage?

A. Data stored by using session storage has a same scope and lifetime than data retained by using local

storage.

B. Data stored by using session storage has scope and lifetime not than data retained by using local storage.

C. Data stored by using session storage has a different scope and lifetime than data retained by using local

storage.

D. Non of the above

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 428

Cookies can only store a very small amount of data, up to

A. 4 KB.

B. 5 KB.

C. 3 KB.

D. 2 KB.

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 429

Find the correct statement session storage?

A. There is specified maximum size for session storage; independ on the operating system,

B. There is up to 4KB size for session storage; Independ on the operating system,

C. There is no specified maximum size for session storage; any limits depend on the operating system,

D. Non of the above

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 430

You can test whether a browser implements session storage by querying for the presence of this property ?

A. if( window.sessionStorage )

{ ...

}

B. if( window.sessionStorageEnabled )

{ ...

}

C. if( window.HassessionStorage )

{ ...

}

D. Non of the above

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 431

Which is correct statement session data in HTML5 ?

A. Session data is only available to the page that wrote it.

B. Session data is only available to all pages in web application.

C. Session data is only available to the cross page posting.

D. Non of the above

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 432

What is correct statement about LocalStorage ?

A. Data persisted in local storage is available same web page e.g webpage1.html in same website

B. Data persisted in local storage is available in two web pages e.g webpage1.html and webpage2.html in

same website

C. Data persisted in local storage is available across different web pages e.g webpage1.html, webpage2.html,

webpage3.html .....webpageN.html in same website

D. Non of the above

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 433

Use Following methods to complete the sentense w.r,t storage type.

To remove an item from LocalStorage store []; To remove all items from the store [] ;

To remove an item from SessionStorage store []; To remove all items from the store [];

a) localStorage.removeItem("key") b) sessionStorage.removeIndex[0]

c) localStorage.clearAll() d) sessionStorage.clear()

e) sessionStorage.removeItem("key") f) localStorage.clear()

Correct Answer: To remove an item from LocalStorage store [localStorage.removeItem("key")]; To remove all

items from the store [localStorage.clear()]; To remove an item from SessionStorage store

[sessionStorage.removeItem("key")]; To remove all items from the store [sessionStorage.clear()];


To remove an item from LocalStorage store localStorage.removeItem("key"); To remove all items from the

store localStorage.clear();

To remove an item from SessionStorage store sessionStorage.removeItem("key"); To remove all items from

the store sessionStorage.clear();

QUESTION 434

What is correct statement about the Indexed Database API, or IndexedDB which is currently in the Working

Draft stage from W3C

A. Provides an efficient mechanism for storing, retrieving, and searching for RDBMS data held locally on the

device running the browser

B. Provides an efficient mechanism for storing, retrieving, and searching for logical data held locally on the


C. Provides an efficient mechanism for storing, retrieving, and searching for structured data held locally on the


D. Non of the above

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 435

Find the correct statement about the application cache.

A. The application cache is a server-side storage mechanism that enables the developer to explicitly declare

which static files should be cached by the browser

B. The application cache is a client-side storage mechanism that enables the developer to explicitly declare

which static files should be cached by the server

C. The application cache is a client-side storage mechanism that enables the developer to explicitly declare

which dynamic files should be cached by the browser

D. The application cache is a client-side storage mechanism that enables the developer to explicitly declare

which static files should be cached by the browser

Correct Answer: D


The cache manifest file specifies the data that the web browser should retain in the application cache. This file

is a list of resources divided into separate sections labeled CACHE, NETWORK, and FALLBACK

To add a manifest file to an application, create a new text file and store it in the root folder of the web

application. In this file, list all the static resources that should be downloaded and cached. This list will most

likely include any graphics and images in the application, any HTML pages that do not have URL data

dependencies, CSS files and JavaScript files, and so on. An example manifest file looks like this:

CACHE MANIFEST

CACHE:

index.html

verification.js

site.css

graphics/logo.jpg

NETWORK:

login

# alternatives paths

FALLBACK:

ajax/account/ noCode.htm

This file should have the .manifest file extension.

You can add comments to the manifest file by creating a new line starting with the pound symbol, #.

To use the application cache, each web page must reference the manifest file that lists the resources to cache.

A website can contain multiple manifest files, and different web pages can reference different manifest files.

You specify the name of the manifest file to use in a web page by adding the manifest attribute to the <html>

element.

<html manifest="appcache.manifest">

QUESTION 436

The behavior of the cache depends entirely on updates to the manifest file. Making a change to a resource on

the server no longer guarantees the browser will get the latest version of the file

which of following code forces the web page to use the new resources

A.

applicationCache.updateReady();

...

if (applicationCache.status == 4 ) {

applicationCache.swapCache();

}

B.

applicationCache.update();

...


applicationCache.UpdateCache();

}

C.

applicationCache.Refresh();

...



}

D. Non of above

Correct Answer: A


The behavior of the cache depends entirely on updates to the manifest file. Making a change to a resource on

the server no longer guarantees the browser will get the latest version of the file

The best way to force an update is to add a comments field in the manifest with a version number, for

example:

#version=1.2.3

You can also use the update() function of the applicationCache object to initiate a check for updates, similar to

the one performed when a web page is first loaded. Any existing cached resources will continue to be used until

the page is reloaded or you invoke the swapCache() function of the applicationCache object.

In the code example below, the swapCache() function is called if the cache has been updated with new

resources (status code 4 is the UPDATEREADY status).

This code forces the web page to use the new resources.

applicationCache.update();

...



}

QUESTION 437

What are the main device characteristics used by media queries to detect whether a client device is a hand-

held tablet?

A. device-width, device-height, and orientation

B. device-Name, device-Model, and orientation

C. device-Manufacture, device-size, and orientation

D. Non of the above

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 438

How can you detect whether a user is running Internet Explorer to view your web page?

A. Use a conditional comment with the !=(IE) expression.

B. Use a conditional comment with the <>(IE) expression.

C. Use a conditional comment with the !(IE) expression.

D. Non of the above

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 439

Creating adaptive user interface requires considering which of following items ?

A. Screen Resolution

B. Screen Readers

C. Display Density

D. Browser Capabilities



All the above

Screen Resolution

The most obvious difference between a smartphone and a desktop monitor is the screen resolution, and

therefore the potential size of the browser window or viewport. As part of a responsive design, your site must be

usable on any screen, whether it is 480, 1280, or 2560 pixels wide. Your website may adapt different types of

content by using the strategies in the following list:

Display Density

The resolution of a screen has varied widely for a while, but only recently has the density of a screen (measured

in dots per inch, or dpi) started to vary enough to make it worthwhile for browsers to detect and react to it.

Increased screen density enables applications to present data with much greater clarity by using common

screen resolutions. However, a larger screen density can cause the operating system to scale up all elements

on a page, which can result in blurry images. T

Browser Capabilities

Different browsers often have very different levels of functionality. For example, Internet Explorer 10

implements many (but not all) of the features specified by HTML5 and CSS3, while browsers from other

vendors implement a frequent cycle of releases to react to standards changes. You also need to consider the

mobile versions of browsers (including mobile versions of Internet Explorer) that have their own levels of

compliance.

Screen Readers

Using the web is an entirely different experience for the visually impaired. Reading web content and navigation

are both achieved aurally. When using aural properties, the canvas consists of a three-dimensional physical

space (sound surrounds) and a temporal space (one may specify sounds before, during, and after other

sounds). The CSS properties also allow you to vary the quality of synthesized speech (voice type, frequency,

inflection, and so on.), the direction it comes from, and modify pauses, cues, and volume.

QUESTION 440

What is use of following conditional comments introduced by Microsoft

<html>

<head>



</head>

A. which detects whether the user is running a version of Internet Explorer equal to version 10:

B. which detects whether the user is running a version of Internet Explorer upgraded version 10:

C. which detects whether the user is running a version of Internet Explorer prior to version 10:

D. Non of the above

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 441

Which of the following statements about SVG is false?

A. You can use SVG to draw complex shapes, and fill them with gradients and patterns.

B. SVG elements are parsed by the browser when the page is first loaded, and they are then discarded from

memory.

C. You can create SVG elements dynamically by using DOM functions such as document.createElement().

D. SVG elements must be enclosed in an <svg> container element on a web page.

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 442

Summerise the output of following SVG code

<svg xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg">

<rect x="50" y="50" width="100" height="75" rx="20" ry="20" fill="red" stroke="blue" />

<rect x="75" y="75" width="100" height="75" fill="yellow" stroke="blue" />

</svg>

A. The following example creates an <svg> element that contains one rectangles. The first rectangle is red and

has rounded corners, as specified by the rx and ry attributes. The second rectangle is yellow, and partially

obscures the first rectangle because it is defined after it in the <svg> element:

B. The following example creates an <svg> element that contains two rectangles. The first rectangle is yellow

and has rounded corners, as specified by the rx and ry attributes. The second rectangle is red and partially


C. The following example creates an <svg> element that contains two rectangles. The first rectangle is red and

has not round corners, as specified by the rx and ry attributes. The second rectangle is yellow, and partially


D. The following example creates an <svg> element that contains two rectangles. The first rectangle is red and

has rounded corners, as specified by the rx and ry attributes. The second rectangle is yellow, and partially


Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 443

which of the following statement is correct w.r.t canvas API and SVG

A. The Canvas API is an alternative to SVG graphics and is useful if you want to perform one-off graphical

operations in a web page

B. The Canvas API is replacement for SVG graphics and is useful if you want to perform one-off graphical


C. The Canvas API is same as the SVG graphics and is useful if you want to perform one-off graphical


D. Non of the above

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 444

Select the proper numbers and fill the blanks

Canvas API is JavaScript APIs and drawing primitives with [ ] methods and [ ] attributes

a) 31 b) 55 c) 21 d) 45

Correct Answer: Canvas API is JavaScript APIs and drawing primitives with [45] methods and [21] attributes


Canvas API is JavaScript APIs and drawing primitives with [45] methods and [21] attributes

QUESTION 445

Which is following is true statement

A. DOM support for canvas

B. DOM partially support for canvas

C. DOM not support for canvas

D. Non of the above

Correct Answer: C


Canvas is box for painting so no DOM support needed.

QUESTION 446

In html page canvas element is there

<canvas id="myCanvas">No canvas support in this browser</canvas>

after calling document.getElementById(myCanvas)

what is reply from this method ?

A. <canvas> element found

B. Error

C. do not recognize the <canvas> element.

D. Non of the above

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 447

What happens if you do not set the transition-duration property of a CSS transition?

A. The transition occurs after some immediately.

B. The transition not occurs at all.

C. The transition occurs immediately.

D. Non of the above

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 448

Which of the following operations can you NOT perform by using a CSS transformation?

A. Rotate

B. Translate

C. Animate

D. Skew

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 449

How does a client create a connection to a web socket server?

A. The client uses the open() function of the WebSocket object and specifies the URL of the server.

B. The client uses the connect() function of the WebSocket object and specifies the URL of the server.

C. Web sockets use a stateless protocol similar to HTTP. A client application simply specifies the address of

the server as a parameter of the send() function of the WebSocket object. A connection is automatically

established while the message is sent and then closed.

D. The client creates a new WebSocket object and specifies the URL of the server.

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 450

What are the two established ways to implement real-time communications

A. Continuous polling

B. Long polling

C. Async polling

D. Sync pooling

Correct Answer: AB


When creating real-time web applications, the need for continuous communication between the web page in a

browser and the web server is paramount. As soon as a user views a web page, the data it displays might

already be obsolete; stock values may have fallen or risen, or the tickets for a concert may have sold out. A

great deal of data is time dependent. Users must be able to trust the information on the page in front of them

without having to refresh it constantly.

There are two established ways to implement real-time communications:

. Continuous polling. The page connects to the server and sends an AJAX request to the server for new

data. The server instantly responds, indicating that the data has not changed since the last request, or sends

back the new data. The page then closes the connection. This process is repeated every few seconds.

. Long polling. The page connects to the server, setting the connection timeout value to a very long period

of time (up to several hours, depending on the application), and then sends a request to the server for new

data. The server only replies if it has new data to send. The connection is closed when either the timeout period

is reached or new data is sent to the page. The process then starts again. This mechanism has an advantage

over the continuous polling approach in that the overhead of opening and closing many short-lived network

connections is reduced, but the cost is the need to maintain an open network channel to the server. The server

may only be able to support a limited number of concurrent network connections, and a web page may not be

able to connect to a server when this limit is reached

QUESTION 451

How does a web page communicate with a web worker?

A. A web page and a web worker communicate by recieving messages.

B. A web page and a web worker can not communicate at all

C. A web page and a web worker communicate by sending and receiveing messages.

D. Non of the above

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 452

Which of following statement is correct about web worker ?

A. Web workers enable you to perform long-running tasks synchronously, enabling the browser to remain

responsive

B. Web workers enable you to perform long-running tasks in faster speed, enabling the browser to remain

responsive

C. Web workers enable you to perform long-running tasks asynchronously, enabling the browser to remain

responsive

D. Non of the above

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 453

Web workers are ideally suited to a variety of scenarios

A. Creating static web site

B. Performing lengthy calculations

C. Dividing work between concurrent threads

D. Performing long-running or slow I/O operations

Correct Answer: BCD


Web workers are ideally suited to a variety of scenarios, including:

. Performing long-running or slow I/O operations. A web worker could be used to send data to a web

service and await a response, while the web page continues running. Alternatively, a web worker could use the

File API to read data from the local file system for processing, and then upload this data to a web service or

pass it to the web page for display.

. Performing lengthy calculations. A web worker could be used to implement a complex algorithm that

implements a computation-intensive calculation. The results can be returned to the web page when the

calculation is complete.

. Dividing work between concurrent threads. Operations that involve processing a large amount of data,

such as the information held in a large array or a file on disk, could be delegated to a collection of concurrent

web workers. A master web-worker initiated by the web page can act as a controller that creates subordinate

web workers and delegates work to them. The master web worker aggregates the results and sends them back

to the web page. If the computer running the browser has a processor with multiple cores, and depending on

how the browser implements web workers, this model provides a good way to exploit the parallel processing

capabilities of the processor.

QUESTION 454

What are the two types of web worker ?

A. pulled workers

B. dedicated workers

C. satellite workers

D. shared workers

Correct Answer: BD


A dedicated worker is the exclusive property of the page that created it. It runs asynchronously from the page,

but can be controlled by the page. Only the page that created the worker can post messages to it and receive

messages back from it. A dedicated web worker can be terminated by the page that created it. Note that if the

web page is closed (if the browser terminates, or the user navigates to a different page), then any dedicated

web workers created by that page will stop. A web worker can also forcibly terminate itself. A dedicated worker

is ideal for performing a long-running task on behalf of a web page, such as uploading a large file or processing

a large amount of data.

A shared worker is created by one page, but other pages running as part of the same web application can post

messages to, and receive messages from, the same shared worker. Shared workers can be controlled by any

page in the web application. Shared workers stop if the user navigates to a different website.

A shared worker provides a mechanism for implementing centralized application processes, and can also be

used to implement cross-page communication. For example, a shopping cart on a catalog site could be

implemented by using a shared worker that uses AJAX methods to quietly download and share very detailed

product information for items in the cart

QUESTION 455

How to create web worker ?

A. var webWorker;

if( typeof(Worker)== "undefined") {

webWorker = new Worker("processScript.js");

}

B. var webWorker;

if( typeof(Worker)= "undefined") {


}

C. var webWorker;

if( typeof(Worker)!== "undefined") {


}

D. Non of the above

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 456

How to stop web worker ?

A. webWorker.sleep();

B. webWorker.stop();

C. webWorker.shutdown();

D. webWorker.Terminate();

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 457

How Web workers may also terminate themselves?

A. self.poweroff();

B. self.exit();

C. self.abandom();

D. self.close();

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 458

To send a message to a web worker, the web page can use ?

A. postMessage() function of the web worker object

B. putMessage() function of the web worker object

C. GetMessage() function of the web worker object

D. Non of the above

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 459



. An email address in a function named validateEmail . A nine-digit number that allows optional hyphens after

the second and fifth character in a function named validateSSN





A.

B.

C.

D.

E.

Correct Answer: BD


QUESTION 460

HOTSPOT

You are developing a web application that retrieves data from a web service.

The data being retrieved is a custom binary datatype named bint. The data can also be represented in XML.






What should you do? (To answer, select the appropriate options from the drop-down lists in the answer area.)

A.

B.

C.

D.

E.

F.

Correct Answer: AD


QUESTION 461

DRAG DROP







displayed.





A. slider, 18, 90, value, 37, optional

B. slider, 18, 90, value, 37, required

C. range, 18, 90, value, 37, required

D. range, 18, 90, value, 37, optional

E. slider, 18, 90, default, 37, required

F. range, 18, 90, default, 37, required

Correct Answer: C


QUESTION 462

You are developing an HTML5 web application that displays the current temperature whenever a button is

clicked.

The following code provides this functionality.




Correct Answer: A


http://www.quirksmode.org/js/this.html


QUESTION 463

HOTSPOT


users to enter departure and destination airport information and search for tickets.






answer area.)

A.

B.

C.

D.

Correct Answer: AB


QUESTION 464

You are creating a JavaScript object that represents a customer.




Correct Answer: D


Prototype

A prototype is an object from which other objects inherit properties

function.apply()

Calls a function with a given this value and arguments provided as an array


slightly another question: You are creating a JavaScript object that represents an employee. You need to

extend the Employee object by adding the GetPayroll() method.

QUESTION 465

You are developing a web form that includes the following code.




Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 466

HOTSPOT


the web worker:





answer area.)

A. self.postMessage('Worker : ', + data);

B. self.addEventListener('message', function(event));

C. self.attachEvent('Worker', data);

D. self.teminate();

E. self.close();

Correct Answer: ABE


QUESTION 467

HOTSPOT









the answer area.)

A. switch, case, break, case, break, default

B. switch, case, break, case, break, case

C. switch, case, break, case, break, break

D. switch, case, break, case, default, break

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 468

DRAG DROP



. Generate an error







A. throw new Error (200, "Invalid");

B. throw new Error ("Invalid", 200);

C. throw new Error ("Invalid", "Invalid");

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 469


following HTML.


. When a user enters an input box, the cell on the right must turn green.

. When a user leaves an input box, the ceil on the right must turn white.



A.

B.

C.

D.

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 470






A.

B.

C.

D.

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 471



An H1 element must be placed at the top left corner of the page.

The size and location of the H1 element must not change if additional elements are added to the page.


Which CSS3 style should you use?

Correct Answer: A



QUESTION 472

You are styling a box object on a page by using CSS3.


Which two CSS3 styles will achieve the goal?


Correct Answer: BC


http://www.css3.info/introduction-opacity-rgba/

QUESTION 473

HOTSPOT




. Mobile devices with a maximum width of 480 pixels must be able to use the page.



answer area.)

A.

B.

C.

D.

Correct Answer: AC


QUESTION 474

You are developing a web page that has a group of H1 and H2 elements. The page also includes a CSS class

named underlineMe.


. The font color of all H1 and H2 elements must be changed to red.

. The CSS class underlineMe must be applied to all H1 and H2 elements.



A.

B.

C.

D.

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 475

DRAG DROP




page.

. Mobile devices with a maximum width of 480 pixels must be able to use the page.





A.

B.

C.

D.

Correct Answer: AC


QUESTION 476

You are developing a web form that includes the following HTML.

<input id="txtValue" type="text" />

You need to ensure that a value is entered into txtValue before the form is submitted.


Correct Answer: A



QUESTION 477

DRAG DROP



parseXml() and parseBint() are defined on the page.








A.

B.

C.

D.

E.

F.

Correct Answer: AD


QUESTION 478

You are developing a customer web form that includes following HTML.


You need to develop the form so that customers can enter only a valid country code consisting of three English



Correct Answer: C



QUESTION 479



. The getResults() method makes an AJAX web service request

. The ShowRate() method displays the stock rate from the web service response



A.

B.

C.

D.

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 480

DRAG DROP








A. try, catch(e), debug

B. try, catch(e), catch(e)

C. try, catch(e), finally

D. try, catch(e), throw

Correct Answer: C


try

catch(e)

finnaly




QUESTION 481

HOTSPOT



. Generate an error





area.)




Correct Answer: A


For IE browsers, use ErrorCode, ErrorMessage.

throw Statement (JavaScript), http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/85fscz6h%28v=VS.94%29.aspx

QUESTION 482

You are creating a JavaScript function to display the current version of a web application You declare a button

as follows.

<input type="button" id="About" value="About" />

You need to create an event handler for the button by using an anonymous function.


Correct Answer: C



QUESTION 483

DRAG DROP











A. switch, case, break, default, case, break

B. switch, case, break, case, break, default

C. switch, default, case, break, case, break

D. switch, default, case, break, case, default, break

Correct Answer: B


QUESTION 484

DRAG DROP









A.

B.

C.

D.

E.

Correct Answer: ABE


QUESTION 485

DRAG DROP


users to enter departure and destination airport information and to search for tickets.








A.

B.

C.

D.

Correct Answer: AB


QUESTION 486

You are creating a class named Sedan that must inherit from the Car class. The Sedan class must modify the

inherited fourDoor () method.





Correct Answer: BC



QUESTION 487

You are developing application web form by using HTML5 and JavaScript.



Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 488





validateSSN





A. (First Text Box)Expression-B, (Second Text Box)Expression-D By CPP

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 489








A. (First DropDown Box)Expression-D, (Second DropDown Box)Expression-A by CPP

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 490







displayed.




A. (First Text Box)Expression-A, (Second Text Box)Expression-D,(Third Text Box)Expression-E, (Fourth Text

Box)Expression-J,(Fifth Text Box)Expression-G, (Second Text Box)Expression-K by CPP

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 491



requirements:





A. (First DropDown Box)Expression-A, (Second DropDown Box)Expression-B by CPP

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 492


the web worker:





A. (First Dropdown Box)Expression-B, (Second Dropdown Box)Expression-A,(First Dropdown Box)

Expression-E by CPP

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 493







answer, select the appropriate options from the drop-down lists in the answer area.)

A. Switch -> Case -> Break -> Case -> Break -> Default. by CPP

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 494



. Generate an error



You need to write the code that meets the requirements. How should you write the code? (To answer, drag the

appropriate code segment or segments to the correct location in the answer area. Each code segment may be


content.)

A. throw new Error(200,"Invalid"); (For only Microsoft IE-Browsers) otherwise throw new Error("Invalid",200);

(For all other Browsers) by CPP

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 495


requirements:





A. (First Dropdown Box)Expression-A, (Second Dropdown Box)Expression-C by CPP

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 496

You are developing an HTML5 web application and are styling text. You need to use the text- transform CSS

property. Which values are valid for the text-transform property?

A. hidden

B. blink

C. lowercase or Capitalize(in some papers)

D. line-through

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 497




page.


page displays correctly on any device.




A. (First Text Box)Expression-A, (Second Text Box)Expression-C by CPP

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 498









A. (First Text Box)Expression-D, (Second Text Box)Expression-A by CPP

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 499





You need to ensure that the error handling requirements are met. Which three statements should you

implement in sequence? (To answer, move the appropriate statements from the list of actions to the answer

area and arrange them in the correct order.)

A. I would say answer is try -> catch -> finally by CPP

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 500



. Generate an error



You need to write the code that meets the requirements. How should you write the code? (To answer, select

the appropriate option from the drop-down list in the answer area.)

A. throw new Error(200,"Invalid"); (For only Microsoft IE-Browsers) otherwise throw new Error("Invalid",200);

(For all other Browsers) by CPP

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 501









A. switch -> case -> break -> case -> break -> defaule. by CPP

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 502

You are developing an application for an online retailer. The company ships only to certain countries. The

application must:


. Validate the country code of the shipping address against the countries array

. Include a Boolean value in the array that indicates whether or not you can ship to the country


ship to





A. (First Text Box)Expression-A, (Second Text Box)Expression-B by CPP

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 503


the web worker;



You need to define a function that performs the required tasks. Which line of code should you use? (To answer,

drag the appropriate line or lines of code to the correct location or locations. Each line of code may be used


A. (First Text Box)Expression-B, (Second Text Box)Expression-A,(Third Text Box)Expression-A by CPP

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 504



requirements:







show

A. (First Text Box)Expression-A, (Second Text Box)Expression-A,(Third Text Box)Expression-B by CPP

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 505





Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 506

What tool does the service manual recommend you use to separate plastics and lift components of

PowerBook and iBook computers?

A. Nylon probe tool

B. Jeweler screwdriver

C. Flatblade screwdriver

D. Precision needle nose pliers

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 507

Which TWO of the following are true statements about screws inside a PowerBook or iBook?

A. All screws are interchangeable.

B. It is not necessary to replace all screws after a repair.

C. Screws should always be only comfortably tightened.

D. Screws should always be tightened as much as possible.

E. Screws should always be replaced exactly where they came from.

F. Torx and Hex (Allen) screws can both be driven by either type of driver.

Correct Answer: CE

QUESTION 508

Identify the correct procedure for starting up a PowerBook in Target Disk Mode.

A. Press the D key during startup.

B. Press the T key during startup.

C. Press the Control and D keys during startup.

D. Press the Control and T keys during startup.

E. Press the Command and D keys during startup.

F. Press the Command and T keys during startup.

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 509

Which THREE of the following features are available in the Aluminum PowerBook G4 models but not in

the iBook G4 models?

A. USB ports

B. Audio Input

C. PCMCIA slot

D. Built-in modem

E. Built-in Ethernet

F. FireWire 800 port

Correct Answer: BCF

QUESTION 510

What function does Target Disk Mode perform?

A. It enables direct connectivity with a remote Macintosh over the Internet.

B. It converts a PC-formatted hard disk for use when connected to a Macintosh.

C. It allows access to a Macintosh's internal hard disk from the Finder of a connected Macintosh via FireWire.

D. It allows two external FireWire hard disks to be connected and transfer data directly between them without

need of a computer.

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 511

Which of the following iBook or PowerBook models requires the use of the 65 watt AC power adapter?

A. iBook (14-inch)

B. iBook G4 (Early 2004)

C. PowerBook G4 (12-inch)

D. PowerBook G4 (1 GHz/867 MHz)

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 512

Which of the following iBook or PowerBook models requires the use of the 65 watt AC power adapter?

A. iBook G4

B. iBook G4 (14-inch)

C. PowerBook G4 (DVI)

D. PowerBook G4 (15-inch FW800)

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 513

Which TWO of the following features are available in the Aluminum PowerBook G4 models but not in the

Titanium PowerBook G4 models?

A. USB ports

B. PCMCIA slot

C. Built-in modem

D. FireWire 800 port

E. Built-in Bluetooth

F. Built-in wireless networking

Correct Answer: DE

QUESTION 514

The basis for the component isolation troubleshooting technique is an understanding of _______ within

computers.

A. power flow

B. software data flow

C. firmware data flow

D. processor instruction flow

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 515

When setting up a minimal system using the component isolation technique, you start with only the

components necessary to _____.

A. boot the system into Mac OS 9

B. boot the system into Mac OS X

C. boot the system into Open Firmware diagnostics

D. hear a boot chime and/or see a flashing question mark on a display

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 516

In the component isolation technique, if you do not get a startup chime and/or a flashing question mark,

you check the components of the minimal system by _____.

A. visually inspecting them for damage

B. replacing them with known-good parts in any order

C. adding more known-good parts in a specified order

D. replacing them with known-good parts in a specified order

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 517

When practicing component isolation, which ONE of the following components would NOT be a part of

a minimal system configuration for a PowerBook G4 (12-inch 1.5GHz)?

A. SDRAM

B. Speaker

C. Hard Drive

D. DC-in Board

E. Backup battery

F. Power adapter

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 518

A customer is experiencing intermittent battery drain while using her PowerBook G4 (17-inch 1.67 GHz)

connected to a working power adapter. You have reset the PMU and the problem persists. What is the most

likely cause of the problem?

A. Corrupt OS

B. Faulty PMU

C. Faulty logic board

D. Incompatible power adapter

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 519

To isolate a video problem to hardware or software on a PowerBook G4 (17-inch 1.67GHz), which of the

following steps should you try FIRST?

A. Replace the built-in display.

B. Reinstall the appropriate Mac OS.

C. Verify the hard disk with Disk First Aid.

D. Start up from a known-good startup disc.

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 520

Which one of the following troubleshooting steps is NOT appropriate when troubleshooting an iBook or

PowerBook with no video on its built-in display?

A. Hold a bright light against the screen.

B. Check if brightness settings are all the way down.

C. Connect an external display to the iBook or PowerBook.

D. Check the network settings on the iBook or PowerBook.

E. Check the internal video cables & connectors for damage.

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 521

A customer's iBook G4 (Late 2004) is freezing intermittently. Which of the following steps should you try

FIRST to identify the problem?

A. Try quick fixes.

B. Repair the iBook.

C. Perform a split-half search.

D. Run appropriate diagnostics.

E. Escalate the problem to Apple.

F. Gather information about the problem.

Correct Answer: F

QUESTION 522

Which of the following is ALMOST CERTAINLY a software-related problem?

A. No video on display

B. Single beep at startup

C. No Internet connectivity

D. iPhoto quits when launched

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 523

A customer states that he cannot open an AppleWorks file. What is the most productive question to ask

him FIRST?

A. Can you open any files?

B. Can you open other AppleWorks files?

C. What version of AppleWorks are you using?

D. Is your Mac connected to a network?

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 524

A PowerBook G4 has no video, but powers on with a normal startup chime, and normal startup sounds

from the hard drive. Which of the following steps should you try next?

A. Update the PowerBook G4's firmware.

B. Replace the PowerBook G4 logic board.

C. Replace the PowerBook G4 LCD display.

D. Connect a known-good external display.

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 525

You have replaced the optical drive in an iBook G4 (Late 2004). In what THREE ways should you test

the repair before returning the system to the customer?

A. Leave the computer on overnight.

B. Verify that the original symptom is resolved.

C. Verify that no new symptoms have occurred.

D. Run all Apple Service Diagnostic tests for the iBook G4 (Late 2004).

E. Run Apple Service Diagnostic optical drive tests for the iBook G4 (Late 2004).

F. Start up the computer in Target Disk Mode to test the internal hard drive.

Correct Answer: BCD

QUESTION 526

You are troubleshooting an intermittent video issue on an PowerBook G4 (17-inch 1.67 GHz). Which

of the following is the most appropriate way to approach this problem?

A. Do nothing. The problem may resolve itself.

B. Run looping diagnostics to verify the issue.

C. Replace the Display Assembly inside the PowerBook.

D. Follow component isolation steps to resolve the issue.

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 527

Which of the following is ALMOST CERTAINLY a hardware-related problem?

A. No video at startup

B. Error beep at startup

C. Distorted video at startup

D. Blinking question mark at startup

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 528

You are troubleshooting an iBook G4 that will not boot, and emits error tones when powered on. You

suspect that the customer may have installed incompatible or faulty RAM, but you aren't sure. What

should you do to verify the RAM requirements for this iBook G4?

A. Call Apple.

B. Order Apple RAM.

C. Check Specifications.

D. Count the RAM sockets on the logic board.

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 529

Which of the following is the best way to eject a disc when normal methods for ejecting it, such as using

the Mac OS X Finder or the keyboard, have not succeeded?

A. Boot into Open Firmware and type 'reset-nvram'.

B. Restart the computer while holding down the trackpad button.

C. Remove and disassemble the optical drive to remove the disc.

D. Remove the computer's front bezel and manually pry the disc out of the drive.

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 530

Which of the following would be the most appropriate question to ask FIRST, when gathering

information from customers about a problem with their Apple product?

A. What is the issue?

B. What operating system are you using?

C. Did you turn off the computer improperly?

D. Is this the first time you have had this problem?

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 531

A customer's PowerBook G4 (12-inch 1.5GHz) fails to power on with a known-good power adapter

connected and plugged in. Which of the following steps should be tried FIRST?

A. Replace the logic board.

B. Replace the DC-In Board.

C. Run Apple Service Diagnostic.

D. Perform a keyboard PMU reset.

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 532

The image displayed on an iBook (Late 2004) appears small and does not fill the screen. Which of the

following best explains the cause of this symptom?

A. The logic board has failed.

B. The display backlight has failed.

C. The iBook's battery power is depleted.

D. An earlier version of system software is installed.

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 533

A PowerBook G4 (17-inch 1.67GHz) has a malfunctioning logic board. You replace the logic board.

Which of the following diagnostic utilities should you run to verify that the new logic board is functioning

properly?

A. MacTest Pro

B. Disk First Aid

C. TechTool Deluxe

D. Apple Service Diagnostic

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 534

Verifying that a computer functions properly after you repair it ensures that _____.

A. No new issues have arisen.

B. Third-party software is working.

C. The original issue has been resolved.

D. The computer falls under service warranty.

E. System Preferences settings are set correctly.

Correct Answer: AC

QUESTION 535

Which of the following is a valid reason to perform a soft reset on an AirPort Extreme Base Station?

A. to update base station firmware

B. to reset the base station password

C. to return the base station to its default settings

D. to erase AirPort client software from Mac OS X

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 536

AirPort Extreme operates under which TWO of the following IEEE standards?

A. 802.11a

B. 802.11b

C. 802.11c

D. 802.11g

E. 802.11h

F. 802.11i

Correct Answer: BD

QUESTION 537

A customer states that he cannot transfer files over the Internet after connecting his new iBook G4 (Late

2004) to his cable modem via Ethernet. According to the Apple General Troubleshooting Flowchart, which

of the following is the most efficient area to pursue FIRST?

A. The Internet Connect application is not running.

B. The iBook is not running the latest version of Mac OS X.

C. The computer and cable modem are not compatible with each other.

D. The iBook network system preferences are not configured properly.

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 538

A customer states that he cannot access the Internet after connecting his new PowerBook G4 (12-inch

1 GHz) to his cable modem via Ethernet. Which of the following is most likely the cause of this problem?

A. AppleTalk is not enabled on the computer's Ethernet port.

B. The computer is not running the latest version of Mac OS X.

C. A faulty cable was used to connect the computer and the cable modem.

D. The cable modem's Ethernet port is not compatible with the computer's Ethernet port.

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 539

A customer complains that his PowerBook G4 (17-inch) will not allow a number of other workers in his

office to share his files simultaneously. All the other computers are iMac G5 that are networked and

configured properly. According to the Apple General Troubleshooting Flowchart which of the following is

the best area to explore FIRST?

A. Does the customer have a firewall enabled?

B. Is the customer's PowerBook Ethernet port faulty?

C. How many simultaneous users does the customer's network have?

D. What version of Mac OS X is the customer's PowerBook running?

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 540

A customer claims that her iBook G4 cannot connect to her AirPort Express network at home. Which

of the following would be the BEST question to ask her FIRST?

A. Can any other computer successfully join this network?

B. Does your ISP support wireless access to the Internet?

C. What type of wireless card is installed in your iBook G4?

D. Have you upgraded to Mac OS X v10.4.2?

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 541

Which of the following AirPort Extreme ports should be used to connect to a DSL or Cable modem for

Internet access?

A. LAN

B. WAN

C. Modem

D. Antenna

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 542

To utilize Gigabit Ethernet, you must use an Ethernet cable with:

A. two wires (one pair) present.

B. four wires (two pairs) present.

C. six wires (three pairs) present.

D. eight wires (four pairs) present.

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 543

Basic computer-to-computer wireless networking with AirPort requires _____.

A. two or more AirPort clients

B. two or more AirPort Base Stations

C. version 2.0.4 or later of the AirPort software

D. an AirPort Base Station and an AirPort client

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 544

A customer states that when an external antenna is connected to her AirPort Extreme Base Station, the

external antenna does not appear in the Show Summary screen of AirPort Admin Utility. What is the most

likely problem?

A. The base station's firmware needs to be updated.

B. The base station is malfunctioning and requires service.

C. The base station needs to be powered down and restarted.

D. The base station needs to be upgraded to use the external antenna.

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 545

A customer states that she sees an error message appear when she opens her Web browser with her

iBook G4 using dial-up Internet service. The message displayed in the Web browser is "The specified

server could not be found." When she attempts to access the same Web page a second time the Web

page is loaded without a problem. Which of the following is the BEST explanation for what is happening?

A. The iBook needs to warm up before it can access the Web page.

B. The Web browser is configured to only access Web pages when reloaded.

C. The iBook dial-up modem is configured for extra error correction resulting in the delay.

D. The Web browser attempted to load the page before the iBook dial-up modem had finished connecting to

the Internet Service Provider.

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 546

What is the proper way to calibrate a lithium Ion battery used in a PowerBook G4 or iBook?

A. Charge the battery while running the Battery Calibration Utility.

B. The battery is calibrated out of the box; no further steps are needed.

C. Charge the battery fully. Run computer on battery until it goes to sleep. Charge it fully again.

D. Charge the battery overnight. Make sure battery status indicates 100% before disconnecting AC adapter.

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 547

Which THREE of the following have an effect on the lifespan of Lithium Ion batteries used in

PowerBooks and iBooks?

A. Memory effect

B. Processor speed

C. Energy Saver settings

D. Temperature extremes

E. Number of discharge cycles

Correct Answer: CDE

QUESTION 548

Which of the following steps is NOT recommended to maximize battery life in a PowerBook G4?

A. Reduce brightness settings

B. Turn AirPort card off if installed

C. Disconnect any bus-powered USB peripherals

D. Remove any PC (PCMCIA) card from the PC card expansion slot.

E. Choose 'Highest Performance' in the Energy Saver System Preferences

Correct Answer: E

QUESTION 549

What does recalibrating a Lithium Ion battery inside a PowerBook or iBook actually do?

A. Reconditions the battery to overcome the memory effect.

B. Keeps the onscreen battery time and percent display accurate.

C. Extends the number of full discharge cycles available in the battery.

D. Readjusts the Energy Saver preferences to correspond to the battery's performance.

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 550

How often should you calibrate a PowerBook G4's Lithium Ion battery?

A. Never

B. Just once when you first use the PowerBook

C. Whenever the PowerBook is forced into sleep mode

D. When you first use the PowerBook and then every couple of months thereafter

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 551

A customer asks about RAM speed requirements to upgrade his iBook G4 (Late 2004). What Apple

resource should you refer this customer to?

A. Downloads

B. Discussions

C. User's manual

D. Service manual

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 552

You require additional information about a specific problem with a customer's iBook G4. Which one of

the following resources is the Apple-recommended choice for researching the problem?

A. Downloads

B. Discussions

C. User's manual

D. Knowledge Base

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 553

According to Apple service manuals, what steps should you take before performing any take-apart steps

when replacing a part in any Apple product?

A. Lay the product on its side so it will not fall over.

B. Update the product's firmware to the latest version.

C. Discharge the CRT and establish an ongoing ground.

D. Gather all necessary tools and perform all preliminary steps.

E. Order all available service parts for the appropriate configuration of the product.

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 554

Which section of the PowerBook G4 (12-inch 1.5 GHz) Service manual is the BEST place to look for

instructions for replacing a DC-In board?

A. Views

B. Basics

C. Take Apart

D. Troubleshooting

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 555

Where is the BEST place to look for information regarding special take-apart tools for an Apple product?

A. Discussions

B. Service News

C. User's manual

D. Service manual

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 556

Which of the following can permanently damage an LCD display?

A. Rubbing the display.

B. Using a screen saver.

C. Not using a screen saver.

D. Turning brightness up too high.

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 557

Identify the correct procedure to reset the Power Manager on a PowerBook G4 (12-inch 1.5GHz).

A. Press the PMU Reset button on the main logic board.

B. Shut the computer down and press the reset button for 10 to 15 seconds.

C. Shut the computer down and press Shift-Control-Option-Power on the keyboard.

D. Remove the AC power adapter and battery, and let the computer sit for a minimum of 15 minutes.

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 558

An iBook operating on battery power is in sleep mode and cannot be awakened. Which of the

following is most likely the cause of this problem?

A. The iBook is malfunctioning.

B. The iBook has a crashed PMU.

C. The iBook's battery is too low to operate the iBook.

D. The iBook's security features have been activated.

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 559

Which THREE of the following symptoms would be best resolved by performing a PMU reset as a first

step?

A. Computer does not turn on

B. Fans run too loudly after startup

C. Network / Internet connectivity issues

D. USB and/or FireWire port(s) do not function

E. Computer does not sleep / wake from sleep

Correct Answer: ADE

QUESTION 560

What is the function of the PMU in an Apple portable computer?

A. The PMU controls all aspects of power flow.

B. The PMU controls the speed of the hard drive.

C. The PMU manages the amount of virtual memory used.

D. The PMU manages all communication with attached peripherals.

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 561

An iBook G4 is running from the AC adapter, and has a battery installed which is charging. Which TWO

of the following indicate that the battery is fully charged?

A. The iBook backlight will return to full intensity.

B. All lights on the battery will illuminate when the button on the battery is pressed.

C. The sleep light will blink three times, indicating that the iBook is no longer charging.

D. The lighted ring on the power adapter connector will change from amber to green.

E. The sleep light will solidly illuminate, indicating that the iBook can be powered on or awakened from sleep.

Correct Answer: BD

QUESTION 562

Which THREE of the following actions can put a PowerBook to sleep?

A. Close the PowerBook lid.

B. Press Command-Option-S.

C. Select Sleep from the Apple menu.

D. Select Sleep from the Location Manager.

E. Select Sleep in the Energy Saver pane of System Preferences.

F. Press the Power button and select Sleep from the dialog box.

Correct Answer: ACF

QUESTION 563

A customer needs to transfer data from her PowerBook G4 (17-inch 1.67 GHz) for use on her Power

Mac G5, but the PowerBook fails to start up completely due to a video issue. Which of the following would

most easily accomplish the data transfer?

A. Remove the hard drive from the PowerBook and install it into the Power Mac G5.

B. The PowerBook will need to be repaired before any data can be recovered from it.

C. Boot the PowerBook into Mac OS X Safe Mode and connect the PowerBook and Power Mac G5 with an

Ethernet cable.

D. Boot the PowerBook into Target Disk Mode and connect the PowerBook and Power Mac G5 with a FireWire

cable.

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 564

Which of the following Apple diagnostic utilities is the most appropriate for a service technician to test an

iBook (G4)?

A. Mac Test Pro

B. Tech Tool Deluxe

C. Apple Hardware Test


Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 565

What is the first step to take if you have an iBook G4 that constantly ejects any CD / DVD that is

inserted?


B. Replace the optical drive.

C. Replace the optical drive cable.

D. Disconnect all peripheral devices, especially the mouse.

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 566

You are replacing the logic board in a PowerBook G4 (12-inch 1.5 GHz). Which of the following

special tools is recommended during disassembly?

A. Nylon probe tool

B. Torque screwdriver

C. Spring tensioning tool

D. Jumper adjustment tool

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 567

Which of the following diagnostic utilities can be used by all customers to verify functionality of their own

PowerBooks and iBooks?

A. Mac Test Pro

B. Apple Display Utility

C. Apple Hardware Test


Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 568

An iBook (G4) displays a flashing question mark at startup. Which step does Apple recommend you

take FIRST?


B. Try to start up from a bootable CD or DVD.

C. Reinitialize the hard disk and reinstall the Mac OS.

D. Replace the internal hard drive with a known-good hard drive.

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 569

You are troubleshooting an PowerBook G4 system that has Mac OS X. The icon of a connected

external FireWire drive is not appearing on the Finder Desktop. Which of the following would be MOST

useful in troubleshooting this issue?

A. Terminal

B. Network Utility

C. Process Viewer

D. System Profiler

E. Apple Hardware Test

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 570

A customer brings her iBook G4 (Late 2004) in with severely distorted sound. You boot to a

known-good disc to rule out software, but the issue persists. Which of the following parts is most likely to

be causing the problem and should be replaced?

A. Top Case

B. Logic board

C. Sound board

D. Inverter board

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 571

What is the purpose of Sudden Motion Sensor technology used in the newer PowerBook G4 models?

A. It physically locks the PowerBook down while it is activated.

B. It helps prevent hard drive failures if the computer is dropped.

C. It helps conserve energy by sensing when the hard disk spins up too often.

D. It Changes all Mac OS X location settings based upon your current GPS location.

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 572

A customer's iBook G4 (Late 2004) will not charge when the AC adapter is plugged in. You test the

iBook with a known good battery and known good A.C. adapter, but the issue persists. What part is the

most likely to have failed?

A. DC board

B. Logic board

C. Reed switch

D. Inverter board

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 573

In the picture below, what is item number 3?

A. USB port

B. FireWire 400 port

C. FireWire 800 port

D. 10/100/1000Base-T Ethernet port

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 574

What is the function of the inverter board inside a PowerBook or iBook?

A. The inverter board inverts the speaker signal phase.

B. The inverter board powers the LCD display backlight.

C. The inverter board controls the flow of power to the logic board.

D. The inverter board inverts the image that is displayed on the LCD.

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 575

What is the module shown in this picture?

A. Zip drive

B. Hard drive

C. Optical drive

D. Blower assembly

E. Lithium Ion battery

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 576

Which of the following items are appropriate to use for ESD prevention?

A. Metal work surface

B. CRT discharge tool

C. Wrist strap and cord

D. Static-shielding bags

E. Static-shielding bags

Correct Answer: CDE

QUESTION 577

Which FOUR of the following actions help reduce the risk of damage from ESD?

A. Ground yourself and the equipment you are working on.

B. Always place ESD-sensitive components on metal surfaces.

C. Handle all ESD-sensitive boards by the connectors, not the edges.

D. Use static-shielding storage bags for ESD-sensitive components.

E. Do not touch anyone who is working on ESD-sensitive components.

F. Do not bring plastic, vinyl, or foamed polystyrene near ESD-sensitive components.

Correct Answer: ADEF

QUESTION 578

Which of the following is the most common example of electrostatic discharge?

A. You touch an object and feel a brief spark.

B. You see a bright flash on the LCD display of an iBook.

C. You plug a power cord into an outlet and you see a spark.

D. You hear a crackling noise coming from inside the computer.

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 579

What humidity level should be maintained to ensure an ESD-safe environment?

A. 25%-40%

B. 50%-75%

C. 70%-90%

D. 90%-100%

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 580

What is the BEST way to properly ground an ESD workbench mat?

A. Attach the mat to the unit being serviced.

B. Connect the mat to a grounded electrical outlet.

C. Connect only the wrist strap and cord to a grounded electrical outlet.

D. Connect the wrist strap and cord only to the mat.

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 581





Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 582











Correct Answer: B



@guy

there was no correct answer in previous exams.

72pt = 1 inch (in)

A and D did not have a vertical offset.

B and C did not have a blur radius.

text-shadow property (Internet Explorer), http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ie/hh771872%28v=vs.85%

29.aspx

QUESTION 583

You are developing an HTML5 page.



A. <aside>

B. <section>

C. <header>

D. <footer>

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 584

You are validating user input by using JavaScript and regular expressions.

A group of predefined regular expressions will validate two input fields:



validateSSN

You need to use the correct expression to validate the input.

Which expression should you insert into each function?




E.

Correct Answer: BD


QUESTION 585

DRAG DROP




. All runners must enter their age .


. The slider control must be set to the average age (37) of all registered runners when the page is

first displayed.





A. slider, 18, 90, value, 37, optional

B. slider, 18, 90, value, 37, required

C. range, 18, 90, value, 37, required

D. range, 18, 90, value, 37, optional

E. slider, 18, 90, default, 37, required

F. range, 18, 90, default, 37, required

Correct Answer: C


QUESTION 586





Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 587

HOTSPOT

An HTML page has a canvas element. You need to draw a red rectangle on the canvas element

dynamically.


How should you build the code segment?

(To answer, select the appropriate options from the drop- down lists in the answer area.)

Correct Answer: ABC


QUESTION 588

HOTSPOT


the web worker:





answer area.)

A. self.postMessage('Worker : ', + data);

B. self.addEventListener('message', function(event));

C. self.attachEvent('Worker', data);

D. self.teminate();

E. self.close();

Correct Answer: ABE


QUESTION 589

HOTSPOT









(To answer, select the appropriate options from the drop-down lists in the answer area.)

A. switch, case, break, case, break, default

B. switch, case, break, case, break, case

C. switch, case, break, case, break, break

D. switch, case, break, case, default, break

Correct Answer: A


http://www.w3schools.com/js/js_switch.asp

QUESTION 590




Extract and handle the exceptions thrown by doWork()

Continue normal program execution if other exceptions occur



A. if( doWork() == -2146823281) {

...

}

B. if( doWork() == "object is null or undefined") {

...

}

C. try {

doWork();

} catch(e) {

if(e.number == -2146823281)

. ..

}

D. try {

doWork();

} catch(e) {

if(e.message == -2146823281)

. ..

}

Correct Answer: C



QUESTION 591

DRAG DROP



. Generate an error




How should you write the code?

(To answer, drag the appropriate code segment or segments to the correct location in the answer area.

Each code segment may be used once, more than once, or not at all.





D. throw new Error ("Invalid", break);

Correct Answer: A



QUESTION 592





You need to ensure that the style of the grid meets the requirements.

Which CSS segment should you use?

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 593

You are developing a web page that has a group of H1 and H2 elements.



The font color of all H1 and H2 elements must be changed to red.

The CSS class underlineMe must be applied to all H1 and H2 elements.



Correct Answer: D


http://www.w3schools.com/jquery/sel_header.asp


QUESTION 594

DRAG DROP

You are developing a web page by using HTML5 and CSS3.

Styles must be defined for all hyperlinks on the page so that the applied style reflects the last user action.


In what order should you specify the four anchor selectors?



A. A:link

A:visited

A:hover

A:active

B. A:link

A:hover

A:active

A:visited

C. A:link

A:hover

A:visited

A:active

D. A:hover

A:visited

A:active

A:link

Correct Answer: A


You can learn about the anchor pseudo-classes here: http://www.w3schools.com/css/css_pseudo_classes.asp

As it states:



QUESTION 595

DRAG DROP


The data being retrieved is a custom binary datatype named bint.







What should you do?

(To answer, drag the appropriate code segment to the correct location.

Each code segment may be used once, more than once, or not at all.


F.

Correct Answer: AD


QUESTION 596

DRAG DROP






Which three statements should you implement in sequence?

(To answer, move the appropriate statements from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in

the correct order.)

A. try, catch(e), debug

B. try, catch(e), catch(e)

C. try, catch(e), finally

D. try, catch(e), throw

Correct Answer: C


try

catch(e)

finnaly




QUESTION 597

HOTSPOT



. Generate an error




How should you write the code?

(To answer, select the appropriate option from the drop-down list in the answer area.)




D. throw new Error (break, "Invalid");

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 598

DRAG DROP











A. switch, case, break, default, case, break

B. switch, case, break, case, break, default

C. switch, default, case, break, case, break

D. switch, default, case, break, case, default, break

Correct Answer: B



QUESTION 599

DRAG DROP

You are developing an airline reservation website by using HTML5 and JavaScript.

A page on the site allows users to enter departure and destination airport information and to search for tickets.


. Users must be able to save information in the application about their favorite destination airport .

. The airport information must be displayed in the destination text box whenever the user returns to

the page.

You need to develop the site to meet the requirements. Which line or lines of code should you use?

(To answer, drag the appropriate command or commands from the list of commands to the correct location or

locations in the work area.



Correct Answer: AB


QUESTION 600

DRAG DROP

An HTML page has a CANVAS element.

You need to draw a red rectangle on the CANVAS element dynamically.



(To answer, drag the appropriate line of code to the correct location.



E.

Correct Answer: ABC



QUESTION 601

A. static

B. fixed

C. absolute

D. relative

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 602





Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 603







Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 604

DRAG DROP



Which jQuery code segment or segments should you use?

(To answer, drag the appropriate line of code to the correct location.



Correct Answer: AB


QUESTION 605





Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 606










D. text-shadow:72pt 0em 5px

Correct Answer: D



All options are incorrect

correct answers are D???

#obj { text-shadow: <x-offset> <y-offset> <blur-radius> <color>; }

<x-offset> +n right -n left

<y-offset> +n bottom -n top

1 inch below means <y-ffset> is 1in or 72 pt

Hence actually answer must be

0px,1in,5px 0r 0px, 72pt, 5px

QUESTION 607







Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 608




A. <nav>

B. <section>

C. <td>

D. <tbody>

Correct Answer: B




QUESTION 609





Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 610







Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 611





Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 612







Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 613

Question about how to get the data with ajax, the correct answer should be very similar

(see http://www.w3schools.com/ajax/ajax_xmlhttprequest_create.asp):

if (window.XMLHttpRequest)

{

xmlhttp=new XMLHttpRequest();

}

else

{

xmlhttp=new ActiveXObject("Microsoft.XMLHTTP");

}

xmlhttp.open("GET","ajax_info.txt",true);

xmlhttp.send();

xmlDoc = xmlhttp.responseXml

// set the div's values

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 614

There were 3 boxes that were one-by-one. In order to achieve the nice flow of them I selected flex-box attribute

values

- stretch and then

- justify

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 615

Get the data from web service. The difference was with the Http method and the way you passed the

arguments (here below is just the idea),

a) $.ajax( url ="http://contoso.com/webservice.asmx/GetProducts", type ="POST", data ={ cat ='A'})

b) $.ajax( url ="http://contoso.com/webservice.asmx/GetProducts", type ="SEND", data ={ cat ='A'})

c) $.ajax( url ="http://contoso.com/webservice.asmx/GetProducts?cat='A'", type ="POST")

d) $.ajax( url ="http://contoso.com/webservice.asmx/GetProducts?cat='A'", type ="SEND")

I marked Post and data ={}

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 616

One conceptual how to send data from contoso.com to fabricam.com. I do not remeber all answers:

a) websockets

b) CQRS?

c) REST

d) crossdomain.xml

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 617

There was svg and circle inside of it. You had to increase circle size by 1,5.

a) c.r = c.r *1,5

b) c.setAttribute()

c) c.setTransformSthIdontRemember

d) svg.setAttribute()

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 618

How to capture click on canvas

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 619

Change color of canvas when mouse is over or is movin with one event (i selected onmouseover, but there was

onmousemove and onmouseout).

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 620

There was a form with checkbox and input field. The main taks was to disable input if checkbox is not checked.

There was some part of css like

input:placeholder {

bg-color: gray

}

and i chose placeholder = disabled (http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/sel_disabled.asp)

and the secod part was to disable this input by checkbox

if(cheb.checked){

i. disabled = false;

}

else{

i. disabled = true;

}

A.

B.

C.

D.

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 621

There was div with two ul-s

<div id="d">

<ul> <li>/<li>

<ul>..<ul>

</div>

The task was to append the border with 1px the first ul on the page

a) answer with $.each(div) then $.each ul

b) answer with first-of-type()

c) direct border="1px" assignment to the ul

d) div#d > ul css selector

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 622

One multiselectable with table that has header only, and yo have json like:

<table id="t">

<tr>

<th>Friut</tr>

<th>Quantity</tr>

</tr>

</table>

var fruits = {"bananas", 12, "oranges" 11}. You need to add them to the table

he answer was like (IMHO):

$. each(fruits, function(key,val){

$(#t).after("<tr>" + key + "</tr>" +...)

});

But were also

$. Json()

var data = parseJSON()

append()

A.

B.

C.

D.

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 623

The most stupid was with images you had response from Ajax call with JSON format, and had function that was

appending object to some div:

function ImageData(image){

// requested code

}

var imgageData = new ImageData(json);

and $(#div).html(imageData.img);

This question IMHO was not possible to do, beacause you could only select 3 answers but this required 4 to

complete the task:

1) var img = document.CreateElement(img)

2) img.src = image.FileName;

img.alt = image.Description;

????????

3) return this.img;

one missing part that was available was this.img = img that I could not set between 2 and 3 because of 3

elements limitation.

others answers were

return img.HTMLImage()

this.img = document.CreateElement(img)

this.img.Description = image.Description

.. .

A.

B.

C.

D.

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 624

One question with the processing UI related things with web workers, what should they process (select 2):

a) canvas operations

b) long and large data localStorage write/writes

c) long mathematical operations with looping through array

d) applying DOM styles

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 625

Theres a code snipet and the requirements: if the value is greather then 500 show "DENIED". If the value is

less than 300 show "aproved with warnings" and if the value is greater than 300 and less then 300 show

"aproved".

It`s a drag and drop question. Just drag if (foo > 500), then else if (foo <300) and else { }.

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 626

Q. 2 You develop an HTML5 webpage. You have the following JavaScript code:

You need to handle the click event when a user clicks the show/Dialog button.


A. $ (document).trigger("click", "#showDialog", function (e) {

B. $ (document).on ("#showDialog", "click", function (e) {

C. $(document).toggle("click", "#showDialog", function (e) {

D. $(document).on("click", "#showDialog", function (e) {

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 627

Q. 3 You are developing an application that processes order information. Thousands of orders are processed

daily. The application includes the following code segment. (Line numbers are included for reference only.)


Display the number of orders processed and the number of orders remaining Update the display for every 25th

record processed

You need to develop the application to meet these requirements.


A. If (!(counter % 25))

B. if (counter == 25)

C. if (counter >> 25 == 0)

D. if (counter >> 25 == 0)

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 628

AQ.4

You develop an HTML5 webpage. You have the following HTML markup:

<input type="text" id="username" />

You need to prevent users from entering specific characters into the username field.

What should you do?

A. Using the keyup event, add an anonymous function that returns true when a specific character keycode

value is determined.

B. Using the change event, add an anonymous function that returns true when a specific character keycode


C. Using the keydown event, add an anonymous function that returns false when a specific character keycode


D. Using the change event, add an anonymous function that returns false when a specific character keycode


Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 629

Q. 6

You develop a webpage by using HTML5.

The user interface of the webpage must show a gray-lined box that contains the label Enter your

information:. Inside the box are two labels and two input boxes. The first input box must be labeled

Name:. The second input box must be labeled Email:. Below the box is a Submit button.

The user interface must look like the following;

A. Option A

B. Option B

C. Option C

D. Option D

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 630

Q. 7

You are developing an application to track project management for your company. The status of the

project is stored in a variable named percentComplete.

The method must execute only when percentComplete is equal to the numeric value 100.

You need to develop the application to meet the requirement.


A. Option A

B. Option B

C. Option C

D. Option D

E. Option E

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 631

Q8.

DRAG DROP

You develop a website for a company by using HTML5.


Allow multiple news postings per page under the title "Welcome to the Semantic Web!".

Search engines must be able to index individual news postings.

News postings must be styled by using the following CSS markup:

.posting { line-height: 150%; )

You need to structure the markup for each individual news posting.

How should you complete the relevant markup? (To answer, drag the appropriate markup to the

correct location or locations in the answer area. Use only markup that applies.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 632

Q. 9

You have a webpage that includes the following markup and code:

You need to troubleshoot the code by clicking the Submit button.

Which value will be displayed?

A. 10

B. 20

C. Undefined

D. Runtime error

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 633

Q. 10

You develop an HTML5 webpage with custom CSS. You have the following HTML markup:

<div class="new" Item">...</div>


In addition to your CSS, you must use a corporate branded stylesheet named corporate.ess.

The corporate.ess file contains the style rule that must be used for .newsItem.

You must use the corporate.ess file to ensure that the webpage changes when the brand changes.

You must add additional style rules to the webpage.

You cannot modify the corporate.ess file.

You need to apply the appropriate CSS rules to meet the requirements.

What should you do?

A. Add a CSS class named .newsItemUpdates to the webpage, add only the new styles to this class,

and update the class attribute of the HTML markup:

<div class=nnewsltem newsItemUpdates">..,</div>

B. Update the corporate.ess file to include! important for each rule for the .newsItem. class, and add

the new CSS rules to the webpage by using the CSS class .newsItem.

C. Add a CSS class named .newsitemUpdates to the webpage, add the new styles to this class, and

update the HTML markup to replace the .newsItem class with this new class:

<div class*"newsItemOpdates">...</div>

D. Add the new CSS rules to the webpage by using the CSS class .newsItem, and add! important to

each rule.

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 634

Q. 11

You are developing an e-commerce website. Users place products into a shopping cart.

You need to ensure that the shopping cart data is available between browser sessions.

Which object should you use to store the shopping cart data?

A. clientStorage

B. localStorage

C. applicationStorage

D. sessionStorage

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 635

Q. 12


A. $ ('input [name!="name"]') .ess ({ 'background-color' : ' #E0ECF8'}) ;

B. ${'input [name~="name"] ') .ess ({ 'background-color' : ' #E0ECF8' }) ;

C. ${'input[name*="name"]').ess({'background=color': #E0ECF8'});

D. $( 'input [name$="name"] ') .ess ({ 'background-color' : '#E0ECF8'});

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 636

Q. 13

You are developing a web application by using HTML5.


The color of a menu item must change when a user hovers over the item.

The color of the menu item must change back to its original color after five seconds.

You need to ensure that the animation is applied to all menu items.

Which CSS3 code should you use?

A. Option A

B. Option B

C. Option C

D. Option D

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 637

Q. 14

HOTSPOT

You are implementing an HTML page that uses a custom sans-serif font. The CSS statement for the

page is as follows.

Some users report that text is displayed in the default font for the browser.

You need to modify the CSS statement to ensure that the content is displayed with the custom font.

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 638

Q. 15

Your company uses a third-party component that generates HTML for a website. The third-party

component creates DIV elements that display a yellow background.

The third-party component uses inline styles in the DIV elements that are inconsistent with your

corporate standards. You must override the DIV elements in the style sheet with the corporate

styles.

You need to ensure that the website meets corporate standards.

Which style should you

A. Option A

B. Option B

C. Option C

D. Option D

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 639

Q. 17

You are developing a website that helps users locate theaters in their area from a browser. You

created a function named findTheaters ().

The function must:

Get the current latitude and longitude of the user's device

Pass the user's location to findTheaters()

The user needs to access the geolocation information from the browser before searching for

theaters.


A. Option A

B. Option B

C. Option C

D. Option D

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 640

Q. 18

A. Option A

B. Option B

C. Option C

D. Option D

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 641

Q. 19

You are developing a web page that performs CPU-intensive calculations. A web worker processes

these calculations on a separate background thread. The process is instantiated from the web page.

You need to stop the web worker process after the calculations are completed.

Which two actions can you perform to achieve this goal? (Each correct answer presents a complete


A. From the web page, call the close() method.

B. From the web worker process, call the terminate() method.

C. From the web page, call the terminate() method.

D. From the web worker process, call the close() method.

Correct Answer: CD

QUESTION 642

Q. 20

You are developing an HTML5 page named main.html. The JavaScript code for the main page is

located in a file named myApp.js.

You need to create a web worker and instantiate it from main.html.

Where should you place the web worker code?

A. In the myApp.js file

B. In the main.html file

C. In a separate .js (JavaScript) file

D. In a separate executable file

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 643

Q. 21

You are developing a JavaScript library.


Custom exceptions must include an error message and custom error number.

These exceptions must be thrown when data validation errors occur.

Developers must call the library to easily catch the exception and identify the problem.

You develop the following code. (Line numbers are included for reference only.)

A. throw new Validatior.Exception (123, "Day of week must be les3 than 7");

B. return new ValidationException(123, "Day of week must be less than 7");

C. throw ValidationException(123, "Day of week must be less than 7");

D. catch ValidationException(123, "Day of week: must be less than 7");

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 644

Q. 23

You are developing an application that retrieves a stock rate from an external web service. A web

page displays a simple rotating animation to indicate whether the stock rate is increased or

decreased.

The default image, as shown in the following graphic, indicates unchanged or neutral.

A. Option A

B. Option B

C. Option C

D. Option D

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 645

Q. 24

A. Option A

B. Option B

C. Option C

D. Option D

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 646

Q. 24

You develop an HTML5 chat application.

You need to provide real-time updates to the messages that users post in the chat application.

What should you do?

A. Use get o to obtain data updates.

B. Use a RESTful web service.

C. Use WebSockets.

D. Use ajaxo to obtain data updates.

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 647

Q. 25

You are creating a rotating image of a company logo.

The logo must spin on a horizontal axis and on a vertical axis.

You need to use the least amount of development effort to meet the requirement.

What should you do?

A. Create an Image Spinner object, load the image into the spinner, and set the horizontal and

vertical rotation properties.

B. Create a Canvas Globe transform and set the image as the globe object. Set the horizontal and

vertical rotation properties.

C. Create a single Canvas 3D transform and load the image into it. Set the rotation properties.

D. Create a Canvas 2D transform and set the image to rotate horizontally and vertically.

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 648

Q. 26

You are developing an HTML5 web application that provides a discussion forum for users. When a

user registers to access the application, the user enters an email address.

Users can enter data that can result in cross-site scripting (XSS) attacks.

You need to ensure that email input is as secure as possible.

Which two techniques should you use? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose

two.)

A. Remove all nonalphanumeric characters before submitting data.

B. Use the email tag in forms where the email address is entered.

C. Display all email addresses inside of an HTML5 ADDRESS element.

D. Use jQuery validation with a regular expression to ensure that email addresses are valid.

E. Ensure that all form data is encrypted when it is submitted.

Correct Answer: BD

QUESTION 649

Q. 27

You are creating a blog site by using HTML5 and JavaScript. An inline frame enables users to post

comments. It is possible for users to inject malicious scripts into their comments.

You need to minimize the ability for malicious scripts to execute on the site.


A. <iframe sandbox src="frame1.htmlnX/iframe>

B. <iframe seamless="allowscripts" src="frame1.html"<>/iframe>

C. <iframe seamless src="frame1.html"></iframe>

D. <iframe sandbox="allowscripts" src"frame1.html"x/iframe>

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 650

Q. 28

You develop an HTML5 application that interacts with a REST service. The REST service accepts JSON

data. A JavaScript object named form Data contains data that is sent to the REST service.

You need to convert the JavaScript object named formData into JSON.


A. jQuery.ajax.valueOf(formData);

B. window.evai(formData);

C. JSON.stringify (formData);

D. formData.toString();

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 651

Q. 29

You are developing an HTML page that includes the following code.

<h1 id="header">A Static Page</hl>

You need to modify the content of the HI element dynamically by using JavaScript.


A. Option A

B. Option B

C. Option C

D. Option D

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 652

Q. 30

You are developing a web page that will contain an animated logo. The web page currently has a

logo image on a canvas object.

You need to spin the logo image on the canvas.


A. context.rotate()

B. context.spin()

C. context.translatePosition()

D. context.setTransform()

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 653

Q. 31

You create the following JavaScript code:

A. Option A

B. Option B

C. Option C

D. Option D

E. Option E

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 654

You troubleshoot a webpage that contains the following HTML element:

<canvas id="clickCanvas" width="300" height= "300">

Your browser does not support the HTML5 canvas.

</canvas>

The following JavaScript code is included in a script tag in the HEAD section of the webpage: (Line numbers


You need to invoke the clickReporter() JavaScript function when a user clicks the mouse on the canvas HTML

element. What should you do?

A. Add the following attribute to the canvas HTML element: clicked="clickReporter()"

B. Replace the code segment at line 06 with the following code segment: drawBox.Click += clickReporter;

C. Insert the following code segment at line 07: canvas.onclick = clickReporter;

D. Insert the following code segment at line 07: canvas.click = clickReporter;

Correct Answer: C


http://www.w3schools.com/tags/canvas_strokerect.asp

<!doctype html>

<html lang="en">

<head>


var canvas;

var context;

window.onload = function initialize() {

canvas = document.getElementById('cl1ckCanvas');

context = canvas.getContext('2d');

drawBox();

canvas.onclick = clickReporter;

}

function clickReporter(e) {

alert('clicked');

}

function drawBox () {

context.fillStyle = 'black';

context.strokeRect(20, 20, canvas.width - 20, canvas.height - 20);

}

</script>

</head>

<body>

<canvas id="cl1ckCanvas" width="300" height= "300">

Your browser does not support the HTML5 canvas.

</canvas>

</body>

</html>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

---------------------------------

Mary: Answer B (Replace the code segment at line 06...)

Hebert from Mexico - Oct 21, 2013:

Hi, Should be de Answer option C Insert the following code segment at line 07 : canvas.onclick = clickreporter;

And no the option B Replace the code segment at line 06 with the following segment: drawbox.Click +=

clickReporter

if I test the letter B when the page loads appears the alert, I am a little confused, can you help me

Hebert from Mexico - Oct 22, 2013:

Looks some wrong the answer should be Option D and not option B, can any one help with this question?

Mary-Q23/93

QUESTION 655


<input id= "textAccountType"/>




Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 656

You are developing an application that uses a JavaScript library. The library contains the following functions.



You need to catch and identify the exceptions by group.


Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 657

You are developing a web application that can function when users are not connected to the Internet.

You need to check the Internet connectivity status of a user's browser.


Correct Answer: D


The onLine property returns a Boolean value that specifies whether the browser is in online or offline mode.

http://www.w3schools.com/jsref/prop_nav_online.asp

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------

Sam&Mary: Answer A (IsOnline)


The right answer should be D to me, as navigator doesn't have 'isOnline' property, but 'onLine' []well in D, it's

'online', so not 100% correct as well :(]

trixter from India - Oct 25, 2013:

You are right. Answer is D

Albarhami from United Arab Emirates - Oct 27, 2013:

The 49Q Answer is A not D. Example

<!DOCTYPE html>

<html>

<head>

<script>

function validateForm()

{

var x=document.getElementById("fname").innerHTML;

if (x==null || x=="")

{

alert("First name must be filled out");

return false;

}

}

</script>

</head>

<body>

<form name="myForm" action="demo_form.asp" onsubmit="return validateForm()"

method="post">

First name: <input type="text" id="fname" name="fname">

<input type="submit" value="Submit">

</form>

</body>

</html>

Daniel from Macedonia - Oct 28, 2013:

Correct answer is navigator.onLine, not navigator.isOnline

madi from Norway - Oct 29, 2013:

Yes correct answer is navigator.onLine . Javascript don't have any object navigator.isOnline

Mary-Q49/119

QUESTION 658

You are developing an application that analyzes population data for major cities in the United States.




Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 659

You develop a web application by using jQuery. You develop the following jQuery code: (Line numbers are


The web application exposes a RESTful web API that has an endpoint of /product/create.

You need to create a new product by using AJAX.


Correct Answer: D


jQuery.ajax( url [, settings ]) - Perform an asynchronous HTTP (Ajax) request.

settings - a set of key/value pairs that configure the Ajax request. All settings are optional.

async (default: true)

beforeSend - a pre-request callback function

cache (default: true, false for dataType 'script' and 'jsonp')

complete - a function to be called when the request finishes

contents - an object of string/regular-expression pairs that determine how jQuery will parse the response,

given its content type

contentType (default: 'application/x-www-form-urlencoded; charset=UTF-8'). When sending data to the

server, use this content type.

context - this object will be made the context of all Ajax-related callbacks.

converters (default: {"* text": window.String, "text html": true, "text json": jQuery.parseJSON, "text xml":

jQuery.parseXML}) - an object containing dataType-to-dataType converters.

crossDomain (default: false for same-domain requests, true for cross-domain requests) - if you wish to force

a crossDomain request (such as JSONP) on the same domain, set the value of crossDomain to true.

data - data to be sent to the server. It is converted to a query string, if not already a string.

dataFilter - a function to be used to handle the raw response data of XMLHttpRequest

dataType (default: Intelligent Guess (xml, json, script, or html)) - the type of data that you're expecting back

from the server. If none is specified, jQuery will try to infer it based on the MIME type of the response.

error - a function to be called if the request fails.

global (default: true) - whether to trigger global Ajax event handlers for this request.

headers (default: {}) - an object of additional header key/value pairs to send along with requests using the

XMLHttpRequest transport.

ifModified (default: false) - allow the request to be successful only if the response has changed since the last

request.

isLocal (default: depends on current location protocol) - allow the current environment to be recognized as

"local," (e.g. the filesystem), even if jQuery does not recognize it as such by default.

jsonp - override the callback function name in a jsonp request.

jsonpCallback - specify the callback function name for a JSONP request. This value will be used instead of

the random name automatically generated by jQuery.

mimeType - a mime type to override the XHR mime type

password - a password to be used with XMLHttpRequest in response to an HTTP access authentication

request.

processData (default: true) - by default, data passed in to the data option as an object (technically, anything

other than a string) will be processed and transformed into a query string, fitting to the default content-type

"application/x-www-form-urlencoded". If you want to send a DOMDocument, or other non-processed data,

set this option to false.

scriptCharset - only applies when the "script" transport is used (e.g., cross-domain requests with "jsonp" or

"script" dataType and "GET" type).

statusCode (default: {}) - an object of numeric HTTP codes and functions to be called when the response

has the corresponding code

success - a function to be called if the request succeeds. The function gets passed three arguments: The

data returned from the server, formatted according to the dataType parameter; a string describing the

status; and the jqXHR (in jQuery 1.4.x, XMLHttpRequest) object.

timeout - set a timeout (in milliseconds) for the request

traditional - set this to true if you wish to use the traditional style of param serialization

type (default: 'GET') - the type of request to make ("POST" or "GET"), default is "GET".

url (default: The current page) - a string containing the URL to which the request is sent.

username - a username to be used with XMLHttpRequest in response to an HTTP access authentication

request.

xhr (default: ActiveXObject when available (IE), the XMLHttpRequest otherwise) - callback for creating the

XMLHttpRequest object. Defaults to the ActiveXObject when available (IE), the XMLHttpRequest otherwise.

xhrFields - an object of fieldName-fieldValue pairs to set on the native XHR object.

The serialize() method creates a URL encoded text string by serializing form values.

You can select one or more form elements (like input and/or text area), or the form element itself.

The serialized values can be used in the URL query string when making an AJAX request.

$(selector).serialize()

REST

REST defines a set of architectural principles by which you can design Web services that focus on a system's

resources, including how resource states are addressed and transferred over HTTP by a wide range of clients

written in different languages. If measured by the number of Web services that use it, REST has emerged in

the last few years alone as a predominant Web service design model. In fact, REST has had such a large

impact on the Web that it has mostly displaced SOAP- and WSDL-based interface design because it's a

considerably simpler style to use.

REST didn't attract this much attention when it was first introduced in 2000 by Roy Fielding at the University of

California, Irvine, in his academic dissertation, "Architectural Styles and the Design of Network-based Software

Architectures," which analyzes a set of software architecture principles that use the Web as a platform for

distributed computing (see Resources for a link to this dissertation). Now, years after its introduction, major

frameworks for REST have started to appear and are still being developed because it's slated, for example, to

become an integral part of JavaTM 6 through JSR-311.

A concrete implementation of a REST Web service follows four basic design principles:

Use HTTP methods explicitly.

Be stateless.

Expose directory structure-like URIs.

Transfer XML, JavaScript Object Notation (JSON), or both.

http://api.jquery.com/jQuery.ajax/


http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/webservices/library/ws-restful/

Mary-Q58/128

QUESTION 660

You develop a webpage by using HTML5. You create the following markup and code: (Line numbers are


You need to ensure that the values that users enter are only numbers, letters, and underscores, regardless of

the order. Which code segment should you insert at line 04?

Correct Answer: A


The test() method searches a string for a specified value, and returns true or false, depending on the result.

The \w metacharacter is used to find a word character. A word character is a character from a-z, A-Z, 0-9,

including the _ (underscore) character.

var patt = new RegExp(pattern,modifiers);

or more simply:

var patt = /pattern/modifiers;

http://www.w3schools.com/jsref/jsref_obj_regexp.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/js/js_obj_regexp.asp

Mary-Q64/134

QUESTION 661

You develop an HTML5 webpage that contains the following HTML markup:







E.

Correct Answer: CD

QUESTION 662

You are developing an HTML5 web application that displays stock information.

The application loads information from a web service by using AJAX.

The following code defines a Stock object and loads stock data.

You need to implement the loadStock function. Which code segment should you use?

Correct Answer: A


Inside a function, the value of this depends on how the function is called.

A workaround would be:

var that = this;

Link.onclick = function() {

that.changeName();

};

http://stackoverflow.com/questions/13996794/javascript-prototype-this-issue

Mary-Q76/146

QUESTION 663

You develop an interactive scalable vector graphic (SVG) application.

You write the following code (Line numbers are included for reference only.):

You need to increase the size of the circle by 50 percent. Which code segment should you insert at line 02?

Correct Answer: B


currentScale property gets or sets the current scale factor, relative to the initial view (when this property is

called from an outermost svg element).

The outermost svg element is the furthest ancestor svg element in the current document fragment.

When the currentScale property is called on an element other than the outermost svg element, this property's

behavior is undefined.

http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ie/ff971930%28v=vs.85%29.aspx

Mary-Q82/152

QUESTION 664

You are creating a custom object as described by the following code.


Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 665

You develop an HTML5 application. The application uses an image that is returned from an HTTP POST

request.



Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 666


<input id="loanTermTextBox" type="text" />


the input element.

Which two code segments should you include on the webpage?


E.

Correct Answer: AB

QUESTION 667

You develop an application to host user-generated HTML and JavaScript content.



Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 668





Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 669


<input id="txtValue" type="text" />

A customer must enter a valid age in the text box prior to submitting the form.

You need to add validation to the control. Which code segment should you use?

Correct Answer: D


Qualcuno dice A

QUESTION 670



Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 671





Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 672

You are creating a JavaScript function that displays the name of a web application.

You declare the following button element.

<input type="button" id= "About" value="About" />

When a user clicks the button, a JavaScript function named About must be called.



Correct Answer: CD


Altri dicono AC

QUESTION 673




* Extract and handle the exceptions thrown by doWork()

* Continue normal program execution if other exceptions occur



Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 674

You are developing an HTML5 web application that displays customer mailing address information.



You need to implement the loadAddress function. Which code segment should you use?

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 675


following HTML.


* When a user enters an input box, the cell on the right must turn green.

* When a user leaves an input box, the cell on the right must turn white.



Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 676

You are developing a web page that has a group of HI and H2 elements.



* The font color of all H1 and H2 elements must be changed to red.

* The CSS class underlineMe must be applied to all H1 and H2 elements.



Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 677



* The getResults() method makes an AJAX web service request

* The ShowRate() method displays the stock rate from the web service response



Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 678

You are creating a JavaScript function to display the current version of a web application

You declare a button as follows.

<input type="button" id="About" value="About" />

You need to create an event handler for the button by using an anonymous function. Which code segment

should you use?

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 679

You are creating a class named Sedan that must inherit from the Car class.

The Sedan class must modify the inherited fourDoor () method.





Correct Answer: BC

QUESTION 680

DRAG DROP You are developing a web page for runners who register for a race. The page includes a slider

control that allows users to enter their age.





displayed.



area.

Each word or number may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 681

You are creating a JavaScript object that represents an employee. You need to extend the Employee object by

adding the GetPayroll() method. You need to ensure that all future instances of the Employee object implement

the GetPayroll() method. Which code segment should you use?

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 682


sheets.






Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 683


<


You need to add statements to an existing JavaScript function to sort the list items.

Which four actions should you perform in sequence? (Develop the solution by selecting the required code


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 684

You create an HTML5 webpage. You have the following HTML markup:






Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 685

You have the following code:









Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 686

You develop an HTML application that calls a web service to retrieve JSON data.

The web service contains one method named GetFullName that returns an Object named data.

The data object contains two properties named GivenName and Surname.

You need to load data from the web service to the webpage. How should you complete the relevant code? (To

answer, drag the appropriate code segment or code segments to the correct location or locations in the answer

area. Use only code segments that apply.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 687

A company asks you to create a function that displays loan amounts to their customers.


Display three different loan amounts to each customer.

Display loan amounts in order starting with the greatest amount and ending with the least amount.


appropriate command or commands to the correct location or locations in the answer area. Use only

commands that apply.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


A local variable can have the same name as a global variable, but it is entirely separate; changing the value of

one variable has no effect on the other. Only the local version has meaning inside the function in which it is

declared.

JavaScript processes all variable declarations before executing any code, whether the declaration is inside a

conditional block or other construct. Once JavaScript has found all the variables, it executes the code in the

function. If a variable is implicitly declared inside a function - that is, if it appears on the left side of an

assignment expression but has not been declared with var - it is created as a global variable.

An inner (nested) function stores references to the local variables that are present in the same scope as the

function itself, even after the function returns. This set of references is called a closure. In the following

example, the second call to the inner function outputs the same message ("Hello Bill") as the first call, because

the input parameter for the outer function, name, is a local variable that is stored in the closure for the inner

function.

http://www.w3schools.com/js/js_variables.asp

http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ie/bzt2dkta%28v=vs.94%29.aspx

<!doctype html>

<html lang="en">

<head>


function showLoanAmounts() {

var loanAmount = 400;

function showSomeLoanAmount() {


function showAnotherLoanAmount() {


alert(loanAmount);

}

showAnotherLoanAmount();

alert(loanAmount);

}

showSomeLoanAmount();

alert(loanAmount);

}

</script>

</head>

<body>

<button onclick="showLoanAmounts()">Show Amounts</button>

</body>

</html>

Mary-Q33/103

QUESTION 688

You are creating a function by using JavaScript.


The function must display loan amounts to the user within the following HTML element: <div id="display"></

div>

The loan amount of 2100 must display in the HTML element.

All declared variables and functions must be scoped to the myApp variable.

You need to implement the function. How should you complete the relevant code?

(To answer, drag the appropriate code segments to the correct location or locations in the answer area. Use


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 689

You are creating a function named getText().

The function must retrieve information from text files that are stored on a web server.

You need to develop the function to meet the requirement.

Which code segment or segments should you use? (To answer, drag the appropriate command from the list of

commands to the correct location or locations in the work area. Each code segment may be used once, more


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 690




The application must find out a user's location.

As the user moves, the application must update the screen with the new location.

As the user moves, the application must display the user's speed.



segments to the correct location in the work area. Each code segment may be used once, more than once, or


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


The HTML5 Geolocation API is used to get the geographical position of a user.

Since this can compromise user privacy, the position is not available unless the user approves it.

Use the getCurrentPosition() method to get the user's position.

watchPosition() returns the current position of the user and continues to return updated position as the user

moves (like the GPS in a car).

clearWatch() - Stops the watchPosition() method.

<script>

var x=document.getElementById("demo");

function getLocation()

{

if (navigator.geolocation) {

navigator.geolocation.getCurrentPosition(showPosition);

}

else { x.innerHTML = "Geolocation is not supported by this browser."; }

}

function showPosition(position) {

x.innerHTML = "Latitude: " + position.coords.latitude +

"<br>Longitude: " + position.coords.longitude;

}

</script>

The second parameter of the getCurrentPosition() method is used to handle errors. It specifies a function to

run if it fails to get the user's location:

function showError(error)

{

switch(error.code)

{

case error.PERMISSION_DENIED:

x.innerHTML="User denied the request for Geolocation."

break;

case error.POSITION_UNAVAILABLE:

x.innerHTML="Location information is unavailable."

break;

case error.TIMEOUT:

x.innerHTML="The request to get user location timed out."

break;

case error.UNKNOWN_ERROR:

x.innerHTML="An unknown error occurred."

break;

}

}

The getCurrentPosition() method returns an object if it is successful. The latitude, longitude and accuracy

properties are always returned. The other properties below are returned if available.

coords.latitude The latitude as a decimal number

coords.longitude The longitude as a decimal number

coords.accuracy The accuracy of position

coords.altitude The altitude in meters above the mean sea level

coords.altitudeAccuracy The altitude accuracy of position

coords.heading The heading as degrees clockwise from North

coords.speed The speed in meters per second

timestamp The date/time of the response

http://www.w3schools.com/html/html5_geolocation.asp

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Mary: getCurrentPosition, not watchPosition


Shouldnt the answer be navigator.geolocation,watchlocation(locSuccess, locFail)??

BioK from Ireland - Nov 06, 2013:

I think the same. Because it says "as the user moves, the app must update the screen with the new location"

and for that you'll need the navigator.geolocation.watchPosition

equiman from Colombia - Nov 03, 2013:

Q106: correct answer is navigator.geolocation.watchPosition and not getCurrentPosition.

Because current position only works one time. watchPosition work on each device move.

Anon from Netherlands - Nov 11, 2013:

navigator.geolocation.watchPosition(locSucces, locFail);

not

navigator.geolocation.getCurrentPosition(locSucces, locFail);

As equiman says, watchPosition keeps track of the position. getCurrentPosition just gets the position, but

doesn't keep track of it.

Mary-Q36/106

QUESTION 691

You develop an HTML application that calls a Simple Object Access Protocol (SOAP) web service to retrieve

data. You need to load data from the web service.

What should you do? (To answer, drag the appropriate code segment or code segments to the correct location

or locations in the answer area. Use only code segments that apply.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 692






300.




Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 693

You have a webpage that includes the following markup:







Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 694

You are developing a shared library to format information.





and arranging them in the correct order.


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


Da confermare

QUESTION 695

You create a webpage that includes the following HTML markup: (Line numbers are included for reference

only.)

You need to ensure that a form cannot be submitted unless the INPUT element contains the word OK.

Which five actions should you perform in sequence? (To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of

actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


The :first selector selects the first element.

Note: This selector can only select one single element. Use the :first-child selector to select more than one

element (one for each parent).

This is mostly used together with another selector to select the first element in a group

$("p:first")

The :first-child selector selects all elements that are the first child of their parent.

http://www.w3schools.com/jquery/sel_first.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/jquery/sel_firstchild.asp

<!DOCTYPE html>

<html>

<head>



</head>

<body>

<p>type OK to validate form.</p>

<form action="javascript:alert('success!');">

<div>

<input type="text" />

<input type="submit" />

</div>

</form>


$("form").submit(function() {

if ($("input:first").val() == "OK") {

return true;

}

return false;

});

</script>

</body>

</html>

Mary-Q66/136

QUESTION 696

You are implementing a web worker by using JavaScript and HTML5. The web worker processes a long-

running loop and returns the result to a webpage. The web worker is defined on the webpage as follows:


Evaluate the message value in the web worker.

Process the loop based on the iterations value that is passed from the webpage.

Return a value back to the webpage from the web worker.

You need to implement the web worker. How should you complete the relevant code? (To answer, drag the

appropriate code segment to the correct location or locations in the answer area. Use only code segments that

apply.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


A web worker is a JavaScript running in the background, without affecting the performance of the page.

When executing scripts in an HTML page, the page becomes unresponsive until the script is finished.

A web worker is a JavaScript that runs in the background, independently of other scripts, without affecting the

performance of the page. You can continue to do whatever you want: clicking, selecting things, etc., while the

web worker runs in the background.

Web Workers run in an isolated thread. As a result, the code that they execute needs to be contained in a

separate file. But before we do that, the first thing to do is create a new Worker object in your main page. The

constructor takes the name of the worker script:

var worker = new Worker('task.js');

If the specified file exists, the browser will spawn a new worker thread, which is downloaded asynchronously.

The worker will not begin until the file has completely downloaded and executed. If the path to your worker

returns an 404, the worker will fail silently.

After creating the worker, start it by calling the postMessage() method:

worker.postMessage(); // Start the worker.

Communication between a work and its parent page is done using an event model and the postMessage()

method. Depending on your browser/version, postMessage() can accept either a string or JSON object as its

single argument. The latest versions of the modern browsers support passing a JSON object.

Below is a example of using a string to pass 'Hello World' to a worker in doWork.js. The worker simply returns

the message that is passed to it.

Main script:

var worker = new Worker('doWork.js');

worker.addEventListener('message', function(e) {

console.log('Worker said: ', e.data);

}, false);

worker.postMessage('Hello World'); // Send data to our worker.

doWork.js (the worker):

self.addEventListener('message', function(e) {

self.postMessage(e.data);

}, false);


http://www.html5rocks.com/en/tutorials/workers/basics/

Mary-Q67/137

QUESTION 697

You create an HTML5 application that includes JavaScript. The application performs several AJAX

requests.One AJAX request retrieves order information from a web service and then sends the information

back to a webpage within the application. You must create a custom event.


The webpage must contain an HTML element named ordersListing that will receive the custom event

notification.

The event name must be ordersReceived.

The event must pass a custom value named orderCount.

The event must run a JavaScript method named showOrdersReceivedCount after the orders Listing HTML


Do not allow other DOM elements to receive the event.

Allow the event to be cancelled.

Send the event into the event system.




Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


HTML DOM events allow JavaScript to register different event handlers on elements in an HTML document.

Events are normally used in combination with functions, and the function will not be executed before the event

occurs (such as when a user clicks a button).

addEventListener allows the registration of event listeners on the event target.

dispatchEvent is the last step of the create-init-dispatch process, which is used for dispatching events into the

implementation's event model. The event can be created using document.createEvent method and initialized

using initEvent or other, more specific, initialization methods, such as initMouseEvent or initUIEvent.

The DOM CustomEvent are events initialized by an application for any purpose.

void CustomEvent(DOMString type, boolean canBubble, boolean cancelable, any detail);

Example:

// add an appropriate event listener

obj.addEventListener("cat", function(e) { process(e.detail) });

// create and dispatch the event

obj.dispatchEvent(new CustomEvent("cat", {"detail":{"hazcheeseburger":true}}));

http://www.w3schools.com/jsref/dom_obj_event.asp

https://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Web/API/CustomEvent

http://davidwalsh.name/customevent

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Mary: Answer

debez from Poland - Nov 12, 2013:

The answer seems to be wrong, but I cannot prepare a correct one with only 3 pieces of code.

Mary-Q78/148

QUESTION 698

You are developing an application by using JavaScript.


You need to complete the sum function. How should you complete the relevant code? (To answer, drag the

appropriate code segment or segments to the correct location or locations in the answer area. Use only code

segments that apply.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


The call method is used to call a method on behalf of another object. It allows you to change the this object of a

function from the original context to the new object specified by thisObj.

If thisObj is not supplied, the global object is used as thisObj.

call([thisObj[, arg1[, arg2[, [, argN]]]]])

http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ie/h2ak8h2y%28v=vs.94%29.aspx

Mary-Q79/149

QUESTION 699

You are developing a web page that includes the following HTML.





Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 700







Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 701



* An email address in a function named validateEmail (for example, [email protected])

* A nine-digit number that allows optional hyphens after the second and fifth character in a function named

validateSSN(for example, 555555555 or 555-55-5555)


function?




Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


Qualche dubbio

QUESTION 702




You need to implement this functionality. How should you develop the form? (To answer, drag the appropriate

code segment to the correct target or targets in the answer area. Each code segment may be used once, more


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 703



* Generate an error * Assign "200" to the error number

* Assign "Invalid" to the error description You need to write the code that meets the requirements.


location in the answer area.



Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 704



Which jQuery code segment or segments should you use?

(To answer, drag the appropriate line of code to the correct location. Each line of code may be used once, more


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:



QUESTION 705



The appropriate display resolution must be selected dynamically based on the device that is connecting to

the page.

Mobile devices with a maximum width of 480 pixels must be able to use the page.





Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


Mary-Q142/43, Q136/37 Annie-Q58,Q60.

QUESTION 706



You need to style the four anchor elements in the document. In what order should you specify the four anchor

selectors?



Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 707


custom binary datatype named bint.




* Retrieve and parse data from the web service by using binary format if possible

* Retrieve and parse the data from the web service by using XML when binary format is not possible





Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 708



* Execute a block of code if there is an error accessing the file

* Execute a second block of code whether or not there is an error accessing the file




Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 709




* The function must return "Number" if the object is a number

* The function must return "String" if the object is a string

* The function must return "Unknown" if the object is neither a number nor a string




Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 710



* Store a list of country codes in an array

* Validate the country code of the shipping address against the countries array

* Include a Boolean value in the array that indicates whether or not you can ship to the country

* Display a list of countries that can be shipped to if the user inputs a code for a country that the retailer cannot

ship to





Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 711




* Start and stop the web worker





Select and Place:

Correct Answer:



QUESTION 712










Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 713

An HTML page has a canvas element.

You need to draw a red rectangle on the canvas element dynamically.





Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


Mary-Q117/18,Q167/68. Annie-Q54,Q69

QUESTION 714

You are reviewing the CSS markup for an HTML5 page that displays a news article. The CSS markup for the

page is as follows:




Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 715

You review code that uses WebSockets for a browser-based multiplayer game. Each player sends a move to

the server, which then sends the move to all connected game instances. The following code runs in the browser

and handles the sending and receiving of moves:


described. Select No if it does not. Make only one selection in each row.

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:


The onmessage event is used to notify the app to process incoming data.

The onopen event fires only when a connection is made. To determine if a connection is still open, use

readyState. If you provide a protocol when opening a WebSocket, it is recommended that the app check the

protocol property to ensure the protocol was accepted by the server.

http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ie/cc197057%28v=vs.85%29.aspx

Mary-Q20/90

QUESTION 716

You develop an HTML messaging application that allows users to send messages.

The messages can have an optional file attachment that is identified by a filename. You use the following

function to send a message:



Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 717

You develop an HTML5 application that allows images to be dragged and dropped within a webpage. The

webpage contains a DIV element and four IMG elements as defined in the code segment below:



Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 718

You develop a webpage. You create the following HTML markup:



Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 719

You are creating a custom style by using CSS3.


If the text in a line must wrap to another line, the last word must be able to break across lines.

All text must be black and have a blue shadow, such that the text appears to glow blue.


You need to complete the CSS3 style. How should you complete the relevant code? (To answer, select the

appropriate option from each drop-down list in the answer area.)

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:


The text-shadow property applies shadow to text.


Note: The text-shadow property attaches one or more shadows to text. The property is a comma-separated list

of shadows, each specified by 2 or 3 length values and an optional color. Omitted lengths are 0.

h-shadow - Required. The position of the horizontal shadow. Negative values are allowed

v-shadow- Required. The position of the vertical shadow. Negative values are allowed

blur - Optional. The blur distance

color - Optional. The color of the shadow. Look at CSS Color Values for a complete list of possible color values

The word-break property specifies line breaking rules for non-CJK scripts.

word-break: normal | break-all | keep-all;

hyphens property controls whether hyphenation is allowed to create more soft wrap opportunities within a line

of text.

hyphens: none | manual | auto;

http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/css3_pr_text-shadow.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/css3_pr_word-break.asp

http://kenneth.io/blog/2012/03/04/word-wrapping-hypernation-using-css/

Mary-Q39/109

QUESTION 720

You are developing a web page. The webpage must display a container. The container must display three

colored rectangles near the top of the container. The colored rectangles are, in order, green, red, and yellow.

The rectangles are aligned horizontally and evenly spaced across the width of the container. The layout of the

page must resemble the following image:



Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 721

You review a web form that contains the following markup and code:




Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 722

You test a webpage that contains the following JavaScript code:



divide buttons.



Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 723

You troubleshoot a webpage that includes the following code segment:




Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 724

You develop an HTML5 webpage that contains the following markup and code:







Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 725


Visitors enter the currency type on the webpage and press the Submit button. The web service returns the

current exchange rate.

You need to ensure that the webpage always displays the most current information. How should you complete

the relevant code? (To answer, select the appropriate option from each drop-down list in the answer area.)

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:






Mary-Q53/123

QUESTION 726

You develop a webpage. The layout of the webpage must resemble the following image:



Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 727


the company sells. You need to display the contents of the products.xml file in a DIV element named Output.



Hot Area:

Correct Answer:


http://www.w3.org/TR/2006/WD-XMLHttpRequest-20060405/

QUESTION 728

You develop an interactive scalable vector graphics (SVG) application. You write the following HTML markup

that makes a rectangle rotate:




Hot Area:

Correct Answer:


SVG stands for Scalable Vector Graphics. SVG defines graphics in XML format.

Advantages of using SVG over other image formats (like JPEG and GIF) are:

SVG images can be created and edited with any text editor

SVG images can be searched, indexed, scripted, and compressed

SVG images are scalable

SVG images can be printed with high quality at any resolution

SVG images are zoomable (and the image can be zoomed without degradation)

SVG is an open standard

SVG files are pure XML

The <g> element is a container used to group objects. Transformations applied to the g element are performed

on all of its child elements. Attributes applied are inherited by child elements. In addition, it can be used to

define complex objects that can later be referenced with the <use> element.

The transform attribute defines a list of transform definitions that are applied to an element and the element's

children. The items in the transform list are separated by whitespace and/or commas, and are applied from

right to left.

translate(<x> [<y>]) - this transform definition specifies a translation by x and y. If y is not provided, it is

assumed to be zero.

The setInterval() method calls a function or evaluates an expression at specified intervals (in milliseconds).

The setInterval() method will continue calling the function until clearInterval() is called, or the window is closed.

The ID value returned by setInterval() is used as the parameter for the clearInterval() method.

The transform property applies a 2D or 3D transformation to an element. This property allows you to rotate,

scale, move, skew, etc., elements.

object.style.transform="rotate(7deg)"

http://www.w3schools.com/svg/

http://www.w3.org/TR/SVG/struct.html#Groups

https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/SVG/Element/g

https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/SVG/Attribute/transform

http://www.w3schools.com/jsref/met_win_setinterval.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/css3_pr_transform.asp

<!DOCTYPE html>

<html>

<head>

<script>

var squareShape;

var myTimer;

function startAnimation() {

squareShape = document.getElementById('mySquare');

squareShape.currentTheta = 0;

myTimer = setInterval(animateImage, speed.value);

animateImage();

}

function animateImage() {

squareShape.setAttribute("transform", "rotate(" +

squareShape.currentTheta + ")");

squareShape.currentTheta += 0.1;

}

</script>

</head>

<body>

<svg width="200px" height="200px">

<g transform="translate(400, 400)" id="myImage">

<rect id="mySquare" x="-10" y="-10" width="20" height="20" color="blue"/>

</g>

</svg>

<input id="speed" type="text" value="10" />

<button id="zoom" onclick="startAnimation();">Start</button>

</body>

</html>

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Mary&Sam: Answer

1. squareShape = document.mySquare;

2. myTimer = myTimer.Interval(speed.value);

3. squareShape.setAttribute("transform", "angle" +


The answer seems quite wrong.

Hansbla from Netherlands - Nov 04, 2013:

Answers are (at least it works like this in my code)

squareShape = document.getElementById('mySquare');

myTimer = setInterval(animateImage, speed.value);

squareShape.setAttribute("transform", "rotate(" + squareShape.curentTheta + ")");

Mary-Q65/135

QUESTION 729

You create a custom style by using CSS3. A box with rounded corners must appear around text.

The box must match the following illustration:

You need to add the CSS3 markup to your style. How should you complete the relevant CSS styles? (To


Hot Area:

Correct Answer:


The box-shadow property attaches one or more drop-shadows to the box.

box-shadow: h-shadow v-shadow blur spread color inset;

The box-sizing property allows you to define certain elements to fit an area in a certain way.

For example, if you want two bordered boxes side by side, it can be achieved through setting box-sizing to

"border-box". This forces the browser to render the box with the specified width and height, and place the

border and padding inside the box.

box-sizing: content-box | border-box | inherit;

The border-radius property is a shorthand property for setting the four border-*-radius properties.

border-radius: 1-4 length|% / 1-4 length|%;

The border-spacing property sets the distance between the borders of adjacent cells (only for the "separated

borders" model).

border-spacing: length length;

http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/css3_pr_border-radius.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/css3_pr_box-shadow.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/css3_pr_box-sizing.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_border-spacing.asp

Mary-Q73/143

QUESTION 730

You implement a callback function by using JavaScript. You need to process the returned XML data. How

should you complete the relevant code? (To answer, select the appropriate option from each drop-down list in

the answer area.)

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 731

You review a webpage that contains the following markup:



Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 732

You are creating a custom CSS3 style.


* box1 has a red outline.

* box1 contains box2, and box2 must remain inside box1

* box2 must have a green to black gradient.

* box2 must be surrounded by white space.




Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 733

You are validating user input by using built-in JavaScript functions.


* Store the value that is entered in a variable named inputValue

* Use the built-in isNaN(tnputValue) function to evaluate the data type



area.)

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 734





Hot Area:

Correct Answer:



QUESTION 735

You are developing an HTML5 application for a company.

You apply the following style to a DIV element on a page.


Which illustration should you submit? (To answer, select the appropriate illustration in the answer area.)

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 736






B. <input id="txtValue" type="text" required="required"/>

C. <input id="txtVa!ue" type="text" pattern=" [A-Za-z] {3} "/>


Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 737

You are developing an HTML5 web form to collect feedback information from site visitors.


* Allow numeric values between 1 and 10.

* Default to the value of 5.

* Display as a slider control on the page.



B. Rating (Between 1 and 10): <input type="number" name="rating" min="1" max="10" defaulc="5">



Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 738

You develop an HTML5 application for a company. Employees must enter a personal identification number



* Allow up to 6 digits.

* Do not display numbers as they are entered.

* Display the text Enter PIN Code before the user enters any data.



E.

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 739




You need to add validation to the input field.


A. <input id="txtValue" type="text" pattern="/#" />


C. <input id="txtValue" type="integer" />


Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 740



* Add a drop shadow that is one inch below the text in the paragraph

* Set the radius of the drop shadow to five pixels


A. Text-shadow: 72pt 0pt 5pt

B. Text-shadow: 0px 1in 5px;

C. Text-shadow: 72pt 0em 5px;

D. Text-shadow: 100px 0px 5px;

Correct Answer: B


text-shadow : left top blur(blur radius) color

also

text-shadow: 0px 72pt 5px; beacuse 1in=72pt

QUESTION 741

You develop a webpage. The webpage must display a grid that contains one row and five columns. Columns

one, three, and five are the same width. Columns two and four are the same width, but much wider than

columns one, three, and five.

The grid resembles the following image:

The grid must meet the following requirements:

Each row must be tall enough to ensure that images are not cut off.

Each row must contain five columns.

The width of the columns must not change when the screen is resized or rotated.

You need to define the style for the grid. Which CSS3 style should you use?

Correct Answer: C


-ms-grid-columns property gets or sets one or more values that specify the width of each grid column within

the object.

-ms-grid-columns: [ auto | width | min-content | max-content | minmax(min, max) ]

+ | none

-ms-grid-rows property gets or sets one or more values that specify the height of each grid row within the

object.

-ms-grid-rows: [ auto | height | min-content | max-content | minmax(min, max) ] +

| none

auto - The width of a column is computed based on the widest child element in that column. This keyword is

equivalent to minmax(min-content, max-content).

width - The width of each column specified as one of the following values:

A length consisting of an integer number, followed by an absolute units designator ("cm", "mm", "in", "pt", or

"pc") or a relative units designator ("em", "ex", or "px").

A percentage of the object width.

A proportion of the remaining horizontal space (that is, the object width, less the combined widths of other

tracks), consisting of an integer number followed by a fractional designator ("fr"). For example, if "200px 1fr

2fr" is specified, the first column is allocated 200 pixels, and the second and third columns are allocated 1/3

and 2/3 of the remaining width, respectively.

min-content - The minimum width of any child elements is used as the width of the column.

max-content - The maximum width of any child elements is used as the width of the column.

minmax(min, max) - The width of the row is between min and max, as available space allows. The min and

max parameters can be any other value of the -ms-grid-columns property, except for auto.

none - Initial value. The object has no specified columns. Implicit, auto-sized columns will still be created

based on the grid position(s) of the child element(s).

This property also supports a repeating syntax. If there are a large number of columns that are the same or

exhibit a recurring pattern, a repeat syntax can be applied to define the columns in a more compact form.

-ms-grid-columns: 10px 250px 10px 250px 10px 250px 10px 250px 10px;

is equivalent to

-ms-grid-columns: 10px (250px 10px)[4];

http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/apps/hh466340.aspx


Mary-Q21/91

QUESTION 742

You implement an application by using HTML5 and JavaScript. You create a webpage that contains the

following HTML:

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 743






Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 744



* An H1 element must be placed at the top left corner of the page.

* The size and location of the H1 element must not change if additional elements are added to the page.



Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 745


<span id = "myTextSpan" class = "redText"> Hello There! </span>


Which two CSS segments will achieve the goal?


Correct Answer: AC


TAMARA

QUESTION 746


<span id="myTextSpan" class="myStyle">Hello, World!</Span>

You need to use inline CSS styling to format the text with Arial font.


Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 747

You develop an HTML5 webpage. You have the following JavaScript code:

You need to handle the click event when a user clicks the show/Dialog button.


A. $ (document).trigger("click", "#showDialog", function (e) {

B. $ (document).on ("#showDialog", "click", function (e) {

C. $(document).toggle("click", "#showDialog", function (e) {

D. $(document).on("click", "#showDialog", function (e) {

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 748

You are developing an application that processes order information. Thousands of orders are processed daily.

The application includes the following code segment. (Line numbers are included for reference only.)


Display the number of orders processed and the number of orders remaining Update the display for every 25th

record processed

You need to develop the application to meet these requirements.


A. If (!(counter % 25))

B. if (counter == 25)

C. if (counter >> 25 == 0)

D. if (counter >> 25 == 0)

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 749

You troubleshoot a webpage that contains the following HTML markup: (Line numbers are included for

reference only.)

The webpage also contains the following JavaScript function named someEvent() that is declared in the HEAD

section of the HTML:

Function someEvent() {

Alert('someEvent fired!');

}

The JavaScript function named someEvent() must run only when the user clicks the DIV element, not the

INPUT elements.

You need to modify the webpage to invoke the JavaScript function named someEvent().

What should you do? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose two.)

Correct Answer: AC

QUESTION 750

You develop a webpage by using HTML5.

The user interface of the webpage must show a gray-lined box that contains the label Enter your information:.

Inside the box are two labels and two input boxes. The first input box must be labeled Name:. The second input

box must be labeled Email:. Below the box is a Submit button.

The user interface must look like the following;

You need to crate the user Interface.

Which markup should you use?

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 751

You are developing an application to track project management for your company. The status of the project is

stored in a variable named percentComplete.

The method must execute only when percentComplete is equal to the numeric value 100.

You need to develop the application to meet the requirement.


E.

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 752

You develop a website for a company by using HTML5.


Allow multiple news postings per page under the title "Welcome to the Semantic Web!".

Search engines must be able to index individual news postings.

News postings must be styled by using the following CSS markup:

. posting { line-height: 150%; )

You need to structure the markup for each individual news posting.

How should you complete the relevant markup? (To answer, drag the appropriate markup to the correct

location or locations in the answer area. Use only markup that applies.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 753

You have a webpage that includes the following markup and code:

You need to troubleshoot the code by clicking the Submit button.

Which value will be displayed?

A. 10

B. 20

C. Undefined

D. Runtime error

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 754




In addition to your CSS, you must use a corporate branded stylesheet named corporate.ess.

The corporate.ess file contains the style rule that must be used for .newsItem.

You must use the corporate.ess file to ensure that the webpage changes when the brand changes.


You cannot modify the corporate.ess file.


What should you do?

A. Add a CSS class named .newsItemUpdates to the webpage, add only the new styles to this class, and

update the class attribute of the HTML markup:


B. Update the corporate.ess file to include! important for each rule for the .newsItem. class, and add the new

CSS rules to the webpage by using the CSS class .newsItem.

C. Add a CSS class named .newsitemUpdates to the webpage, add the new styles to this class, and update

the HTML markup to replace the .newsItem class with this new class:


D. Add the new CSS rules to the webpage by using the CSS class .newsItem, and add! important to each rule.

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 755

You are developing an e-commerce website. Users place products into a shopping cart.

You need to ensure that the shopping cart data is available between browser sessions.

Which object should you use to store the shopping cart data?

A. clientStorage

B. localStorage

C. applicationStorage

D. sessionStorage

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 756


A. $ ('input [name!="name"]') .ess ({ 'background-color' : ' #E0ECF8'}) ;

B. ${'input [name~="name"] ') .ess ({ 'background-color' : ' #E0ECF8' }) ;

C. ${'input[name*="name"]').ess({'background=color': #E0ECF8'});

D. $( 'input [name$="name"] ') .ess ({ 'background-color' : '#E0ECF8'});

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 757

You are developing a web application by using HTML5.


The color of a menu item must change when a user hovers over the item.

The color of the menu item must change back to its original color after five seconds.

You need to ensure that the animation is applied to all menu items.

Which CSS3 code should you use?

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 758

You are implementing an HTML page that uses a custom sans-serif font. The CSS statement for the page is as

follows.

Some users report that text is displayed in the default font for the browser. You need to modify the CSS

statement to ensure that the content is displayed with the custom font.


Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 759

Your company uses a third-party component that generates HTML for a website. The third-party component

creates DIV elements that display a yellow background.

The third-party component uses inline styles in the DIV elements that are inconsistent with your corporate

standards. You must override the DIV elements in the style sheet with the corporate styles.

You need to ensure that the website meets corporate standards.

Which style should you apply?

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 760


Users must receive a message after they click the Submit button if the text entered into the favoriteColor text

box is fewer than 2 characters or greater then 10 characters.

You need to implement the tastLenght() function.


Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 761

You are developing a website that helps users locate theaters in their area from a browser. You created a

function named findTheaters ().

The function must:

1. Get the current latitude and longitude of the user's device

2. Pass the user's location to findTheaters()

3. The user needs to access the geolocation information from the browser before searching for theaters.


A.

B.

C.

D.

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 762

You are developing an HTML web application. The application loads data from a web service by using AJAX.

The application displays the data by calling the displayData function.

The data is loaded using the following code:

You need to ensure that the data is displayed when it is successfully retrived from the web service.


Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 763

You are developing a web page that performs CPU-intensive calculations. A web worker processes these

calculations on a separate background thread. The process is instantiated from the web page.

You need to stop the web worker process after the calculations are completed.

Which two actions can you perform to achieve this goal? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution.

Choose two.)

A. From the web page, call the close() method.

B. From the web worker process, call the terminate() method.

C. From the web page, call the terminate() method.

D. From the web worker process, call the close() method.

Correct Answer: CD

QUESTION 764

You are developing an HTML5 page named main.html. The JavaScript code for the main page is located in a

file named myApp.js.

You need to create a web worker and instantiate it from main.html.

Where should you place the web worker code?

A. In the myApp.js file

B. In the main.html file

C. In a separate .js (JavaScript) file

D. In a separate executable file

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 765







Which code you should insert at line 09 ?

A. throw new ValidatiorException (123, "Day of week must be less than 7");




Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 766

You are developing an application that retrieves a stock rate from an external web service. A web page displays

a simple rotating animation to indicate whether the stock rate is increased or

decreased.

The default image, as shown in the following graphic, indicates unchanged or neutral.

The arrow must point down if the stock rate is decreased, as shown in the following graphic.

You need to ensure that the arroe points down when the stock rate decreases.

Which CSS style should you apply?

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 767

You are troubleshooting a web page that includes the following code segment.

You need to evaluate the value of the variable x.

What will be displayed in the user interface?

A. 0

B. 1

C. 2

D. An error

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 768

You develop an HTML5 chat application.

You need to provide real-time updates to the messages that users post in the chat application.

What should you do?

A. Use get o to obtain data updates.

B. Use a RESTful web service.

C. Use WebSockets.

D. Use ajaxo to obtain data updates.

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 769

You are creating a rotating image of a company logo.

The logo must spin on a horizontal axis and on a vertical axis.

You need to use the least amount of development effort to meet the requirement.

What should you do?

A. Create an Image Spinner object, load the image into the spinner, and set the horizontal and vertical rotation

properties.

B. Create a Canvas Globe transform and set the image as the globe object. Set the horizontal and vertical

rotation properties.

C. Create a single Canvas 3D transform and load the image into it. Set the rotation properties.

D. Create a Canvas 2D transform and set the image to rotate horizontally and vertically.

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 770

You are developing an HTML5 web application that provides a discussion forum for users. When a

user registers to access the application, the user enters an email address.

Users can enter data that can result in cross-site scripting (XSS) attacks.

You need to ensure that email input is as secure as possible.

Which two techniques should you use? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose two.)

A. Remove all nonalphanumeric characters before submitting data.

B. Use the email tag in forms where the email address is entered.

C. Display all email addresses inside of an HTML5 ADDRESS element.

D. Use jQuery validation with a regular expression to ensure that email addresses are valid.

E. Ensure that all form data is encrypted when it is submitted.

Correct Answer: BD

QUESTION 771

You are creating a blog site by using HTML5 and JavaScript. An inline frame enables users to post comments.

It is possible for users to inject malicious scripts into their comments.

You need to minimize the ability for malicious scripts to execute on the site.


A. <iframe sandbox src="frame1.htmlnX/iframe>

B. <iframe seamless="allowscripts" src="frame1.html"<>/iframe>

C. <iframe seamless src="frame1.html"></iframe>

D. <iframe sandbox="allowscripts" src"frame1.html"x/iframe>

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 772

You develop an HTML5 application that interacts with a REST service. The REST service accepts JSON data.

A JavaScript object named form Data contains data that is sent to the REST service.

You need to convert the JavaScript object named formData into JSON.


A. jQuery.ajax.valueOf(formData);

B. window.evai(formData);

C. JSON.stringify (formData);

D. formData.toString();

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 773

You are developing an HTML page that includes the following code.

<h1 id="header">A Static Page</hl>

You need to modify the content of the HI element dynamically by using JavaScript.


Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 774

You are developing a web page that will contain an animated logo. The web page currently has a logo image on

a canvas object.

You need to spin the logo image on the canvas.


A. context.rotate()

B. context.spin()

C. context.translatePosition()

D. context.setTransform()

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 775


You must invoke a function that displays the vehicle information within the following HTML element:

<div id="display" />

The output of the function must appear on the webpage as follows:

Vehicle Color is silver

Stay safe!

Vehicle TransmissionType is

manual

Big machine!

You need to invoke a function that displays the required output in the HTML element.

Which two code segments should you use? (each correct answer present a complete solution. Choose two.)

E.

Correct Answer: CE

QUESTION 776





Correct Answer: B


The appendChild method establishes a father-child relationship between two nodes. If the father node has

children already, the new child will be appended as the last one, and hence can be accessed via the lastChild

method. When calling the appendChild, the child node is specified as the method's parameter:

fatherObj.appendChild(childObj);

The applyElement method connects a child to its target father, which has been stripped down from its existing

children and father. When calling the applyElement method, the father node is specified as the method's

parameter:

childObj.applyElement(fatherObj);

QUESTION 777









C. text-shadow: 72pt 5em 0px;


Correct Answer: D


See TextShadow

72pnt = 1nch


h-shadow Required. The position of the horizontal shadow. Negative values are allowed

v-shadow Required. The position of the vertical shadow. Negative values are allowed

blur Optional. The blur distance

color Optional. The color of the shadow. Look at CSS Color Values for a complete list of possible color

values

QUESTION 778



You must place content in the first column of the second row.

The content must span two columns.



Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 779

You are developing application web form by using HTML5 and JavaScript.



Correct Answer: A



QUESTION 780



An email address in a function named validateEmail

A nine-digit number that allows optional hyphens after the second and fifth character in a function named

validateSSN

You need to use the correct expression to validate the input.

Which expression should you insert into each function?




Select and Place:

Correct Answer:



QUESTION 781


The form must capture the email address and return it as a query string parameter. The query string

parameter must display the @ symbol that is used in the email address.



(To answer, drag the appropriate code segment to the correct target or targets in the answer area. Each code



Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


AJAX

EncodeUri

QUESTION 782



Generate an error

Assign "200" to the error number

Assign "Invalid" to the error description





Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


Throw Error JavaScript

QUESTION 783


The data being retrieved is a custom binary datatype named bint. The data can also be represented in XML.



Retrieve and parse data from the web service using binary format if possible

Retrieve and parse the data from the web service using XML when binary format is not possible



Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 784




Users must be able to save information in the application about their favorite destination airport.

The airport information must be displayed in the destination text box whenever the user returns to

the page.



answer area.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 785



Register an event listener for the web worker

Start and stop the web worker



answer area.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 786


The function accepts an object as the parameter and returns a string that identifies the data type of the object.


The function must return "Number" if the object is a number

The function must return "String" if the object is a string

The function must return "Unknown" if the object is neither a number nor a string


How should you build the code segment? (To answer, drag the appropriate word to the correct location in the

code segment. Each word may be used once, more than once, or not at all.)


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


Mary-Q122/23, Q157/58. Annie-Q56, Q65.

QUESTION 787


sheets. The styles are not being applied correctly to the pages in the application.


In which order should you use the five style sheets? (To answer, move the style sheet types from the list of style

sheet types to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


See W3.Org

To find the value for an element/property combination, user agents must apply the following sorting order:

1.Find all declarations that apply to the element and property in question, for the target media type.

Declarations apply if the associated selector matches the element in question and the target medium

matches the media list on all @media rules containing the declaration and on all links on the path through

which the style sheet was reached.

2. Sort according to importance (normal or important) and origin (author, user, or user agent). In ascending

order of precedence:

user agent declarations

user normal declarations

author normal declarations

author important declarations

user important declarations

3. Sort rules with the same importance and origin by specificity of selector: more specific selectors will override

more general ones. Pseudo-elements and pseudo-classes are counted as normal elements and classes,

respectively.

4. Finally, sort by order specified: if two declarations have the same weight, origin and specificity, the latter

specified wins. Declarations in imported style sheets are considered to be before any declarations in the style

sheet itself.

Apart from the "!important" setting on individual declarations, this strategy gives author's style sheets higher

weight than those of the reader. User agents must give the user the ability to turn off the influence of specific

author style sheets, e.g., through a pull-down menu. Conformance to UAAG 1.0 checkpoint 4.14 satisfies this

condition [UAAG10].

QUESTION 788



The appropriate display resolution must be selected dynamically based on the device connecting to

the page.

Mobile devices with a maximum width of 480 pixels must be able to use the page.



answer area.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 789


Styles must be defined for all hyperlinks on the page so that the applied style reflects the last user action.


In what order should you specify the four anchor selectors? (To answer, move the appropriate anchor

selectors from the list of CSS codes to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


You can learn about the anchor pseudo-classes here: W3Schools

As it states:



QUESTION 790



must display the @ symbol that is used in the email address.





Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


Reference:



QUESTION 791


The data being retrieved is a custom binary datatype named bint.




Retrieve and parse data from the web service by using binary format if possible

Retrieve and parse the data from the web service by using XML when binary format is not possible





Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


Mary-Q107/8,Q151/52. Annie-Q63,Q51

QUESTION 792

You are developing an application for an online retailer.

The company ships only to certain countries.



Validate the country code of the shipping address against the countries array

Include a Boolean value in the array that indicates whether or not you can ship to the country

Display a list of countries that can be shipped to if the user inputs a code for a country that the retailer

cannot ship to


Which code segment or segments should you use?

(To answer, drag the appropriate code segment or segments from the list of code segments to the correct



Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


http://www.w3schools.com/js/js_loop_for.asp


QUESTION 793









Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


Normally, the code pertaining to a web worker resides in a separate JavaScript file. The parent thread creates

a new worker by specifying the script file's URI in the Worker constructor, which asynchronously loads and

executes the JavaScript file.

var primeWorker = new Worker('prime.js');

To start a worker, the parent thread posts a message to the worker, like this:

var current = $('#prime').attr('value');

primeWorker.postMessage(current);

Workers are resource-intensive; they are OS-level threads. Therefore, you do no want to create a large number

of worker threads, and you should terminate the web worker after it completes its work. Workers can terminate

themselves, like this:

self.close();

Or a parent thread can terminate a worker:

primeWorker.terminate();

To send a message back from a worker to the page, the process is reversed; the web worker uses the

postMessage() function, and the web page receives the message by handling the message event on the web

worker object;

The self variable is an alias for this; it references the Worker object from code being run by the object. All

web workers create the self alias when they start running, and it is recommended that you use it rather than

this; it is possible that the code being run by the web worker manipulates this after the web worker has been

started, so performing this.close() might not have expected effect.

http://net.tutsplus.com/tutorials/javascript-ajax/getting-started-with-web-workers/

Mary-Q120/21,Q160/61. Annie-Q55,Q67.

QUESTION 794

You are developing an airline reservation website by using HTML5 and JavaScript.

A page on the site allows users to enter departure and destination airport information and to search for tickets.



The airport information must be displayed in the destination text box whenever the user returns to the page.


Which line or lines of code should you use?

(To answer, drag the appropriate command or commands from the list of commands to the correct location or



Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


Mary-Q113/14,Q162/63. Annie-Q52,Q68

QUESTION 795

You are developing a HTML5 page.



A. <section>

B. <footer>

C. <header>

D. <aside>

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 796

Correct Answer: B


QUESTION 797

Correct Answer: B


QUESTION 798

Correct Answer: B


QUESTION 799

Correct Answer: B


QUESTION 800



- Generate an error

- Assign "200" to the error number

- Assign "Invalid" to the error description



area.)

A. See Explaination for answer

B.

C.

D.

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 801

You are creating a JavaScript object that represents a customer.




Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 802






Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 803





validateSSN


function?





B.

C.

D.

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 804



parseXml() and parseBint() are defined on the page.







B.

C.

D.

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 805







displayed.





B.

C.

D.

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 806





Correct Answer: B


The appendChild method establishes a father-child relationship between two nodes. If the father node has


method. When calling the appendChild, the child node is specified as the method's parameter:


The applyElement method connects a child to its target father, which has been stripped down from its existing

children and father. When calling the applyElement method, the father node is specified as the method's

parameter:


QUESTION 807







Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 808

You develop an HTML5 web application. The web application contains a form that allows users to enter only

their month of birth.

The value that the users enter must be numbers between 1 and 12, inclusive.

You need to implement the form element for the month of birth. Which element should you use?

A. <input type="time" options="month" />

B. <input types="submit" value="month" />

C. <input type="range" min="1" max="12" />

D. <input type="month" itemscope="numeric" />

Correct Answer: C


The range type is used for input fields that should contain a value from a range of numbers.

You can also set restrictions on what numbers are accepted.

Define a control for entering a number whose exact value is not important (like a slider control):

<input type="range" name="points" min="1" max="10">

Use the following attributes to specify restrictions:

max - specifies the maximum value allowed

min - specifies the minimum value allowed

step - specifies the legal number intervals

value - Specifies the default value


Mary-Q46/116

QUESTION 809

You are creating a page that contains detailed employee information for a company portal. The page uses a

jQuery library. The page contains a hidden button named btnEdit that is defined by the following code.

<button id="btnEdit" style="display: none;n>Edit</button>

The button is not displayed by default.

The button must be displayed only if the user is logged on.

You need to add code to the document.ready() function to meet the requirements for the button.


A. $ (`#btnEdit').appear ();

B. $ (`#btnEdit').visible = true;

C. $ (`#btnEdit').show();

D. $ (`#btnEdit').Visible();

Correct Answer: C


With no parameters, the .show() method is the simplest way to display an element:

$( ".target" ).show();

QUESTION 810




Allow up to 6 digits.

Do not display numbers as they are entered.

Display the text Enter PIN Code before the user enters any data.



A. Option A

B. Option B

C. Option C

D. Option D

E. Option E

Correct Answer: D


* The isNaN() function determines whether a value is an illegal number (Not-a-Number).

This function returns true if the value is NaN, and false if not.

* JavaScript Form Validation

JavaScript can be used to validate data in HTML forms before sending off the content to a server.

Form data that typically are checked by a JavaScript could be:

has the user left required fields empty?

has the user entered a valid e-mail address?

has the user entered a valid date?

has the user entered text in a numeric field?

* document.getElementByID

Returns a reference to the element by its ID.

Syntax

element = document.getElementById(id);

where

element is a reference to an Element object, or null if an element with the specified ID is not in the

document.

id is a case-sensitive string representing the unique ID of the element being sought.

* The getElementsByName() method accesses all elements with the specified name. Gets a collection of

objects based on the value of the NAME or ID attribute.

Syntax

document.getElementsByName(name)

QUESTION 811



name.


A. $ ('input [name!="name"]') .css ({ 'background-color' : ' #E0ECF8'}) ;

B. ${'input [name="~name"] ') .css ({ 'background-color' : ' #E0ECF8' }) ;

C. ${'input[name="*name"]').css({'background=color': #E0ECF8'});

D. $( 'input [name="$name"] ') .css ({ 'background-color' : '#E0ECF8'});

Correct Answer: C


The string pattern "*name" matches all strings that ends with name.

QUESTION 812


You need to add a background color to the first article in each section.


A. $("section article:first-child").css("background-color", "#f2f2f2");

B. $("section:first-child").css ("background-color", "#f2f2f2");

C. $("article:first-of-type").css("background-color", "#f2f2f2");

D. $("section:first-of-type").css("background-color", "#f2f2f2");

Correct Answer: C


The :first-child selector is used to select the specified selector, only if it is the first child of its parent.

The :first-of-type selector matches every element that is the first child, of a particular type, of its parent.

http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/sel_firstchild.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/sel_first-of-type.asp

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<!DOCTYPE html>

<html>

<head>




function onColor() {

$("article:first-of-type").css("background-color", "#f2f2f2");

}

</script>

</head>

<body>

<section id="news">

<h1>World News</h1>

<article id="news1">News 1</article>



</section>

<section id="sports">

<h1>Sports</h1>

<article id="sports1">Sport 1</article>



</section>

<button onclick="onColor()">Color</button>

</body>

</html>

Mary-Q87/157

QUESTION 813



Allow numeric values between 1 and 10.

Default to the value of 5.

Display as a slider control on the page.

You need to add the INPUT element to the form.

Which HTML element should you add?


B. Rating (Between 1 and 10): <input type="number" name="rating" min="1" max="10" default="5">



Correct Answer: C


input type="range"

The <input type="range"> is used for input fields that should contain a value within a range.

Depending on browser support, the input field can be displayed as a slider control.

Example

<form>

<input type="range" name="points" min="0" max="10"> </form>

QUESTION 814

You develop an HTML application that is located at www.adventure-works.com. The application must load

JSON data from www.fabrikam.com.

You need to choose an approach for loading the data.

What should you do?

A. Add a crossdomain.xml file to the second server.

B. Configure Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) on the servers.

C. Load the data in a JavaScript timeout callback.

D. Reference the remote data as an XML resource.

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 815

You are developing a customer contact form that will be displayed on a page of a company's website. The

page collects information about the customer.

If a customer enters a value before submitting the form, it must be a valid email address. You need to

ensure that the data validation requirement is met.

What should you use?

A. <input name="email" type="input" required="required"/>

B. <input name=email" type="url" required="email"/>

C. <input name="email" class" email"/>

D. <input name="email" type="email"/>

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 816




In addition to your CSS, you must use a corporate branded stylesheet named corporate.css.

The corporate.css file contains the style rule that must be used for .newsItem.

You must use the corporate.css file to ensure that the webpage changes when the brand changes.


You cannot modify the corporate.css file.


What should you do?

A. Add a CSS class named .newsItemUpdates to the webpage, add only the new styles to this class, and

update the class attribute of the HTML markup:


B. Update the corporate.css file to include! important for each rule for the .newsItem. class, and add the

new CSS rules to the webpage by using the CSS class .newsItem.

C. Add a CSS class named .newsitemUpdates to the webpage, add the new styles to this class, and

update the HTML markup to replace the .newsItem class with this new class:


D. Add the new CSS rules to the webpage by using the CSS class .newsItem, and add! important to each

rule.

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 817







You need to complete the code to meet the requirements.


A. throw new ValidationException.Exception (123, "Day of week must be les3 than 7");




Correct Answer: A


Example:

if (value < -100 || value > 100)

{

throw new ValidationException(String.Format("Value is {0} than {1}.", (value > 100 ? "greater" : "less"),

value));

}

QUESTION 818


The form must capture the email address and return it as a query string parameter. The query

string parameter must display the @ symbol that is used in the email address.


How should you develop the form? (To answer, drag the appropriate code segment to the correct

target or targets in the answer area. Each code segment may be used once, more than once, or not

at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


Reference:



QUESTION 819

You are developing a web application that retrieves data from a web service. The data being

retrieved is a custom binary datatype named bint. The data can also be represented in XML.



Retrieve and parse data from the web service using binary format if

possible

Retrieve and parse the data from the web service using XML when binary

format is not possible


What should you do? (To answer, select the appropriate options from the drop-down lists in the

answer area.)

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 820

You are developing a web page for runners who register for a race. The page includes a slider

control that allows users to enter their age.



Applications must not be accepted from runners less than 18 years of age

or greater than 90 years.

The slider control must be set to the average age (37) of all registered

runners when the page is first displayed.


What should you do? (To answer, drag the appropriate word or number to the correct location in

the answer area. Each word or number may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 821

You are developing an airline reservation website by using HTML5 and JavaScript. A page on

the site allows users to enter departure and destination airport information and search for tickets.


Users must be able to save information in the application about their

favorite destination airport.

The airport information must be displayed in the destination text box

whenever the user returns to the page.


Which lines of code should you use? (To answer, select the appropriate options from the dropdown

lists in the answer area.)

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 822



You need to display the image by using the correct semantic markup. What should you do? (To answer, select

the appropriate options from the drop-down list in the answer area.)

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 823


You need to draw a red rectangle on the CANVAS element dynamically. The rectangle should

resemble the following graphic.

How should you build the code segment? (To answer, drag the appropriate line of code to the

correct location. Each line of code may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


Reference:


QUESTION 824






Which code segment should you use? (To answer, select the appropriate option from the drop- down list in the

answer area.)

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 825

You are creating a function by using JavaScript. The function accepts an object as the parameter

and returns a string that identifies the data type of the object.


The function must return "Number" if the object is a number

The function must return "String" if the object is a string

The function must return "Unknown" if the object is neither a number nor

a string


How should you build the code segment? (To answer, drag the appropriate word to the correct

location in the code segment. Each word may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You

may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


Reference:


QUESTION 826

You are creating an application by using HTML5 and CSS3. The styles for the pages are derived

from five style sheets.



In which order should you use the five style sheets? (To answer, move the style sheet types from

the list of style sheet types to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


Reference:

http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/cascade.html

From highest priority to lowest priority.

User important style sheets

Author important style sheets

Author normal style sheets

User normal style sheets

User agent style sheets

It is pretty clear in this article: http://www.quora.com/In-what-order-do-CSS-definitions-takepriority

CSS declarations are applied in this order (from lowest to highest priority):

User agent declarations (the default styles your browser applies to elements)

User normal declarations (a user's own stylesheet if they're using one)

Author normal declarations (this is your normal stylesheet)

Author important declarations (anything your mark important)

User important declarations (any important styles from the user's stylesheet)

QUESTION 827


You need to ensure that if a hyperlink contains an image, the linked web page opens in a new

window.

Which jQuery code segment or segments should you use? (To answer, drag the appropriate line

of code to the correct location. Each line of code may be used once, more than once, or not at all.


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 828

You are developing an HTML5 application for a company. You apply the following style to a

DIV element on a page.


Which illustration should you submit? (To answer, select the appropriate illustration in the

answer area.)

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 829



The appropriate display resolution must be selected dynamically based on

the device that is connecting to the page.

Mobile devices with a maximum width of 480 pixels must be able to use

the page.


How should you build the code? (To answer, drag the appropriate media statement to the correct

location. Each media statement may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 830




In what order should you specify the four anchor selectors? (To answer, move the appropriate

anchor selectors from the list of CSS codes to the answer area and arrange them in the correct

order.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


Reference:

You can learn about the anchor pseudo-classes here:

http://www.w3schools.com/css/css_pseudo_classes.asp

As it states:

Note: a: hover MUST come after a: link and a: visited in the CSS definition in order to be

effective!

Note: a: active MUST come after a: hover in the CSS definition in order to be effective!!

QUESTION 831

You are developing an application for an online retailer. The company ships only to certain

countries.



Validate the country code of the shipping address against the countries

array

Include a Boolean value in the array that indicates whether or not you can

ship to the country

Display a list of countries that can be shipped to if the user inputs a code

for a country that the retailer cannot ship to



segment or segments from the list of code segments to the correct location or locations in the

work area. Each code segment may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 832

You are developing an airline reservation website by using HTML5 and JavaScript. A page on

the site allows users to enter departure and destination airport information and to search for

tickets.


Users must be able to save information in the application about their

favorite destination airport.

The airport information must be displayed in the destination text box

whenever the user returns to the page.


Which line or lines of code should you use? (To answer, drag the appropriate command or

commands from the list of commands to the correct location or locations in the work area. Each

line of code may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 833

You are developing a web page for runners who register for a race.

The page includes a slider control that allows users to enter their age.



Applications must not be accepted from runners less than 18 years of age

or greater than 90 years.

The slider control must be set to the average age (37) of all registered

runners when the page is first displayed.


What should you do? (To answer, drag the appropriate word or number to the correct location in

the answer area. Each word or number may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 834


The function must retrieve information from text files that are stored on a web server.

You need to develop the function to meet the requirement.

Which code segment or segments should you use? (To answer, drag the appropriate command

from the list of commands to the correct location or locations in the work area. Each code

segment may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 835

You are developing an application for a retail store. The application will be used on mobile

devices to provide real-time directions to the store.



As the user moves, the application must update the screen with the new

location.




segment or segments to the correct location in the work area. Each code segment may be used

once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to

view content.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 836


The layout of the webpage must contain three rows. The first row spans the entire width of the

page and is labeled #Top. The second row contains three columns. The first column is labeled

#Left; the second column is labeled #Main; and the right column is labeled #Right. The #Left

and #Right columns are a fixed width. The #Main column occupies the remaining available

space. The third and final row spans the entire width of the page and is labeled #Bottom.


You need to create the CSS styles to implement the layout.

How should you complete the relevant styles? (To answer, select the appropriate option from

each drop-down list in the answer area.)

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 837

You develop an HTML application that calls a Simple Object Access Protocol (SOAP) web

service to retrieve data.

You need to load data from the web service.

What should you do? (To answer, drag the appropriate code segment or code segments to the

correct location or locations in the answer area. Use only code segments that apply.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 838

You are creating a custom style by using CSS3.


If the text in a line must wrap to another line, the last word must be able to

break across lines.

All text must be black and have a blue shadow, such that the text appears

to glow blue.


You need to complete the CSS3 style.

How should you complete the relevant code? (To answer, select the appropriate option from each

drop-down list in the answer area.)

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 839

You are developing a web page.

The webpage must display a container. The container must display three colored rectangles near

the top of the container. The colored rectangles are, in order, green, red, and yellow. The

rectangles are aligned horizontally and evenly spaced across the width of the container.

The layout of the page must resemble the following image:

You need to ensure that the page renders properly.

How should you complete the relevant styles? (To answer, select the appropriate option from

each drop-down list in the answer area.)

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 840



Display the message Denied! If the PaymentAmount variable is greater

than 500.

Display the message Approved! If the PaymentAmount variable is less

than 300.

Display the message Approved with caution! If the PaymentAmount

variable is less than 500 and greater than 300.

You need to add statements to the ShowCanWeAfford() JavaScript function to meet the

requirements.

Which three actions should you perform in sequence? (Develop the solution by selecting the

required code segments and arranging them in the correct order.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


Note:

Use > for greater than comparison.

Use < for less than comparison.

QUESTION 841



You are developing a code-based solution to parse the contents of the XML file and display the

information on the page.

The solution must work on both modern and older browsers.

You need to display the information from the XML file onto the page.

How should you create the JavaScript code? (Develop the solution by selecting the required code

segments and arranging them in the correct order. You may not need all of the code segments.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


Note:

Parse an XML Document

Example. The following code fragment parses an XML document into an XML DOM object:


{// code for IE7+, Firefox, Chrome, Opera, Safari


}

else

{// code for IE6, IE5


}

xmlhttp.open("GET","books.xml",false);

xmlhttp.send();

xmlDoc=xmlhttp.responseXML;

QUESTION 842



For each statement in the table, select Yes if the code segment above causes the page to behave

as described. Select No if it does not. Make only one selection in each column.

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 843



You need to ascertain how the webpage responds when the user enters characters and then clicks

the add and divide buttons.

For each statement in the table, select Yes if the action causes the webpage to behave as


Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 844



Display a message if users select the first OPTION element, and then

submit the form.

Do not display an alert message if users select any other OPTION

element, and then submit the form.


How should you complete the relevant code? (To answer, select the appropriate code segment

from each drop-down list in the answer area.)

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 845

You develop a webpage that consumes a web service. The web service provides currency

exchange rates. Visitors enter the currency type on the webpage and press the Submit button.

The web service returns the current exchange rate.

You need to ensure that the webpage always displays the most current information.



Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 846

You develop a webpage.



How should you complete the relevant CSS styles? (To answer, select the appropriate option from each drop-


Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 847

A company has an XML file named products.xml on a web server. The file contains a list of the

products that the company sells.

You need to display the contents of the products.xml file in a DIV element named Output.



Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 848

You are developing a shared library to format information. The library contains a method named

_private.

The _private method must never be called directly from outside of the shared library.


How should you complete the relevant code? (Develop the solution by selecting the required

code segments and arranging them in the correct order. You may not need all of the code

segments.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


* Here there is a basic example:

// our constructor

function Person(name, age){

this.name = name;

this.age = age;

};

// prototype assignment

Person.prototype = (function(){

// we have a scope for private stuff

// created once and not for every instance

function toString(){

return this.name + " is " + this.age;

};

// create the prototype and return them

return {

// never forget the constructor ...

constructor:Person,

// "magic" toString method

toString:function(){

// call private toString method

return toString.call(this);

}

};

})();

* Example:

You can simulate private methods like this:

function Restaurant() {

}

Restaurant.prototype = (function() {

var private_stuff = function() {

// Private code here

};

return {

constructor:Restaurant,

use_restroom:function() {

private_stuff();

}

};

})();

var r = new Restaurant();

// This will work:

r.use_restroom();

// This will cause an error:

r.private_stuff();

QUESTION 849

You develop an interactive scalable vector graphics (SVG) application. You write the following

HTML markup that makes a rectangle rotate:




Hot Area:

Correct Answer:


Note:

* What is SVG?







* Example:

<script>

/* CONSTANTS */

var initialTheta = 0; // The initial rotation angle, in degrees.

var thetaDelta = 0.3; // The amount to rotate the square every "delay" milliseconds, in degrees.

var delay = 10; // The delay between animation stills, in milliseconds. Affects animation

smoothness.

var angularLimit = 90; // The maximum number of degrees to rotate the square.

/*

Note that it will take the square (angularLimit/thetaDelta)*delay milliseconds to rotate an

angularLimit

number of degrees. For example, (90/0.3)*10 = 3000 ms (or 3 seconds) to rotate the square

90 degrees.

*/

/* GLOBALS */

var theSquare; // Will contain a reference to the square element, as well as other things.

var timer; // Contains the setInterval() object, used to stop the animation.

function init()

/*

Assumes that this function is called after the page loads.

*/

{

theSquare = document.getElementById("mySquare"); // Set this custom property after the

page loads.

theSquare.currentTheta = initialTheta; // The initial rotation angle to use when the animation

starts, stored in

timer = setInterval(doAnim, delay); // Call the doAnim() function every "delay" milliseconds

until "timer" is cleared.

}

function doAnim()

/*

This function is called by setInterval() every "delay" milliseconds.

*/

{

if (theSquare.currentTheta > angularLimit)

{

clearInterval(timer); // The square has rotated enough, instruct the browser to stop calling

the doAnim() function.

return; // No point in continuing; stop now.

}

theSquare.setAttribute("transform", "rotate(" + theSquare.currentTheta + ")"); // Rotate the

square by a small amount.

theSquare.currentTheta += thetaDelta; // Increase the angle that the square will be rotated to,

by a small amount.

}

</script>

</head>

QUESTION 850

You create a webpage that includes the following HTML markup: (Line numbers are included

for reference only.)

You need to ensure that a form cannot be submitted unless the INPUT element contains the word

OK.

Which five actions should you perform in sequence? (To answer, move the appropriate actions


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 851

You are implementing a web worker by using JavaScript and HTML5. The web worker

processes a long-running loop and returns the result to a webpage.

The web worker is defined on the webpage as follows:



Process the loop based on the iterations value that is passed from the

webpage.


You need to implement the web worker.

How should you complete the relevant code? (To answer, drag the appropriate code segment to

the correct location or locations in the answer area. Use only code segments that apply.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


Note:

* The event object for a message event supports the following additional properties:

the data property contains the message,

the origin property retrieves the scheme, hostname and port of the document that invoked the

postMessage method,

the source property refers to the window object that contains the document that invoked the

postMessage method,

the lastEventId property returns the identifier of the last message.

QUESTION 852

How does the page render? For each statement in the table, select Yes if the behavior is

described. Select No if it is not. Make only one selection in each column.

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 853



The function must display loan amounts to the user within the following HTML element:

<div id="display"></div>

The loan amount of 2100 must display in the HTML element.

All declared variables and functions must be scoped to the myApp variable.

You need to implement the function.

How should you complete the relevant code? (To answer, drag the appropriate code segments to


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 854

You create a custom style by using CSS3.

A box with rounded corners must appear around text. The box must match the following

illustration:

You need to add the CSS3 markup to your style.

How should you complete the relevant CSS styles? (To answer, select the appropriate option

from each drop-down list in the answer area.)

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 855

You implement a callback function by using JavaScript.

You need to process the returned XML data.



Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 856


How does the page render? For each statement in the table, select Yes if the behavior is

described. Select No if it is not. Make only one selection in each column.

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 857

You create an HTML5 application that includes JavaScript. The application performs several

AJAX requests. One AJAX request retrieves order information from a web service and then

sends the information back to a webpage within the application.

You must create a custom event. You have the following requirements:

The webpage must contain an HTML element named ordersListing that

will receive the custom event notification.



The event must run a JavaScript method named

showOrdersReceivedCount after the orders Listing HTML element

receives the event.




You need to implement the custom event to notify specific DOM elements of the AJAX

response.

Which three actions should you perform in sequence? (Develop the solution by selecting the

required code segments and arranging them in the correct order.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


Note:

* From Scenario: Do not allow other DOM elements to receive the event.

So: bubbles: false

* From scenario: Allow the event to be cancelled.

So: cancellable: true

* From scenario:

The webpage must contain an HTML element named ordersListing that will receive the custom

event notification.

* Events which are designated as bubbling will initially proceed with the same event flow as

non-bubbling events. The event is dispatched to its target EventTarget and any event listeners

found there are triggered. Bubbling events will then trigger any additional event listeners found

by following the EventTarget's parent chain upward, checking for any event listeners registered

on each successive EventTarget. This upward propagation will continue up to and including the

Document. EventListeners registered as capturers will not be triggered during this phase. The

chain of EventTargets from the event target to the top of the tree is determined before the initial

dispatch of the event. If modifications occur to the tree during event processing, event flow will

proceed based on the initial state of the tree.

* Ajax (an acronym for Asynchronous JavaScript and XML) is a group of interrelated web

development techniques used on the client-side to create asynchronous web applications. With

Ajax, web applications can send data to, and retrieve data from, a server asynchronously (in the

background) without interfering with the display and behavior of the existing page. Data can be

retrieved using the XMLHttpRequest object. Despite the name, the use of XML is not required

(JSON is often used instead), and the requests do not need to be asynchronous.

QUESTION 858

You are developing an application by using JavaScript.


You need to complete the sum function.

How should you complete the relevant code? (To answer, drag the appropriate code segment or

segments to the correct location or locations in the answer area. Use only code segments that

apply.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 859


You need to ensure that the email element is enabled only if the user selects the IT Support check

box.

Which CSS selectors should you use? (To answer, drag the appropriate selector to the correct

location. Each selector may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag

the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 860


You need to update the content of the DIV element when the mouse hovers over an image and

when the mouse coordinates change.

How should you complete the relevant code? (To answer, drag the appropriate code segment to


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 861



Box1 has a red outline.

Box1 contains box2, and box2 must remain inside box1

Box2 must have a green to black gradient.

Box2 must be surrounded by white space.


You need to add the CSS3 code to the styles.

How should you complete the relevant code? (To answer, select the appropriate code segment in each drop-


Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 862



Store the value that is entered in a variable named inputValue

Use the built-in isNaN(tnputValue) function to evaluate the data type


Which values will be returned? (To answer, configure the appropriate options in the dialog box


Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 863





Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 864







Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 865





Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 866







Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 867






Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 868







Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 869










Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 870


Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 871






300.




Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 872








Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 873





Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 874




divide buttons.



Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 875





Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 876








Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 877


Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 878

138-HOTSPOT



Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 879








E.

Correct Answer: BD

QUESTION 880




Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 881



Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 882






Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 883







Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 884





Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 885





Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 886






Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 887



must display the @ symbol that is used in the email address.



(To answer, drag the appropriate code segment to the correct target or targets in the answer area. Each code



Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


If you are working with the URI-encoded data and you want to decode the data, you can use either the

decodeURI function to decode a complete URI or the decodeURIComponent function to decode a QueryString.

For example, you can use the following code sample to serialize the form data and then decode the data.

var formData = $('#myForm').serialize();

var data = decodeURIComponent(formData);

Annie: decodeUri, not decodeURIComponent.



http://stackoverflow.com/questions/747641/what-is-the-difference-between-decodeuricomponent-and-decodeuri

Mary-Q103/4,Q149/50. Annie-Q47,Q62

QUESTION 888





Correct Answer: B


The createElement() method creates an element node. This method returns an Element object.

The appendChild() method establishes a father-child relationship between two nodes. If the father node has


method. This method returns the new child node. When calling the appendChild, the child node is specified as

the method's parameter:


The applyElement() method connects a child to its target father, which has been stripped down from its

existing children and father. This method is only supported by Internet Explorer. When calling the applyElement

method, the father node is specified as the method's parameter:


http://www.w3schools.com/dom/met_document_createelement.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/dom/met_element_appendchild.asp

http://help.dottoro.com/ljvtwjfo.php


QUESTION 889







Correct Answer: A



QUESTION 890


sheets.


You need to determine the order in which the style sheets will be applied by the browser.

In which order will the five style sheets be applied? (To answer, move the style sheet types from the list of style

sheet types to the answer area and arrange them in the order that they will be applied.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


To find the value for an element/property combination, user agents must apply the following sorting order:

1.Find all declarations that apply to the element and property in question, for the target media type.

Declarations apply if the associated selector matches the element in question and the target medium

matches the media list on all @media rules containing the declaration and on all links on the path through

which the style sheet was reached.

2. Sort according to importance (normal or important) and origin (author, user, or user agent). In ascending

order of precedence:

user agent declarations

user normal declarations

author normal declarations

author important declarations

user important declarations

3. Sort rules with the same importance and origin by specificity of selector: more specific selectors will override

more general ones. Pseudo-elements and pseudo-classes are counted as normal elements and classes,

respectively.

4. Finally, sort by order specified: if two declarations have the same weight, origin and specificity, the latter

specified wins. Declarations in imported style sheets are considered to be before any declarations in the style

sheet itself.

Apart from the "!important" setting on individual declarations, this strategy gives author's style sheets higher

weight than those of the reader. User agents must give the user the ability to turn off the influence of specific

author style sheets, e.g., through a pull-down menu. Conformance to UAAG 1.0 checkpoint 4.14 satisfies this

condition [UAAG10]

http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/cascade.html#cascading-order

Mary-Q16/86, Q133/34. Annie-Q57

Slightly another question: You need to apply the styles from highest priority to lowest priority.

QUESTION 891

You are styling a box object on a page by using CSS3.


Which two C5S3 styles will achieve the goal? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose two.)

Correct Answer: BC


podlodkin from Latvia - Nov 01, 2013:

B&C

http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/css3_pr_opacity.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/css_colors_legal.asp


QUESTION 892




A. blink

B. line-through

C. lowercase

D. 20px

E. italic

F. hidden

G. red

Correct Answer: C


Mary: D(20px)


shouldnt the answer be lowercase?

http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-transform.asp

Mary-Q1/71,Q14/84,Q15/85

QUESTION 893




A. italic

B. red

C. line-through

D. capitalize

E. 20px

F. hidden

G. blink

Correct Answer: D


Mary-Q5/75,Q10/80,Q11/81,Q17/87,Q137/38. Annie-Q26

QUESTION 894




A. <article>

B. <table>

C. <div>

D. <span>

E. <tbody>

F. <cd>

G. <div>

Correct Answer: A


The <article> tag specifies independent, self-contained content. An article should make sense on its own and it

should be possible to distribute it independently from the rest of the site.


Forum post

Blog post

News story

Comment

The <tbody> tag is used to group the body content in an HTML table.

The <tbody> element is used in conjunction with the <thead> and <tfoot> elements to specify each part of a

table (body, header, footer).


http://www.w3schools.com/tags/tag_tbody.asp

Mary-Q6/76,Q12/82,Q60/130,Q164/65. Annie-Q42

QUESTION 895




A. <span>

B. <nav>

C. <table>

D. <section>

E. <tbody>

F. <div>

Correct Answer: D


Mary: Answer A (<span>)

vva from Lithuania - Oct 16, 2013:

A (span) is marked as the correct one. Shouldn't it be D (section)?

Sanju from Norway - Oct 17, 2013:

Yes. This answer is wrong but you can see that this question is already repeated in this set of questions and the

correct answer is section.


Answer should be d) , i.e. <section> and not <span> as indicated. Possible answers to this question are

<section> or <aside>

Mary-Q8/78,Q13/83

QUESTION 896






A. text-shadow: 0pt 72pt 5pt;


C. text-shadow: 0em 72pt 5px;

D. text-shadow: 100px 0px 5px;

E. text-shadow: 5em 72pt 0px;

Correct Answer: C



Note: The text-shadow property attaches one or more shadows to text. The property is a comma-separated list

of shadows, each specified by 2 or 3 length values and an optional color. Omitted lengths are 0.

h-shadow Required. The position of the horizontal shadow. Negative values are allowed

v-shadow Required. The position of the vertical shadow. Negative values are allowed

blur Optional. The blur distance

color Optional. The color of the shadow. Look at CSS Color Values for a complete list of possible color

values

1inch = 72pt ~= 96px

http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/css3_pr_text-shadow.asp

http://reference.sitepoint.com/css/text-shadow

http://www.w3.org/TR/css3-text/#text-shadow

<!DOCTYPE html>

<html>

<head>

<style>

h1 { text-shadow:0em 72pt 5px; }

</style>

</head>

<body>

<h1>Text-shadow effect</h1>

</body>

</html>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Mary&Sam: Answer B

Mary: It seems like none of the above is correct! The correct answer should be:

text-shadow: 0 72pt 5px;


QUESTION 897






B. <input id="txtValue" type="text" required="xxx"/>

C. <input id="txtVa!ue" type="text" pattern="[A-Za-z]{3}"/>


Correct Answer: C


Mary-Q9/79

QUESTION 898

You develop an HTML5 webpage. You have the following HTML markup: (Line numbers are for reference

only.)

The webpage also contains the following CSS markup:

You need to determine how the webpage will appear when the CSS styles are applied. Select two.

A. The first row of the table will have a red background.

B. The second row of the table will have a red background.

C. The second cell in the first row of the table will have a blue background.

D. The second cell in the third row of the table will have a blue background.

E. The second cell in the third row of the table will not have blue background.

Correct Answer: AD


The :nth-child(n) selector matches every element that is the nth child, regardless of type, of its parent.

The :nth-of-type(n) selector matches every element that is the nth child, of a particular type, of its parent.

n can be a number, a keyword, or a formula.

http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/sel_nth-child.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/sel_nth-of-type.asp

<!DOCTYPE html>

<html>

<head>

<style>

table

{

border: 1px solid black;

font-family: arial;

}

tr:nth-child(odd)

{

background-color: red;

}

tr td:nth-of-type(even)

{

background-color: blue;

}

</style>

</head>

<body>

<table>

<tr>

<th>Fruit</th>

<th>Quantity</th>

<th>Price</th>

</tr>

<tr>

<td>Apples</th>

<td>48</th>

<td>$0.29</th>

</tr>

<tr>

<td>Bananas</th>

<td>72</th>

<td>$0.19</th>

</tr>

<tr>

<td>Watermelon</th>

<td>14</th>

<td>$3.99</th>

</tr>

</table>

</body>

</html>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Mary&Sam: Answer A&E

H5 from Italy - Oct 20, 2013:

The right answers should be:

- A The first row of the table will have a red background

- D The second cell in the third row of the table will have a blue background.

EL from Norway - Nov 01, 2013:

The answers are A, C & D.


The answers are A & D. You can copy this text in html file & check:

<style>

table {border:1px solid black; }

tr:nth-child(odd) {background-color:red;}

tr td:nth-of-type(even) {background-color:blue;}

</style>

<table>

<tr><th>s</th><th>s</th><th>s</th></tr>

<tr><td>aaa</td><td>aaa</td><td>aaa</td></tr>



</table>

Frank from Netherlands - Nov 05, 2013:

A&D are correct

Rourke from Croatia - Nov 05, 2013:

Looks like

A. The first row of the table will have a red background. (TRUE)

B. The second row of the table will have a red background. (FALSE)

C. The second cell in the first row of the table will have a blue background. (TRUE)

D. The second cell in the third row of the table will have a blue background. (TRUE)

E. The second cell in the third row of the table will have not have blue background. (FALSE)

Check out: http://jsbin.com/iREBaGe/1

Hansbla from Netherlands - Nov 06, 2013:

You're wrong about C. That's false as your own example shows


That's right. Thx. Stupid man mistake. :)

Atiq Ur Rehman from Pakistan - Nov 20, 2013:

The Correct ans is not AE. The Correct ans is either AC or AD (Both are AC and AD are True)

A- The first row of the table will have a red background.

C- The second cell in the first row of the table will have a blue background.

D- The second cell in the third row of the table will have a blue background.

Mary-Q18/88

QUESTION 899

You are reviewing the CSS markup for an HTML5 page that displays a news article. The CSS markup for the

page is as follows:



described. Select No if it does not. Make only one selection in each row.

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:


<!DOCTYPE html>

<html>

<head>

<style>

h4 {

color: powderblue;

}

.headline {

color:red;

}

article: {

color: black;

font-style: normal;

}

aside h4 {

font-style: italic !important;

color: yellow;

}

article h4 {

font-style: normal;

color: sienna;

}

</style>

</head>

<body>

<div>

<h4>International News</h4>

<article>

<h4 class="headline">New Developments!</h4>

<aside>

<h4>Impact On Markets</h4>

</aside>

</article>

</div>

</body>

</html>

Mary-Q19/89

QUESTION 900

You implement an application by using HTML5 and JavaScript. You create a webpage that contains the

following HTML:



Correct Answer: B


(D) can't work because 'container' is id, not class

(B) works as required:

.css() - Get the value of a style property for the first element in the set of matched elements or set one or

more CSS properties for every matched element.

http://api.jquery.com/css/

<!DOCTYPE html>

<html>

<head>

<style>

.container > ul {

border: 1px solid black;

}

</style>

<script type="text/javascript" src="http://code.jquery.com/jquery-latest.min.js"></script>

</head>

<body>

<div id="container">

<ul>

<li>First Child Item

<ul>

<li>Child ListItem</li>

</ul>

</li>

<li>Second Child Item</li>

<li>Third Child Item</li>

<li>Fourth Child Item</li>

</ul>

<p>Some interesting information that we need to display.</p>

<p>More information that is important for this page.</p>

</div>


$("div#container > ul").css("border", "1px solid black");

</script>

</body>

</html>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------------

Mary: Answer D (.container)


Answer is b) not D). i.e. it should be $('div#container >ul').css("border","1px solid black "); if you copy it into Edit

fiddle or JSBin

volland from Bulgaria - Nov 09, 2013:

Correct answer is B check it here: http://jsfiddle.net/volland/TprSS/

the marked answer is not working. Marking both ul's

Mary-Q22/92

QUESTION 901

You are implementing an application by using HTML5 and JavaScript. A web page contains the following HTML

table.


Identify all rows in the table body that have a class attribute of selected

Exclude the last selected row in the table

You need to implement the web page according to the requirements.

Which CSS selector should you use?

A. tr:not(tr:last-child).selected < #dataTable

B. #dataTable > tr.selected:not(tr:last-child)

C. #dataTable tbody tr.selected:not(:last-child)

D. #dataTable tr.selected:not(tr:last-child)

Correct Answer: C


The :last-child selector matches every element that is the last child of its parent.

Tip: p:last-child is equal to p:nth-last-child(1).

http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/sel_last-child.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/sel_nth-last-child.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/sel_not.asp

<!doctype html>

<html lang="en">

<head>

<style>

tr { background-color: magenta; }

tr.selected { background-color: green; }

tbody tr { background-color: gray; }

tbody tr.selected { background-color: yellow; }

#dataTable tbody tr.selected:not(:last-child) {

background-color: red; }

</style>

</head>

<body>

<table id="dataTable">

<tbody>

<tr><td>...</td></tr>

<tr class="selected"><td>...</td></tr>

<tr><td>...</td></tr>


<tr><td>...</td></tr>


</tbody>

<tfoot>




</tfoot>

</table>

</body>

</html>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------

Mary/Sam: Option C - with (tr:last-child)

mahen from Norway - Nov 02, 2013:

I am trying but not getting correct answer.


I couldn't find solution with implementation. Tried in Chrome and IE10. Nevertheless I'd go with last answer.

Check out implementation: http://jsbin.com/iZOSURE/1

debez from Poland - Nov 12, 2013:

There is no correct answer in this dump.

The working css is: #dataTable tbody tr.selected:not(:last-child)

So it is similar to option C, but without "tr" in not() selector.

Mary-Q24/94

QUESTION 902


<input id= "textAccountType"/>




Correct Answer: B


.val() works on input elements (or any element with a value attribute?) and .text() will not work on input

elements. .val() gets the value of the input element - regardless of type. .text() gets the innerText (not

HTML) of all the matched elements:

.text()

The result is a string that contains the combined text contents of all matched elements. This method works

on both HTML and XML documents. Cannot be used on input elements. For input field text use the val attribute.

.val()

Get the content of the value attribute of the first matched element

http://stackoverflow.com/questions/807867/difference-between-val-and-text

http://www.w3schools.com/jsref/jsref_obj_regexp.asp

Mary-Q26/96

QUESTION 903

You are developing an application that uses a JavaScript library. The library contains the following functions.



You need to catch and identify the exceptions by group. Which code segment should you insert at line 05?

Correct Answer: B


The typeof operator returns type information as a string. There are six possible values that typeof returns:

"number," "string," "boolean," "object," "function," and "undefined."

The instanceof operator returns true if object is an instance of class. It returns false if object is not an instance

of class, or if object is null.

http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ie/259s7zc1%28v=vs.94%29.aspx

http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ie/zh0zb36z%28v=vs.94%29.aspx

Mary-Q27/97

QUESTION 904






Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


The sort() method sorts the items of an array. The sort order can be either alphabetic or numeric, and either

ascending or descending.

Default sort order is alphabetic and ascending.

Note: When numbers are sorted alphabetically, "40" comes before "5".

To perform a numeric sort, you must pass a function as an argument when calling the sort method.

var points = [40,100,1,5,25,10];

points.sort(function(a,b){return a-b});

jQuery.makeArray() converts an array-like object into a true JavaScript array.

// Returns a NodeList

var elems = document.getElementsByTagName("div");

// Convert the NodeList to an Array

var arr = $.makeArray(elems);

// Use an Array method on list of dom elements

.appendTo() inserts every element in the set of matched elements to the end of the target.

<h2>Greetings</h2>

<div class="container">

<div class="inner">Hello</div>

<div class="inner">Goodbye</div>

</div>

We can create content and insert it into several elements at once:

$("<p>Test</p>").appendTo(".inner");

Each inner <div> element gets this new content:

<h2>Greetings</h2>


<div class="inner">

Hello

<p>Test</p>

</div>

<div class="inner">

Goodbye

<p>Test</p>

</div>

</div>

We can also select an element on the page and insert it into another:

$("h2").appendTo( $(".container") );

If an element selected this way is inserted into a single location elsewhere in the DOM, it will be moved into the

target (not cloned) and a new set consisting of the inserted element is returned:




<h2>Greetings</h2>

</div>

If there is more than one target element, however, cloned copies of the inserted element will be created for

each target after the first, and that new set (the original element plus clones) is returned.

http://www.w3schools.com/jsref/jsref_sort.asp

http://api.jquery.com/jQuery.makeArray/

http://api.jquery.com/appendTo/

<!doctype html>

<html lang="en">

<head>

<meta charset="utf-8">

<title>css demo</title>


function sortItems() {

var languages = [];

var items = document.getElementsByTagName("li");

for (var i = 0, l = items.length; i < l; i++)

languages.push(items[i].innerHTML);

languages.sort();

for (var i = 0, l = items.length; i < l; i++)

items[i].innerHTML = languages[i];

}

</script>

</head>

<body>

<ul id="languages">

<li>HTML</li>

<li>JavaScript</li>

<li>Classic ASP</li>

<li>ASP.Net</li>

</ul>

<button onclick="sortItems()">Sort</button>

</body>

</html>

Mary-Q28/98

QUESTION 905







Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


.appendTo() inserts every element in the set of matched elements to the end of the target.

<h2>Greetings</h2>




</div>

We can create content and insert it into several elements at once:

$("<p>Test</p>").appendTo(".inner");


<h2>Greetings</h2>


<div class="inner">

Hello

<p>Test</p>

</div>

<div class="inner">

Goodbye

<p>Test</p>

</div>

</div>

We can also select an element on the page and insert it into another:

$("h2").appendTo($(".container"));

If an element selected this way is inserted into a single location elsewhere in the DOM, it will be moved into the

target (not cloned) and a new set consisting of the inserted element is returned:




<h2>Greetings</h2>

</div>

If there is more than one target element, however, cloned copies of the inserted element will be created for

each target after the first, and that new set (the original element plus clones) is returned.

.after( content [, content ]) inserts content, specified by the parameter, after each element in the set of

matched elements.

Content can be created and then inserted after several elements at once:

$(".inner").after("<p>Test</p>");



<h2>Greetings</h2>


<p>Test</p>


<p>Test</p>

</div>

jQuery.each(collection, callback(indexInArray, valueOfElement)) - a generic iterator function, which can be

used to iterate over any collection, whether it is an object or an array. In the case of an array, the callback is

passed an array index and a corresponding array value each time. (The value can also be accessed through

the this keyword, but Javascript will always wrap the this value as an Object even if it is a simple string or

number value.) The method returns its first argument, the object that was iterated.

$.each([ 52, 97 ], function( index, value ) {

alert( index + ": " + value );

});

This produces two messages:

0: 52

1: 97

If an object is used as the collection, the callback is passed a key-value pair each time:

var obj = { "flammable": "inflammable", "duh": "no duh" };

$.each(obj, function(key, value) {

alert( key + ": " + value );

});

Once again, this produces two messages:

flammable: inflammable

duh: no duh

jQuery.getJSON(url [, data] [, success(data, textStatus, jqXHR)]) loads JSON-encoded data from the

server using a GET HTTP request.

$.getJSON("demo_ajax_json.js", function(result){

$.each(result, function(i, field){

$("div").append(i + ": " + field + "<br />");

});

});

jQuery.parseJSON(json) takes a well-formed JSON string and returns the resulting JavaScript object.

var obj = jQuery.parseJSON( '{ "name": "John" }' );

alert( obj.name === "John" );

http://api.jquery.com/appendTo/

http://api.jquery.com/after/

http://api.jquery.com/jQuery.each/

http://api.jquery.com/jQuery.getJSON/

http://www.w3schools.com/jquery/ajax_getjson.asp

http://api.jquery.com/jQuery.parseJSON/

<!doctype html>

<html lang="en">

<head>






function addFruits() {

var jsonFruit = { "apples" : "12", "bananas" : "8", "watermelon" : "3" }

$.each(jsonFruit, function(key, val) {

$("<tr><td>" + key + "</td><td>" + val + "</td></tr>")

.appendTo('#fruitTable');

});

}

</script>

</head>

<body>

<table id="fruitTable">

<tr>

<th>Fruit</th>

<th>Inventory</th>

</tr>

</table>

<button onclick="addFruits()">Add Fruits</button>

</body>

</html>

Mary-Q29/99

QUESTION 906




Create an object that represents an image that will be displayed.

Set the image properties from the values that are returned by the web service.

Expose the image as a property of the PersonImage object.


Which three actions should you perform in sequence to complete the implementation? (Develop the solution by

selecting the required code segments and arranging them in the correct order.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


jQuery.getJSON(url [, data] [, success(data, textStatus, jqXHR)]) loads JSON-encoded data from the

server using a GET HTTP request.

$.getJSON("demo_ajax_json.js", function(result){

$.each(result, function(i, field){

$("div").append(i + ": " + field + "<br />");

});

});

Use ready() to make a function available after the document is loaded:

$(document).ready(function(){

$("button").click(function(){

$("p").slideToggle();

});

});

http://www.w3schools.com/jquery/ajax_getjson.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/jquery/event_ready.asp

http://unschooled.org/2012/03/understanding-javascript-this/

<!doctype html>

<html lang="en">

<head>



<script type="text/javascript" src="Scripts/jquery-2.0.3.js"></script>


$(document).ready(function () {

$('#submit').click(function() {

var result = {

"FileName": "http://www.w3schools.com/images/w3logotest2.png",

"Description": "w3schools logo"

};

var personImage = new PersonImage(result);

$("#happy").html(personImage.img);

});

});

function PersonImage(image)

{

var img = document.createElement('img');

img.alt = image.Description;

img.src = image.FileName;

this.img = img;

}

</script>

</head>

<body>

<button id="submit">Get Image</button>

<div id="happy"></div>

</body>

</html>

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------

Mary&Sam: Answer

Mary-Q30/100

QUESTION 907

You develop an HTML messaging application that allows users to send messages. The messages can have an

optional file attachment that is identified by a filename. You use the following function to send a message:



Hot Area:

Correct Answer:


http://www.w3schools.com/json/json_syntax.asp

http://javascript.info/tutorial/arguments

Mary-Q31/101

QUESTION 908

You develop an HTML application that calls a web service to retrieve JSON data. The web service contains one

method named GetFullName that returns an Object named data. The data object contains two properties

named GivenName and Surname.

You need to load data from the web service to the webpage. How should you complete the relevant code? (To

answer, drag the appropriate code segment or code segments to the correct location or locations in the answer

area. Use only code segments that apply.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


AJAX is a technique for creating fast and dynamic web pages.

AJAX allows web pages to be updated asynchronously by exchanging small amounts of data with the server

behind the scenes. This means that it is possible to update parts of a web page, without reloading the whole

page.

http://www.w3schools.com/ajax/ajax_intro.asp

Mary-Q32/102

QUESTION 909

You develop an HTML5 application that allows images to be dragged and dropped within a webpage. The

webpage contains a DIV element and four IMG elements as defined in the code segment below:



Hot Area:

Correct Answer:


Make an Element Draggable

First of all: To make an element draggable, set the draggable attribute to true:

<img draggable="true">

What to Drag - ondragstart and setData()

Then, specify what should happen when the element is dragged.

In the example above, the ondragstart attribute calls a function, drag(event), that specifies what data to be

dragged.

The dataTransfer.setData() method sets the data type and the value of the dragged data:

function drag(ev)

{

ev.dataTransfer.setData("Text", ev.target.id);

}

In this case, the data type is "Text" and the value is the id of the draggable element ("drag1").

Where to Drop - ondragover

The ondragover event specifies where the dragged data can be dropped.

By default, data/elements cannot be dropped in other elements. To allow a drop, we must prevent the default

handling of the element.

This is done by calling the event.preventDefault() method for the ondragover event:

event.preventDefault()

Do the Drop - ondrop

When the dragged data is dropped, a drop event occurs.

In the example above, the ondrop attribute calls a function, drop(event):

function drop(ev)

{

ev.preventDefault();

var data = ev.dataTransfer.getData("Text");

ev.target.appendChild(document.getElementById(data));

}

Code explained:

Call preventDefault() to prevent the browser default handling of the data (default is open as link on drop)

Get the dragged data with the dataTransfer.getData("Text") method. This method will return any data that

was set to the same type in the setData() method

The dragged data is the id of the dragged element ("drag1")

Append the dragged element into the drop element

http://www.w3schools.com/html/html5_draganddrop.asp

<!DOCTYPE HTML>

<html>

<head>

<style type="text/css">

#div1 {width:350px;height:70px;padding:10px;border:1px solid #00aaaa;}

</style>

<script>

function allowDrop(ev)

{


}

function drag(ev)

{

ev.dataTransfer.setData("Text", ev.target.id);

}

function drop(ev)

{


var data=ev.dataTransfer.getData("Text");

ev.target.appendChild(document.getElementById(data));

}

</script>

</head>

<body>

<p>Drag the W3Schools image into the rectangle:</p>

<div id="div1" ondrop="drop(event)" ondragover="allowDrop(event)"></div>

<br>

<img id="drag1" src="img_logo.gif" draggable="true" ondragstart="drag(event)"

width="336" height="69">

</body>

</html>

Mary-Q34/104

QUESTION 910


The function must retrieve information from text files that are stored on a web server. You need to develop the

function to meet the requirement.

Which code segment or segments should you use? (To answer, drag the appropriate command from the list of

commands to the correct location or locations in the work area. Each code segment may be used once, more


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:







xmlhttp.send();









GET is simpler and faster than POST, and can be used in most cases. However, always use POST requests

when:

A cached file is not an option (update a file or database on the server)

Sending a large amount of data to the server (POST has no size limitations)

Sending user input (which can contain unknown characters), POST is more robust and secure than GET

To avoid caching, add a unique ID to the URL:

xmlhttp.open("GET","demo_get.asp?t=" + Math.random(),true);

The readyState property returns the (loading) status of the current document.

Changes from 0 to 4:

0: request not initialized

1: server connection established

2: request received

3: processing request

4: request finished and response is ready

getAllResponseHeaders returns header information

getResponseHeader method returns the specified response header.


http://www.w3schools.com/ajax/ajax_xmlhttprequest_send.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/jsref/prop_doc_readystate.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/dom/dom_http.asp

http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ie/ms536442%28v=vs.85%29.aspx

<!DOCTYPE HTML>

<html>

<head>

</head>

<body>

<form>

<input type="button" value="Submit" onclick="getText()" />

<div id="results"></div>

</form>

<script>

function getText() {

var req = new XMLHttpRequest();

req.onreadystatechange=function() {

if (req.readyState==4 && req.status==200)

{

document.getElementById("results").innerHTML = req.responseText;

}

}

req.open("GET","http://www.w3schools.com/dom/xmlhttp_info.txt",true);

req.send();

}

</script>

</body>

</html>

Mary-Q35/105

QUESTION 911





The first column is labeled #Left; the second column is labeled #Main; and the right column is labeled

#Right.







Hot Area:

Correct Answer:


Applies to: parent flex container element

display: flex | inline-flex - defines a flex container; inline or block depending on the given value. Thus, it

enables a flex context for all its direct children.

flex-direction: row | row-reverse | column | column-reverse - establishes the main-axis, thus defining the

direction flex items are placed in the flex container.

flex-wrap: nowrap | wrap | wrap-reverse - defines whether the flex container is single-line or multi-line, and

the direction of the cross-axis, which determines the direction new lines are stacked in.

flex-flow: <'flex-direction'> || <'flex-wrap'> - a shorthand `flex-direction` and `flex-wrap` properties, which

together define the flex container's main and cross axes. Default is `row nowrap`;

justify-content: flex-start | flex-end | center | space-between | space-around - defines the alignment along

the main axis. It helps distribute extra free space leftover when either all the flex items on a line are inflexible, or

are flexible but have reached their maximum size. It also exerts some control over the alignment of items when

they overflow the line.

align-items: flex-start | flex-end | center | baseline | stretch - defines the default behaviour for how flex

items are laid out along the cross axis on the current line. Think of it as the justify-content version for the cross-

axis (perpendicular to the main-axis).

align-content: flex-start | flex-end | center | space-between | space-around | stretch - aligns a flex

container's lines within when there is extra space in the cross-axis, similar to how justify-content aligns

individual items within the main-axis.

Applies to: child element / flex item

order: <integer> - by default, flex items are layed out in the source order. However, the order property controls

the order in which they appear in their container.

flex-grow: <number> (default 0) - defines the ability for a flex item to grow if necessary. It accepts a unitless

value that serves as a proportion. It dictates what amount of the available space inside the flex container the

item should take up. If all items have flex-grow set to 1, every child will set to an equal size inside the container.

If you were to give one of the children a value of 2, that child would take up twice as much space as the others.

flex-shrink: <number> (default 1) - defines the ability for a flex item to shrink if necessary.

flex-basis: <length> | auto (default auto) - defines the default size of an element before the remaining space

is distributed.

flex: none | [ <'flex-grow'> <'flex-shrink'>? || <'flex-basis'> ] - shorthand for flex-grow, flex-shrink and flex-

basis. The second and third parameters (flex-shrink, flex-basis) are optional. Default is 0 1 auto.

align-self: auto | flex-start | flex-end | center | baseline | stretch - allows the default alignment or the one

specified by align-items to be overridden for individual flex items.

The box-flex-group property is used to assign flexible elements to flex groups. Is not supported in any of the

major browsers.

To enable flexbox layout, you must first create a flexbox container. Do this by setting the display property of an

element to either "-ms-flexbox" (for a block-level flexbox container) or "-ms-inline-flexbox" (for an inline flexbox

container). For instance, the following code example creates a block-level flexbox container within the element

that has an ID of "myFlexbox":

<style type="text/css">

#myFlexbox {


background: gray;

border: blue;

}

</style>

http://css-tricks.com/snippets/css/a-guide-to-flexbox/


<!DOCTYPE html>

<html>

<head>

<style>

div {border: 1px solid;}

#top {width: 100%; height: 200px;}

#content {


flex-direction: row;

width: 100%;

}

#content #left {width: 200px; height: 300px;}

#content #right {width: 200px; height: 300px;}

#content #main {flex-grow: 1}

#bottom {width: 100%; height: 200px;}

</style>

</head>

<body>

<div id="top"></div>

<div id="content">

<div id="left"></div>

<div id="main"></div>

<div id="right"></div>

</div>

<div id="bottom"></div>

</body>

</html>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------

flex-flow and flex-direction can both be used.

Mary-Q37/107

QUESTION 912

You develop an HTML application that calls a Simple Object Access Protocol (SOAP) web service to retrieve

data.

You need to load data from the web service.

What should you do? (To answer, drag the appropriate code segment or code segments to the correct location

or locations in the answer area. Use only code segments that apply.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


























request.








request.

















request.





--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------

Mary: Answer

but as stated in the article:

contentType (default: 'application/x-www-form-urlencoded; charset=UTF-8')

When sending data to the server, use this content type. Default is "application/x-www-form-urlencoded;

charset=UTF-8", which is fine for most cases. If you explicitly pass in a content-type to $.ajax(), then it is always

sent to the server (even if no data is sent). The W3C XMLHttpRequest specification dictates that the charset is

always UTF-8; specifying another charset will not force the browser to change the encoding.

Mary-Q38/108

QUESTION 913

You are developing a web page. The webpage must display a container. The container must display three

colored rectangles near the top of the container.

The colored rectangles are, in order, green, red, and yellow. The rectangles are aligned horizontally and evenly

spaced across the width of the container.




Hot Area:

Correct Answer:


display: flex | inline-flex - defines a flex container; inline or block depending on the given value. Thus, it

enables a flex context for all its direct children.

flex-direction: row | row-reverse | column | column-reverse - establishes the main-axis, thus defining the

direction flex items are placed in the flex container.

-ms-flex-pack: start | end | center | justify - specifies how excess space is distributed (along the axis defined

by the -ms-flex-direction property) between child elements of the object.

-ms-flex-align: start | end | stretch | baseline - specifies the alignment (perpendicular to the layout axis

defined by the -ms-flex-direction property) of child elements of the object.

Caution: Internet Explorer 11 no longer supports the Microsoft vendor prefix ("-ms-") version of the flexbox

properties. You should instead use the non-prefixed names, which is preferred for better standards compliance

and future compatibility.


http://css-tricks.com/snippets/css/a-guide-to-flexbox/

http://www.css-wiki.com/css-eigenschaft/flex-align

<!DOCTYPE html>

<html>

<head>

<style>

#flexContainer {

width: 300px;

height: 80px;

border: solid 1px #949494;

padding: 20px;

background-color: #aaaaaa;


-ms-flex-direction: row;

-ms-flex-align: start;

-ms-flex-pack: justify;

}

#item1 {

width: 80px;

height: 50px;

background: green;

}

#item2 {

width: 80px;

height: 50px;

background: red;

}

#item3 {

width: 80px;

height: 50px;

background: yellow;

}

</style>

</head>

<body>

<div id="flexContainer">

<div id="item1">1</div>



</div>

</body>

</html>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Should Q40's answer:

-ms-flex-align: start

-ms-flex-pack: justify (but it's not available in the options)

Mary-Q40/110

QUESTION 914



Display the message Denied! If the PaymentAmount variable is greater than 500.

Display the message Approved! If the PaymentAmount variable is less than 300.

Display the message Approved with caution! If the PaymentAmount variable is less than 500 and greater

than 300.




Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


Note: it's not clear what the answer should be if amount ist exactly 300 or 500.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Use the if statement to execute some code only if a specified condition is true.

Use the if....else statement to execute some code if a condition is true and another code if the condition is not

true.

if (condition)

{

code to be executed if condition is true

}

else

{

code to be executed if condition is not true

}

Use the if....else if...else statement to select one of several blocks of code to be executed.

if (condition1)

{

code to be executed if condition1 is true

}

else if (condition2)

{

code to be executed if condition2 is true

}

else

{

code to be executed if neither condition1 nor condition2 is true

}

http://www.w3schools.com/js/js_if_else.asp

Mary-Q41/111

QUESTION 915








Select and Place:

Correct Answer:







xmlhttp.send();









All modern browsers (IE7+, Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera) have a built-in XMLHttpRequest object.

Syntax for creating an XMLHttpRequest object:


Old versions of Internet Explorer (IE5 and IE6) use an ActiveX Object:

xmlhttp = new ActiveXObject("Microsoft.XMLHTTP");


http://www.w3schools.com/xml/xml_dom.asp

<!DOCTYPE html>

<html>

<head>

<script>

function readXMLFile() {

if (window.XMLHttpRequest) { // code for IE7+, Firefox, Chrome, Opera,

Safari


}

else { // code for IE6, IE5

xmlhttp = new ActiveXObject("Microsoft.XMLHTTP");

}

xmlhttp.open("GET","note.xml",false);

xmlhttp.send();


document.getElementById("to").innerHTML =

xmlDoc.getElementsByTagName("to")[0].childNodes[0].nodeValue;

document.getElementById("from").innerHTML =

xmlDoc.getElementsByTagName("from")[0].childNodes[0].nodeValue;

document.getElementById("message").innerHTML =

xmlDoc.getElementsByTagName("body")[0].childNodes[0].nodeValue;

}

</script>

</head>

<body onload="readXMLFile()">

<h1>W3Schools Internal Note</h1>

<div>

<b>To:</b> <span id="to"></span><br>

<b>From:</b> <span id="from"></span><br>

<b>Message:</b> <span id="message"></span>

</div>

</body>

</html>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-----

Mary-Comment: last big block is not needed?

Mary: Answer

dms from Brazil - Oct 15, 2013:


{


}

else

{


}

xmlhttp.open("GET","message.xml",false);

xmlhttp.send();

xmlDoc = xmlhttp.responseXml

Mary-Q42/112

QUESTION 916





Hot Area:

Correct Answer:


The onfocus event occurs when an element gets focus. Onfocus is most often used with <input>, <select>,

and <a>.

Tip: The onfocus event is the opposite of the onblur event.

The onblur event occurs when an object loses focus. Onblur is most often used with form validation code (e.g.

when the user leaves a form field).

Tip: The onblur event is the opposite of the onfocus event.

http://www.w3schools.com/jsref/event_onfocus.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/jsref/event_onblur.asp

<!DOCTYPE html>

<html>

<head>


function check1(currentTextBox) {

if (currentTextBox.value === null || currentTextBox.value === '')

currentTextBox.style.background = '#fffacd';

else

currentTextBox.style.background = '#ffffff';

}

function check2() {

var obj = document.getElementsByTagName('input');

for (var i = 0; i < (obj.length - 1); i++) {

obj[i].style.background = '#fffacd';

}

}

</script>

</head>

<body>

<input type="text" id="text1" onfocus="check1(this)" onblur="check1(this)" />

<input type="text" id="text2" onfocus="check1(this)" onblur="check1(this)" />

<input type="button" value="text" onclick="check2()" />

</body>

</html>

Mary-Q43/113

QUESTION 917




divide buttons.



Hot Area:

Correct Answer:


The onerror event fires whenever an JavaScript error occurs (depending on your browser configuration, you

may see an error dialog pop up). The onerror event is attached to the window object, a rather unusual place to

take refuge in, but for good reason. It is attached this way so it can monitor all JavaScript errors on a page,

even those in the <head> section of the page.

http://www.javascriptkit.com/javatutors/error.shtml

Answers:

1. 23

2. Infinity

3. Unhandled exception

<!DOCTYPE html>

<html>

<head>




onerror = unhandled;

function unhandled() {

alert('There has been an unhandled exception');

}

function add() {

alert($("#int1").val() + $("#int2").val());

}

function divide() {

if (isNaN($("#int1").val()) || isNaN($("#int2").val())) {

throw('One or more values are non-numeric');

}

alert($("#int1").val() / $("#int2").val());

}

</script>

</head>

<body>

Integer 1: <input type="text" id="int1" /><br />

Integer 2: <input type="text" id="int2" /><br />

<input type="button" name="add" value="Add" onclick="add();" />

<input type="button" name="divide" value="Divide" onclick="divide();" />

</body>

</html>

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Is bartered. Say that correct answer is No, No, Yes.

But correct asnwer is Yes, Yes, No

JackHuaberbauer from Germany - Nov 07, 2013:

Is indeed correctly answered with No, No, Yes. The reasons:

- val() returns string, so "2" + "3" gives "23"

- In Javascript a division by zero throws no error, but returns the value "infinity"

- To throw an error does not mean it is handled, there is no catch.

Check here: http://jsbin.com/aqepam/1/edit?html,output

Frits from Netherlands - Nov 20, 2013:

Q44, shouldn't the answer be true, true, false?

Mary-Q44/114

QUESTION 918




one selection in each row.

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:


A getter is a method that gets the value of a specific property. A setter is a method that sets the value of a

specific property. You can define getters and setters on any predefined core object or user-defined object that

supports the addition of new properties. The syntax for defining getters and setters uses the object literal

syntax.

https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/JavaScript/Guide/

Working_with_Objects#Defining_getters_and_setters

<!DOCTYPE html>

<html>

<head>


function onStart() {

var customer = function() {

var name = "Contoso";

return {

getName: function() {

return name;

},

setName: function(newName) {

name = newName;

}

};

}();

alert(customer.name);

}

</script>

</head>

<body>

<button onclick="onStart()">Start</button>

</body>

</html>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


To submit a form javascript script must return true.

Mary-Q51/121

QUESTION 919



Display a message if users select the first option element, and then submit the form.

Do not display an alert message if users select any other option element, and then submit the form.




Hot Area:

Correct Answer:


The value attribute specifies the value of an <input> element.

The value attribute is used differently for different input types:

For "button", "reset", and "submit" - it defines the text on the button

For "text", "password", and "hidden" - it defines the initial (default) value of the input field

For "checkbox", "radio", "image" - it defines the value associated with the input (this is also the value that is

sent on submit)

Note: The value attribute is required with <input type="checkbox"> and <input type="radio">.

The focus() method is used to give focus to an element.

The clear property sets or returns the position of the element relative to floating objects.

Object.style.clear="none|left|right|both|inherit"

The return value of an event handler determines whether or not the default browser behaviour should take

place as well. In the case of clicking on links, this would be following the link, but the difference is most

noticeable in form submit handlers, where you can cancel a form submission if the user has made a mistake

entering the information.

<!DOCTYPE html>

<html>

<head>


function makeSelection(element, message) {

if (element.value === "Please Choose") {

alert(message);

element.focus();

return false;

} else {

return true;

}

}

</script>

</head>

<body>

<label for='city'>City:</label>

<select id='city'>

<option>Please Choose</option>

<option>Moscow</option>

<option>London</option>

<option>Paris</option>

</select>

<input type='button' id='submit' value='Submit'

onClick="makeSelection(document.getElementById('city'), 'Please Select a

City')"/>

</body>

</html>

http://www.w3schools.com/tags/att_input_value.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/jsref/met_html_focus.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/jsref/prop_style_clear.asp

http://stackoverflow.com/questions/128923/whats-the-effect-of-adding-return-false-to-an-onclick-event

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Is wrong, should be

if (element.text === "Please Choose") {

instead of

if (element.value=== "Please Choose") {

fancy from Portugal - Nov 06, 2013:

Is correct, there is no "text" attribute for the option tag. You should use "value" as suggested.


The element.text is a valid property if we're talking about an <option> element. Please check this out

http://www.w3schools.com/jsref/tryit.asp?filename=tryjsref_option_text


@fancy, I've just tried writing and executing it, and you were right.

if (element.value=== "Please Choose") {

is the right answer. My mistake. Thanks

Mary-Q52/122

QUESTION 920

You develop a webpage. The layout of the webpage must resemble the following image:



Hot Area:

Correct Answer:


The float property specifies whether or not a box (an element) should float.

Note: Absolutely positioned elements ignores the float property!

The CSS float property is a very important property for layout. It allows you to position your web page designs

exactly as you want them to display - but in order to use it you have to understand how it works.

This tells the browser that everything with the class of "right" should be floated to the right. You would assign it

like this:

<img src="picture.jpg" class="right" />

You can't float every element on a web page. You can only float block-level elements. These are the elements

that take up a block of space on the page, like images (IMG), paragraphs (P), divisions (DIV), and lists (UL).

Other elements that affect text, but don't create a box on the page are called inline elements and can't be

floated. These are elements like span (SPAN), line breaks (BR), strong emphasis (STRONG), or italics (I).

The z-index property specifies the stack order of an element.

An element with greater stack order is always in front of an element with a lower stack order.

Note: z-index only works on positioned elements (position:absolute, position:relative, or position:fixed).

The position property specifies the type of positioning method used for an element (static, relative, absolute or

fixed).

static - default. Elements render in order, as they appear in the document flow

absolute - the element is positioned relative to its first positioned (not static) ancestor element

fixed - the element is positioned relative to the browser window

relative - the element is positioned relative to its normal position, so "left:20" adds 20 pixels to the element's

LEFT position

inherit - the value of the position property is inherited from the parent element

http://webdesign.about.com/od/advancedcss/a/aa010107.htm

http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_class_float.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_pos_z-index.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_class_position.asp

<!DOCTYPE html>

<html>

<head>

<style>

p {

width: 220px;

height: 250px;

border: 1px solid;

padding: 10px;

}

#span1 {

position: relative;

color: red;

}

#span2 {

position: absolute;

float: right;

top: 130px;

left: -100px;

height: 130px;

width: 130px;

color: green;

}

</style>

</head>

<body>

<p>Start of main contents.

<span id="span1">Start of span1 contents. <span id="span2">Span2 contents.</

span> End of span1 contents.</span>

End of main body contents.

</p>

</body>

</html>

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Closest answers, although not the same as the picture in question, are relative, relative.

Check out: ttp://jsbin.com/IVojeFeZ/1/

Mary-Q54/124

QUESTION 921


the company sells.

You need to display the contents of the products.xml file in a DIV element named Output.



Hot Area:

Correct Answer:


The readyState property returns the (loading) status of the current document.

Changes from 0 to 4:



2: request received



status

100: Continue. This means that the server has received the request headers, and that the client should

proceed to send the request body (in the case of a request for which a body needs to be sent; for example,

a POST request). If the request body is large, sending it to a server when a request has already been

rejected based upon inappropriate headers is inefficient. To have a server check if the request could be

accepted based on the request's headers alone, a client must send Expect: 100-continue as a header in its

initial request and check if a 100 Continue status code is received in response before continuing (or receive

417 Expectation Failed and not continue).

200: Standard response for successful HTTP requests. The actual response will depend on the request

method used. In a GET request, the response will contain an entity corresponding to the requested

resource. In a POST request the response will contain an entity describing or containing the result of the

action.

300: Indicates multiple options for the resource that the client may follow. It, for instance, could be used to

present different format options for video, list files with different extensions, or word sense disambiguation.

400 Bad Request. The request cannot be fulfilled due to bad syntax.

http://www.w3schools.com/jsref/prop_doc_readystate.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/ajax/ajax_xmlhttprequest_onreadystatechange.asp

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_HTTP_status_codes

Mary-Q55/125

QUESTION 922

You are developing an application that analyzes population data for major cities in the United States.




Correct Answer: D


























request.








request.

















request.





http://stackoverflow.com/questions/16099172/jquery-call-remote-web-service

Mary-Q56/126

QUESTION 923

You are developing a shared library to format information.





and arranging them in the correct order. You may not need all of the code segments.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


A local variable can have the same name as a global variable, but it is entirely separate; changing the value of

one variable has no effect on the other. Only the local version has meaning inside the function in which it is

declared.

JavaScript processes all variable declarations before executing any code, whether the declaration is inside a

conditional block or other construct. Once JavaScript has found all the variables, it executes the code in the

function. If a variable is implicitly declared inside a function - that is, if it appears on the left side of an

assignment expression but has not been declared with var - it is created as a global variable.

An inner (nested) function stores references to the local variables that are present in the same scope as the

function itself, even after the function returns. This set of references is called a closure. In the following

example, the second call to the inner function outputs the same message ("Hello Bill") as the first call, because

the input parameter for the outer function, name, is a local variable that is stored in the closure for the inner

function.

The prototype property allows you to add properties and methods to an object.

http://www.w3schools.com/jsref/jsref_prototype_math.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/js/js_variables.asp

http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ie/bzt2dkta%28v=vs.94%29.aspx

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Mary: Answer

Fosna from Croatia - Oct 31, 2013:

What's the solution? Proposed solution throws

ReferenceError: Formatter is not defined. Check at: http://jsbin.com/ovuWeTu/2/edit

george from Canada - Nov 08, 2013:

Answer:

function getFormatter(){

var _private = fuction(data){

return custome(data);

};

this.parseValue = function(input){

return _private(input);

};

}

Mary-Q61/131

QUESTION 924

You develop a webpage by using HTML5. You create the following markup:

<input type="url" name="website" required="required" />

You need to ensure that the value that the user enters contains a secure URL.

What should you do?

A. Add the following attribute to the input tag: value="https://"

B. Add the following attribute to the input tag: pattern="https://.+"

C. Add the following attribute to the input tag: value="ssl"

D. Add the following attribute to the input tag: itemtype="https"

Correct Answer: B


The pattern attribute specifies a regular expression that the <input> element's value is checked against.

Note: The pattern attribute works with the following input types: text, search, url, tel, email, and password.

http://www.w3schools.com/tags/att_input_pattern.asp

Mary-Q63/133

QUESTION 925



if it is not. Make only one selection in each row.

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:


-ms-grid-columns property gets or sets one or more values that specify the width of each grid column within

the object.

-ms-grid-columns: [ auto | width | min-content | max-content | minmax(min, max) ]

+ | none

-ms-grid-rows property gets or sets one or more values that specify the height of each grid row within the

object.

-ms-grid-rows: [ auto | height | min-content | max-content | minmax(min, max) ] +

| none

auto - The width of a column is computed based on the widest child element in that column. This keyword is

equivalent to minmax(min-content, max-content).

width - The width of each column specified as one of the following values:

A length consisting of an integer number, followed by an absolute units designator ("cm", "mm", "in", "pt", or

"pc") or a relative units designator ("em", "ex", or "px").

A percentage of the object width.

A proportion of the remaining horizontal space (that is, the object width, less the combined widths of other

tracks), consisting of an integer number followed by a fractional designator ("fr"). For example, if "200px 1fr

2fr" is specified, the first column is allocated 200 pixels, and the second and third columns are allocated 1/3

and 2/3 of the remaining width, respectively.

min-content - The minimum width of any child elements is used as the width of the column.

max-content - The maximum width of any child elements is used as the width of the column.

minmax(min, max) - The width of the row is between min and max, as available space allows. The min and

max parameters can be any other value of the -ms-grid-columns property, except for auto.

none - Initial value. The object has no specified columns. Implicit, auto-sized columns will still be created

based on the grid position(s) of the child element(s).

This property also supports a repeating syntax. If there are a large number of columns that are the same or

exhibit a recurring pattern, a repeat syntax can be applied to define the columns in a more compact form.

-ms-grid-columns: 10px 250px 10px 250px 10px 250px 10px 250px 10px;

is equivalent to

-ms-grid-columns: 10px (250px 10px)[4];

-ms-grid-row property gets or sets a value that specifies in which row of the grid to place the object.

-ms-grid-row: <integer>

The row numbering system is a 1-based index, with 1 being the default. That is, row numbering does not begin

with zero.

-ms-grid-column property gets or sets a value that specifies in which column of the grid to place the object.

-ms-grid-column: <integer>

The column numbering system is a 1-based index, with 1 being the default. That is, column numbering does

not begin with zero.

-ms-grid-row-span property gets or sets a value that specifies the number of rows of the grid that the object

spans.

-ms-grid-column-span property gets or sets a value that specifies the number of columns of the grid that the

object spans.

A flexible length or <flex> is a dimension with the fr unit, which represents a fraction of the free space in the

grid container.

The distribution of free space occurs after all non-flexible sizing functions have reached their maximum. The

total size of such rows or columns is subtracted from the available space, yielding the free space, which is then

divided among the flex-sized rows and columns in proportion to their flex factor.

Flexible lengths in a track list work similarly to flexible lengths with a zero base size in [CSS3-FLEXBOX].

Each column or row's share of the free space can be computed as the column or row's <flex> * <free space> /

<sum of all flex factors>. For the purpose of this calculation, a flexible length in the min position of a minmax()

function is treated as 0 (an inflexible length).

The float property specifies whether or not a box (an element) should float.

img { float:right; }






http://www.w3.org/TR/css3-grid-layout/#fraction-values-fr

http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_class_float.asp

Mary-Q68/138, Q77/147

QUESTION 926

You are creating an HTML5 application that allows users to play video on a page by using the VIDEO element.

You need to enable the user to start, stop, and pause the video.

Which line of code should you add to the page?

A. <video id="myVideo" height="320" width="400" src="myVideo.vtt"

contextmenu="pauseplay"> </video>

B. <video id="myVideo" heigh"="320" width="400" src="myVideo.vtt" controls> </

video>

C. <video id="myVideo" height="320" width="400" src="myVideo.vtt" autoplay> </

video>

D. <video id="myVideo" height="320" width="400" src="myVideo.vtt"

contextmenu="StartStop"> </video>

Correct Answer: B


The <video> tag specifies video, such as a movie clip or other video streams.

Currently, there are 3 supported video formats for the <video> element: MP4, WebM, and Ogg.

<video width="320" height="240" controls>

<source src="movie.mp4" type="video/mp4">

<source src="movie.ogg" type="video/ogg">

Your browser does not support the video tag.

</video>

The controls attribute is a boolean attribute. When present, it specifies that video controls should be displayed.

Video controls should include:

Play

Pause

Seeking

Volume

Fullscreen toggle

Captions/Subtitles (when available)

Track (when available)

http://www.w3schools.com/tags/tag_video.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/tags/att_video_controls.asp

Mary-Q69/139

QUESTION 927



Retrieve the content for any <option> elements when the value of the selected attribute equals selected.

Add the content to a comma separated string.




E.

Correct Answer: CD


The multiple attribute is a boolean attribute. When present, it specifies that multiple options can be selected at

once.

Because of the different ways of doing this, and because you have to inform the user that multiple selection is

available, it is more user-friendly to use checkboxes instead.

http://www.w3schools.com/tags/att_select_multiple.asp

<!DOCTYPE html>

<html>

<head>



<script>

function onSubmit1() {

var selectedValues = "";

$("select option:selected").each(function() {

selectedValues += $(this).text() + ' , ';

});

alert("Selected Values: " + selectedValues);

}

function onSubmit2() {

var selectedValues = "";

$("#loanTypes option:selected").each(function() {

selectedValues += $(this).text() + ' , ';

});

alert("Selected Values: " + selectedValues);

}

</script>

</head>

<body>

<label for="loanTypes">Loan Types</label>

<select name="loanTypes" id="loanTypes" multiple="multiple">

<option>Secured</option>

<option selected="selected">Unsecured</option>

<option>Demand</option>

<option selected="selected">Subsidized</option>

</select>

<button onclick="onSubmit1()">Submit1</button>

<button onclick="onSubmit2()">Submit2</button>

</body>

</html>

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Mary&Sam: Answer B&D

Ed from Canada - Oct 22, 2013:

NewQuestions, Q71 is wrong. The answers in the dump are B & D. The correct answer should be C & D


C&D

Mary-Q71/141

QUESTION 928

You are creating a function by using JavaScript. You have the following requirements:

The function must display loan amounts to the user within the following HTML element:

<div id="display"></div>

The loan amount of 2100 must display in the HTML element. All declared variables and functions must be

scoped to the myApp variable.


appropriate code segments to the correct location or locations in the answer area. Use only code segments that

apply.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


The main difference is that apply lets you invoke the function with arguments as an array; call requires the

parameters be listed explicitly.

theFunction.apply(valueForThis, arrayOfArgs)

theFunction.call(valueForThis, arg1, arg2, ...)

http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ie/4zc42wh1%28v=vs.94%29.aspx


http://stackoverflow.com/questions/1986896/what-is-the-difference-between-call-and-apply

Mary-Q72/142

QUESTION 929

You implement a callback function by using JavaScript. You need to process the returned XML data.



Hot Area:

Correct Answer:


The call method is used to call a method on behalf of another object. It allows you to change the this object of a

function from the original context to the new object specified by thisObj.

If thisObj is not supplied, the global object is used as thisObj.

call([thisObj[, arg1[, arg2[, [, argN]]]]])

XMLHttpRequest Object Properties

onreadystatechange Stores a function (or the name of a function) to be called automatically each time the

readyState property changes

readyState Holds the status of the XMLHttpRequest. Changes from 0 to 4:



2: request received



responseText Returns the response data as a string

responseXML Returns the response data as XML data

status Returns the status-number (e.g. "404" for "Not Found" or "200" for "OK")

statusText Returns the status-text (e.g. "Not Found" or "OK")


http://www.w3schools.com/dom/dom_http.asp

Mary-Q74/144

QUESTION 930

You develop an HTML5 application. You give users a numeric access code that can be used only one time.

Users must enter the numeric access code in the login form of the application.

The numeric characters must be hidden by a masking character.

You need to implement the form element for users to enter the code.

Which HTML element should you use?

A. <input type="password" required autocomplete="off">

B. <input type="input" autocomplete="off" required />

C. <input type="password" style="visibility:hidden;" required />

D. <input type="button" value="password" required />

Correct Answer: A


<input type="password"> defines a password field. The characters in a password field are masked (shown as

asterisks or circles).

The autocomplete attribute specifies whether or not an input field should have autocomplete enabled.

Autocomplete allows the browser to predict the value. When a user starts to type in a field, the browser should

display options to fill in the field, based on earlier typed values.

<input autocomplete="on | off">

http://www.w3schools.com/html/html_forms.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/tags/att_input_autocomplete.asp

Mary-Q75/145

QUESTION 931


<span id="myTextSpan" class="redText">Hello There!</span>


Which two CSS segments will achieve the goal? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose

two.)

Correct Answer: AC


Mary-Q80/150

QUESTION 932



name.


A. $ ('#name').css({ 'background-color' : '#E0ECF8' });

B. $ ('input[name |="name";]').css({ 'background-color' : '#E0ECF8' });

C. $('input[name$="name"]').css({ 'background-color' : '#E0ECF8' });

D. $ ('*name').css({ 'background-color' : '#E0ECF8' }) ;

Correct Answer: C


<!DOCTYPE html>

<html>

<head>




function onColor() {

$('input[name$="name"]').css({ 'background-color' : '#E0ECF8' })

}

</script>

</head>

<body>

<label for="personname">Given and Surname:</label>

<input type="text" name="personname" /><br />

<label for="businessname">Business Name:</label>

<input type="text" name="businessname" /><br />

<label for="emailaddress">Email Address:</label>

<input type="text" name="emailaddress" /><br />

<button onclick="onColor()">Color</button>

</body>

</html>

Mary-Q83/153

QUESTION 933

You are creating a custom object as described by the following code.


Correct Answer: D


http://www.digital-web.com/articles/scope_in_javascript/

Mary-Q88/158

QUESTION 934



Which CSS selectors should you use? (To answer, drag the appropriate selector to the correct location. Each

selector may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


<!DOCTYPE html>

<html>

<head>



<style>

input:disabled {

background-color: #e0e0e0;

}

</style>

</head>

<body>

<input name="ITSupport" type="checkbox" id="IT" value="choc"

onclick="enable();" /><label for="IT">IT Support</label>

<input type="email" placeholder="[email protected]" id="eMail"

disabled " /><label for="eMail">Your eMail</label>


function enable(e) {

if (document.getElementById('IT').checked) {

document.getElementById('eMail').disabled = false;

} else {

document.getElementById('eMail').disabled = true;

}

}

</script>

</body>

</html>

Mary-Q89/159

QUESTION 935








B. Rating (Between 1 and 10): <input type="number" name="rating" min="1" max="10"

default="5">

C. Rating (Between 1 and 10): <input type="range" name="rating" min="0" max="10"

default"="5">

D. Rating (Between 1 and 10): <input type="range" name="rating" min="1" max="10"

value="5">

Correct Answer: D


The range type is used for input fields that should contain a value from a range of numbers.

You can also set restrictions on what numbers are accepted.

Define a control for entering a number whose exact value is not important (like a slider control):

<input type="range" name="points" min="1" max="10">

Use the following attributes to specify restrictions:

max - specifies the maximum value allowed

min - specifies the minimum value allowed

step - specifies the legal number intervals

value - Specifies the default value


Mary-Q90/160

QUESTION 936

You develop an HTML5 application. The application uses an image that is returned from an HTTP POST

request.



Correct Answer: B







xmlhttp.send();









GET is simpler and faster than POST, and can be used in most cases. However, always use POST requests

when:

A cached file is not an option (update a file or database on the server)

Sending a large amount of data to the server (POST has no size limitations)

Sending user input (which can contain unknown characters), POST is more robust and secure than GET

To get the response from a server, use the response, responseText or responseXML property of the

XMLHttpRequest object.

response get the response data

responseText get the response data as a string

responseXML get the response data as XML data

responseType property describes the data type of the response associated with the request. One of the

following values:

arraybuffer - the response is an array buffer.

blob - the response is binary data.

document - the response is a document.

ms-stream - the response is part of a streaming download. This value is supported only for download

requests.

text - the response is text.

createObjectURL method creates a URL for the specified object.

var retval = URL.createObjectURL(object, oOptions);


http://www.w3schools.com/ajax/ajax_xmlhttprequest_response.asp



http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/apps/hh453196

Mary-Q91/161

QUESTION 937


<input id="loanTermTextBox" type="text" />


the input element.

Which two code segments should you include on the webpage? (Each correct answer presents a complete


E.

Correct Answer: AB


The parseInt() function parses a string and returns an integer.

parseInt(string, radix)

The radix parameter is used to specify which numeral system to be used, for example, a radix of 16

(hexadecimal) indicates that the number in the string should be parsed from a hexadecimal number to a

decimal number.

If the radix parameter is omitted, JavaScript assumes the following:

If the string begins with "0x", the radix is 16 (hexadecimal)

If the string begins with "0", the radix is 8 (octal). This feature is deprecated

If the string begins with any other value, the radix is 10 (decimal)

Notes:

Only the first number in the string is returned!

Leading and trailing spaces are allowed.

If the first character cannot be converted to a number, parseInt() returns NaN.

Older browsers will use the octal radix (8) as default when the string begins with "0". As of ECMAScript 5,

the default is the decimal radix (10).

Older browsers will result parseInt("010") as 8, because older versions of ECMAScript, (older than

ECMAScript 5, uses the octal radix (8) as default when the string begins with "0". In ECMAScript 5, the

default is the decimal radix (10).

The parseFloat() function parses a string and returns a floating point number.

This function determines if the first character in the specified string is a number. If it is, it parses the string until

it reaches the end of the number, and returns the number as a number, not as a string.

Notes:

Only the first number in the string is returned!

Leading and trailing spaces are allowed.

If the first character cannot be converted to a number, parseFloat() returns NaN.

The isNaN() function determines whether a value is an illegal number (Not-a-Number).

This function returns true if the value is NaN, and false if not.

JSON.parse function converts a JavaScript Object Notation (JSON) string into an object.

var jsontext = '{"firstname":"Jesper","surname":"Aaberg","phone":["555-

0100","555-0120"]}';

var contact = JSON.parse(jsontext);

document.write(contact.surname + ", " + contact.firstname);

http://www.w3schools.com/jsref/jsref_parseint.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/jsref/jsref_parsefloat.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/jsref/jsref_isnan.asp


Mary-Q92/162

QUESTION 938




Allow up to 6 digits.

Do not display numbers as they are entered.

Display the text Enter PIN Code before the user enters any data.



E.

Correct Answer: D


Input type password define a password field (characters are masked).

The maxlength attribute specifies the maximum number of characters allowed in the <input> element.

<input maxlength="number">

The placeholder attribute specifies a short hint that describes the expected value of an input field (e.g. a

sample value or a short description of the expected format).

The short hint is displayed in the input field before the user enters a value.

<input placeholder="text">

Note: The placeholder attribute works with the following input types: text, search, url, tel, email, and password.

The pattern attribute specifies a regular expression that the <input> element's value is checked against.

<input pattern="regexp">

Note: The pattern attribute works with the following input types: text, search, url, tel, email, and password.

http://www.w3schools.com/tags/att_input_type.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/tags/att_input_maxlength.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/tags/att_input_placeholder.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/tags/att_input_pattern.asp

Mary-Q93/163

QUESTION 939





location or locations in the answer area. Use only code segments that apply.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


mousemove | onmousemove event fires when the user moves the mouse over the object.

attachEvent Method object.attachEvent("onmousemove", handler)

addEventListener Method object.addEventListener("mousemove", handler, useCapture)

The clientX and clientY properties are exposed by the event object.

mouseover | onmouseover event fires when the user moves the mouse pointer into the object.

attachEvent Method object.attachEvent("onmouseover", handler)

addEventListener Method object.addEventListener("mouseover", handler, useCapture)

The event occurs when the user moves the mouse pointer into the object, and it does not repeat unless the

user moves the mouse pointer out of the object and then back into it.

The innerHTML property sets or returns the inner HTML of an element.



http://www.w3schools.com/jsref/prop_html_innerhtml.asp

<!DOCTYPE html>

<html>

<head>

</head>

<body>

<div id="MapContents"></div>

<img src="http://www.w3schools.com/jsref/smiley.gif" alt="US Map" id="UsMap"/>

<script>

var contents = document.getElementById("MapContents");

var image = document.getElementById("UsMap");

image.addEventListener('mousemove', function(e) {

contents.innerHTML = "x: " + e.clientX + "<br />y: " + e.clientY;

});

</script>

</body>

</html>

Mary-Q94/164

QUESTION 940



box1 has a red outline.

box1 contains box2, and box2 must remain inside box1

box2 must have a green to black gradient.

box2 must be surrounded by white space.




Hot Area:

Correct Answer:


CSS3 gradients let you display smooth transitions between two or more specified colors.

Earlier, you had to use images for these effects. However, by using CSS3 gradients you can reduce download

time and bandwidth usage. In addition, elements with gradients look better when zoomed, because the gradient

is generated by the browser.

CSS3 defines two types of gradients:

Linear Gradients (goes down/up/left/right/diagonally)

Radial Gradients (defined by their center)

background: linear-gradient(direction, color-stop1, color-stop2, ...);

background: linear-gradient(angle, color-stop1, color-stop2);

background: radial-gradient(center, shape size, start-color, ..., last-color);

http://www.w3schools.com/css/css3_gradients.asp

<!DOCTYPE html>

<html>

<head>

<style>

.one

{

margin: 5em;

border: 1px #F00 solid;

}

.two

{

height:6em;

width:4em;

position: relative;

background: linear-gradient(to bottom, green, black);

margin: 10px 10px 10px 10px;

}

</style>

</head>

<body>

<div class="one">

<div class="two"/>

</div>

</body>

</html>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----

Nilzor from Norway - Oct 28, 2013:

Error in the question. Having #box2 with absolute positioning does not produce the visual result as promised.

Proof: http://codepen.io/Nilzor/pen/tKxcC

abdelgabar from United States - Nov 11, 2013:

For the last option, shouldn't we use padding? because we want box2 inside of box1. The dump says margin.

Please if you know which is correct let me know.

Mary-Q95/165

QUESTION 941

You develop an application to host user-generated HTML and JavaScript content.



Correct Answer: A


error | onerror event fires when an error occurs during object loading.

Note that some/many error events do not trigger window.onerror, you have to listen for them specifically.

window.onerror = funcRef;

funcRef is a reference to a function. When the function returns true, this prevents the firing of the default event

handler. Function parameters:

Error message (string)

Url where error was raised (string)

Line number where error was raised (number)


https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/API/GlobalEventHandlers.onerror

Mary-Q96/166

QUESTION 942





Correct Answer: D


The click event occurs when an element is clicked.

The click() method triggers the click event, or attaches a function to run when a click event occurs.

$("p").click(function(){

alert("The paragraph was clicked.");

});

The trigger() method triggers the specified event and the default behavior of an event (like form submission)

for the selected elements.

This method is similar to the triggerHandler() method, except that triggerHandler() does not trigger the default

behavior of the event.

The on() method attaches one or more event handlers for the selected elements and child elements.

Tip: To remove event handlers, use the off() method.

Tip: To attach an event that only runs once and then removes itself, use the one() method.

http://www.w3schools.com/jquery/event_click.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/jquery/event_trigger.asp

http://www.w3schools.com/jquery/event_on.asp

<!DOCTYPE html>

<html>

<head>



</head>

<body>

Total Products: <span id="products">0</span><br />

Total Boxes: <span id="boxes">0</span><br />

<input type="button" id="addOneItem" value="Add one item to the order" />

<input type="button" id="addBoxOfItems" value="Add a box to the order" />

<script>

var itemsPerBox = 3;

$('#addBoxOfItems').click(function(event){

for (var i = 0; i < itemsPerBox; i++) {

$('#addOneItem').trigger('click');

}

var value = parseInt($("#boxes")[0].innerHTML, 10);

$("#boxes")[0].innerHTML = value + 1;

});

$('#addOneItem').on("click", function(){

var value = parseInt($("#products")[0].innerHTML, 10);

$("#products")[0].innerHTML = value + 1;

});

</script>

</body>

</html>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


D is correct - http://api.jquery.com/trigger/. B is not correct (string as parameters) - http://api.jquery.com/click/.

All agree?

Mary-Q98/168

QUESTION 943



Store the value that is entered in a variable named inputValue

Use the built-in isNaN(tnputValue) function to evaluate the data type



area.)

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:


hzl from Belgium - Oct 15, 2013:

isNaN(3*8); returns false

isNaN('5'); returns false

isNaN(-13); returns false

isNaN(24.3); returns false


If u create a simple page with a textbox and a button with a js validation function that made the check you've

got:

isNaN(-13) = FALSE

isNaN(24.3) = FALSE

isNaN(3*8) = TRUE

isNaN('5') = TRUE

as reported from the answer.


I'm totally agree with you, but here is my very simple code:

function validate() {

var userInput = document.getElementById("Country").value;

if (isNaN(userInput))

alert("TRUE: " + userInput + " is not a Number");

else

alert("FALSE: " + userInput + " is a Number");

}

<input id="Country" type="text" />

<input type="button" value="submit" onclick="validate()" />

if you'll insert '5' or 3*8 in textbox and then click submit you've got TRUE, FALSE with -13 and 24.3.

Sanju from Norway - Oct 20, 2013:

Yes Indeed. I tried your sample and it seems what you have mentioned is correct. When 3*8 is directly given to

alert box then it returns false. But when it is stored in a variable and later when that variable is sent to alert it

returns true.

And as per the requirement it seems the provided solution is correct.

As I finished my exam I don't really recollect what I had chosen. But if I had chosen all false then I believe it is

not correct then. I might have missed some or all marks in this question then.


The dump says that the last one is true. but all answers are false.

userInput = '5'

isNaN(userInput) resultin Chrome or in IE (10) is false, because they parse the inputValue automatically before

the value is evaluated with isNaN function.

Frank from Netherlands - Nov 05, 2013:

Q99 - False, False, False, False (you can try in chrome console)

maria from Norway - Nov 05, 2013:

Please dont confuse because if u test it directly in alert(isNan(3*8)) then u will get false but if u make one input

box and submit button .make one function and then call it then u will get correct answer , False,False,

True,True


Q99 is tricky. You can't replicate scenario described in that question in web console.

Check out: http://jsbin.com/ayiyOyU/2/edit. Result is written in console.

Mary-Q99/169

QUESTION 944






You need to add the INPUT element to the form.

Which HTML element should you add?


B. Rating (Between 1 and 10): <input type="number" name="rating" min="1" max="10" default="5">



Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 945







You need to complete the code to meet the requirements.


A. throw new Validatior.Exception (123, "Day of week must be les3 than 7");




Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 946


custom binary datatype named bint. The data can also be represented in XML.



Retrieve and parse data from the web service using binary format if possible

Retrieve and parse the data from the web service using XML when binary format is not possible



Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 947







Which lines of code should you use? (To answer, select the appropriate options from the drop- down lists in the

answer area.)

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 948


You need to draw a red rectangle on the CANVAS element dynamically. The rectangle should resemble the

following graphic.




Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


Reference:


QUESTION 949




The function must return "Number" if the object is a number.

The function must return "String" if the object is a string.

The function must return "Unknown" if the object is neither a number nor a string.



the answer area.)

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 950




correct location. Each line of code may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the

split bar between panes or scroll to view content.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 951




Validate the country code of the shipping address against the countries array Include a Boolean value in the

array that indicates whether or not you can ship to the country

Display a list of countries that can be shipped to if the user inputs a code for a country that the retailer

cannot ship to



segments from the list of code segments to the correct location or locations in the work area. Each code



Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 952










Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 953


You also have the following JavaScript variable defined:

var languages = [];




Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


Note:

* getElementsByTagName

The getElementsByTagName() method accesses all elements with the specified tagname.

* Example:

// Get the list items and setup an array for sorting

var lis = ul.getElementsByTagName("LI");

var vals = [];

// Populate the array

for(var i = 0, l = lis.length; i < l; i++)

vals.push(lis[i].innerHTML);

// Sort it

vals.sort();

// Sometimes you gotta DESC

if(sortDescending)

vals.reverse();

// Change the list on the page

for(var i = 0, l = lis.length; i < l; i++)

lis[i].innerHTML = vals[i];

}

QUESTION 954


You also have the following JavaScript code segment:

var jsonFruit = { "apples" : "12", "bananas" : "8", "watermelon" : "3" }




Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 955




Create an object that represents an image that will be displayed. Set the image properties from the values that

are returned by the web service.

Expose the image as a property of the PersonImage object.


Which three actions should you perform in sequence to complete the implementation? (Develop the solution by

selecting the required code segments and arranging them in the correct order.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


Note:

* Image Object

The Image object represents an embedded image.

For each <img> tag in an HTML document, an Image object is created.

Notice that images are not technically inserted into an HTML page, images are linked to HTML

pages. The <img> tag creates a holding space for the referenced image.

* Image Object Properties include

alt, Sets or returns the value of the alt attribute of an image

src, Sets or returns the value of the src attribute of an image

QUESTION 956

You develop an HTML messaging application that allows users to send messages. The messages can have an

optional file attachment that is identified by a filename.

You use the following function to send a message:

You need to send a message with a file attachment.



Hot Area:

Correct Answer:


QUESTION 957

You develop an HTML application that calls a web service to retrieve JSON data. The web service contains one

method named GetFullName that returns an Object named data. The data

object contains two properties named GivenName and Surname.

You need to load data from the web service to the webpage.

How should you complete the relevant code? (To answer, drag the appropriate code segment or code

segments to the correct location or locations in the answer area. Use only code segments

that apply.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 958

A company asks you to create a function that displays loan amounts to their customers.


Display three different loan amounts to each customer.

Display loan amounts in order starting with the greatest amount and ending with the least amount.

You need to implement the function.

How should you complete the relevant code? (To answer, drag the appropriate command or commands to the

correct location or locations in the answer area. Use only commands that apply.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 959





As the user moves, the application must update the screen with the new location.




segments to the correct location in the work area. Each code segment may be used once, more than once, or


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 960


The layout of the webpage must contain three rows. The first row spans the entire width of the page and is

labeled #Top. The second row contains three columns. The first column is labeled #Left; the second column is

labeled #Main; and the right column is labeled #Right. The #Left and #Right columns are a fixed width. The

#Main column occupies the remaining available space. The third and final row spans the entire width of the

page and is labeled #Bottom.


You need to create the CSS styles to implement the layout.

How should you complete the relevant styles? (To answer, select the appropriate option from each drop-down


Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 961

You are developing a web page.

The webpage must display a container. The container must display three colored rectangles near the top of the

container. The colored rectangles are, in order, green, red, and yellow. The rectangles are aligned horizontally

and evenly spaced across the width of the container.



How should you complete the relevant styles? (To answer, select the appropriate option from each drop-down


Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 962



Display the message Denied! If the PaymentAmount variable is greater than 500.

Display the message Approved! If the PaymentAmount variable is less than 300.

Display the message Approved with caution! If the PaymentAmount variable is less than 500 and greater

than 300.




Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 963




the page.

The solution must work on both modern and older browsers.

You need to display the information from the XML file onto the page.

How should you create the JavaScript code? (Develop the solution by selecting the required code segments


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


Note:

Parse an XML Document

Example. The following code fragment parses an XML document into an XML DOM object:


{// code for IE7+, Firefox, Chrome, Opera, Safari


}

else

{// code for IE6, IE5


}

xmlhttp.open("GET","books.xml",false);

xmlhttp.send();

xmlDoc=xmlhttp.responseXML;

QUESTION 964





Hot Area:

Correct Answer:


QUESTION 965




divide buttons.



Hot Area:

Correct Answer:


QUESTION 966


You need to evaluate the value of the variable named customer.name.

For each statement in the table, select Yes if the code segment above causes the variable to evaluate as


Hot Area:

Correct Answer:


QUESTION 967



Display a message if users select the first OPTION element, and then submit the form.

Do not display an alert message if users select any other OPTION element, and then submit the form.




Hot Area:

Correct Answer:


QUESTION 968


Visitors enter the currency type on the webpage and press the Submit button.

The web service returns the current exchange rate.

You need to ensure that the webpage always displays the most current information.



Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 969

You are developing a shared library to format information. The library contains a method named _private.

The _private method must never be called directly from outside of the shared library.




Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


Note:

* Here there is a basic example:

// our constructor

function Person(name, age){

this.name = name;

this.age = age;

};

// prototype assignment

Person.prototype = (function(){

// we have a scope for private stuff

// created once and not for every instance

function toString(){

return this.name + " is " + this.age;

};

// create the prototype and return them

return {

// never forget the constructor ...

constructor:Person,

// "magic" toString method

toString:function(){

// call private toString method

return toString.call(this);

}

};

})();

* Example:

You can simulate private methods like this:

function Restaurant() {

}

Restaurant.prototype = (function() {

var private_stuff = function() {

// Private code here

};

return {

constructor:Restaurant,

use_restroom:function() {

private_stuff();

}

};

})();

var r = new Restaurant();

// This will work:

r.use_restroom();

// This will cause an error:

r.private_stuff();

QUESTION 970

You develop an interactive scalable vector graphics (SVG) application. You write the following HTML markup

that makes a rectangle rotate:




Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Note:

* What is SVG?







* Example:

<script>

/* CONSTANTS */

var initialTheta = 0; // The initial rotation angle, in degrees.

var thetaDelta = 0.3; // The amount to rotate the square every "delay" milliseconds, in degrees.

var delay = 10; // The delay between animation stills, in milliseconds. Affects animation

smoothness.

var angularLimit = 90; // The maximum number of degrees to rotate the square.

/*

Note that it will take the square (angularLimit/thetaDelta)*delay milliseconds to rotate an

angularLimit

number of degrees. For example, (90/0.3)*10 = 3000 ms (or 3 seconds) to rotate the square

90 degrees.

*/

/* GLOBALS */

var theSquare; // Will contain a reference to the square element, as well as other things.

var timer; // Contains the setInterval() object, used to stop the animation.

function init()

/*

Assumes that this function is called after the page loads.

*/

{

theSquare = document.getElementById("mySquare"); // Set this custom property after the

page loads.

theSquare.currentTheta = initialTheta; // The initial rotation angle to use when the animation

starts, stored in

timer = setInterval(doAnim, delay); // Call the doAnim() function every "delay" milliseconds

until "timer" is cleared.

}

function doAnim()

/*

This function is called by setInterval() every "delay" milliseconds.

*/

{

if (theSquare.currentTheta > angularLimit)

{

clearInterval(timer); // The square has rotated enough, instruct the browser to stop calling

the doAnim() function.

return; // No point in continuing; stop now.

}

theSquare.setAttribute("transform", "rotate(" + theSquare.currentTheta + ")"); // Rotate the

square by a small amount.

theSquare.currentTheta += thetaDelta; // Increase the angle that the square will be rotated to,

by a small amount.

}

</script>

</head>

QUESTION 971

You create a webpage that includes the following HTML markup: (Line numbers are included for reference

only.)

You need to ensure that a form cannot be submitted unless the INPUT element contains the word OK.

Which five actions should you perform in sequence? (To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of

actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 972

You are implementing a web worker by using JavaScript and HTML5. The web worker processes a long-

running loop and returns the result to a webpage.

The web worker is defined on the webpage as follows:



Process the loop based on the iterations value that is passed from the webpage.


You need to implement the web worker.



Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


Note:

* The event object for a message event supports the following additional properties:

the data property contains the message,

the origin property retrieves the scheme, hostname and port of the document that invoked the

postMessage method,

the source property refers to the window object that contains the document that invoked the

postMessage method,

the lastEventId property returns the identifier of the last message.

QUESTION 973



Hot Area:

Correct Answer:


QUESTION 974

You create a custom style by using CSS3.

A box with rounded corners must appear around text. The box must match the following illustration:

You need to add the CSS3 markup to your style.

How should you complete the relevant CSS styles? (To answer, select the appropriate option from each drop-


Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 975

You create an HTML5 application that includes JavaScript. The application performs several AJAX requests.

One AJAX request retrieves order information from a web service and then sends the information back to a

webpage within the application.

You must create a custom event. You have the following requirements:


notification.



The event must run a JavaScript method named showOrdersReceivedCount after the orders Listing HTML








Select and Place:

Correct Answer:


Note:

* From Scenario: Do not allow other DOM elements to receive the event.

So: bubbles: false

* From scenario: Allow the event to be cancelled.

So: cancellable: true

* From scenario:


notification.

* Events which are designated as bubbling will initially proceed with the same event flow as non- bubbling

events. The event is dispatched to its target EventTarget and any event listeners found there are triggered.

Bubbling events will then trigger any additional event listeners found by following the EventTarget's parent chain

upward, checking for any event listeners registered on each successive EventTarget. This upward propagation

will continue up to and including the Document. EventListeners registered as capturers will not be triggered

during this phase. The chain of EventTargets from the event target to the top of the tree is determined before

the initial dispatch of the event. If modifications occur to the tree during event processing, event flow will

proceed based on the initial state of the tree.

* Ajax (an acronym for Asynchronous JavaScript and XML) is a group of interrelated web development

techniques used on the client-side to create asynchronous web applications. With Ajax, web applications can

send data to, and retrieve data from, a server asynchronously (in the background) without interfering with the

display and behavior of the existing page. Data can be retrieved using the XMLHttpRequest object. Despite the

name, the use of XML is not required (JSON is often used instead), and the requests do not need to be

asynchronous.

QUESTION 976



Which CSS selectors should you use? (To answer, drag the appropriate selector to the correct location. Each

selector may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or


Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 977






Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 978

You are developing an HTML5 web application that will display encyclopedia entries.



What should you do? (To answer, drag the appropriate HTML tag to the correct element. Each tag may be


content.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 979


The form must capture the form elements as a string.





Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

QUESTION 980



. The size and location of the HI element must not change if additional elements are added to the page.

You need to position the Hi element on the page. Which CSS3 style should you use?

A. Option A

B. Option B

C. Option C

D. Option D

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 981





You need to ensure that the error handling requirements are met. Which three statements should you

implement in sequence? (To answer, move the appropriate statements from the list of actions to the answer

area and arrange them in the correct order.)

A.

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 982



requirements:







A.

Correct Answer: A


QUESTION 983





Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 984







Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 985





Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 986







Correct Answer: A